Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract
Award Date: 11/26/2012 CAG -12 -150 Awarded to: Systems Interface, Inc. 22125 17th Av SE, #111 Bothell, WA 98021 Award Amount: $299,924.49 Bidding Requirements, City of Renton Forms, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, Plans and Specifications Construction of: 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades PROJECT NO. WWP -27 -3656 October 2012 City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 ENGc EEP `` w ra � €� Project Manager, Renton: Michael Benoit (425) 430 -7206 Engineer, RH2 Engineering: Chris Roberts, P.E. (425) 951 -5400 x 5358 Mv Fw"rCity of N ° -. o ,y O ` 4 Hi Michael, I received the contract packet over the weekend Here is our contact info: Responsible Officer: Robert Schommer 2212517 th Ave SE, Suite 111 Bothell, WA 98072 425 -481 -1225 Cell: 206 - 979 -3683 Job Foreman (aka: Project Manager): Mark Seymour 22125 171h Ave SE, Suite 111 Bothell, WA 98072 425 - 481 -1225 Cell: 503 - 539 -2793 Bonding Agent = HOLLY E. ULFERS, AFSB Assistant Vice President SURETY TEAM LEADER Kibble & Prentice, a USI Company 601 Union Street, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 Direct 206 - 695 -3106 Main 206 - 441 -6300 Fax 877 -678 -5843 Cell 206- 660 -0163 holly. ulfers(�usi.biz 1 .3? 1 CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS forthe 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades ►��H.N-IMA 0 F NV A ti 16727 1STe.Re:o F� FISSIONAL s EERS _ ................................. ............................... 7 S PROJECT NO. W W P -27 -3656 October 2012 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT FORMS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS PLANS Signed: 10%19/2012 Prepared by: RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2272229 1h Drive SE, Suite 210 Bothell, WA 98021 (425) 951 -5400 (p) (425) 951 -5401 (f) o, ,�: T-� W f 4531t; 7 / COO Signed: 10/19/2012 WoCity of 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades WWP -27 -3656 CONTRACT DOCUMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Summary of Fair Practices Policy Summary of Americans with Disability Act Policy Scope of Work Vicinity Map Instructions to Bidders Call for Bids *Proposal & Combined Affidavit & Certificate Form: Non - Collusion Anti -Trust Claims Minimum Wage Form *Dept. of Labor and Industies Certificate of Registration *Bid Bond Form *Schedule of Prices ❖Bond to the City of Renton ❖Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance ❖Contract Agreement (Contracts other than Federal.- Aid FHWA) Prevailing Minimum Hourly Wage Rates (New job classifications) Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid Special Provisions Technical Specifications Documents marked as follows must be submitted at the time noted and must be executed by the Contractor, President and Vice President or Secretary if corporation by -laws permit. All pages must be signed. In the event another person has been duly authorized to execute contracts, a copy of the corporation minutes establishing this authority must be attached to the bid document. * Submit with Bid Submit at Notice of Award CITY OF RENTON Public Works Department 1055 South Grady Way Renton, Washington 98057 CITY OF RENTON SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION NO, 4085 It. is the policy of the City of Renton to promote and provide equal treatment and service to all citizens and to ensure equal employment opportunity to all persons without regard to their race; religion /creed; national origin; ancestry; sex; age over 40; sexual orientation or gender identity; pregnancy; HIV /AIDS and Hepatitis C status; use of a guide dog /service animal; marital status; parental /family status; military status; or veteran's status, or the presence of a physical, sensory, or mental disability, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability, of employees and applicants for employment and fair, non - discriminatory treatment to all citizens. All departments of the City of Renton shall adhere to the following guidelines: (1) EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES - The City of Renton will ensure all employment related activities included recruitment, selection, promotion, demotion, training, retention and separation are conducted in a manner which is based'on job - related criteria which does not discriminate against women, minorities and other protected classes. Human resources decisions will be in accordance with individual performance; staffing requirements, governing civil service rules, and labor contract agreements. (2) COOPERATION WITH HUMAN RIGHTS ORGANIZATIONS - The City of Renton will cooperate fully with all organizations and commissions organized to promote fair practices and equal opportunity in employment. (3) CONTRACTORS' OBLIGATIONS - Contractors, sub - contractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall affirm and subscribe to the Fair Practices and Non- discrimination policies set forth by the law -and by City policy. Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in all operational documentation of the City, including bid calls, and shall be prominently displayed in appropriate city facilities. CONCURRED IN by the City Council of the City of Renton, Washington, this 7th day of March 2011, CITY O RENTON Denis Law, Mayor Attest: Bonnie I. Walton, City Clerk RENT /ON CITY COUNCIL V uncil Pr sident CITY OF RENTON SUMMARY OFAMERICANS WHH DISABILITIESACT POLICY ADOPTED BYRESOLUTIONNO. 3007 The policy of the City of Renton is to promote and. afford equal treatment and service to all citizens and to assure employment opportunity to persons with disabilities, when the City of Renton can reasonably accommodate the disability. This policy shall be based on the principles of equal employment opportunity, the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable guidelines as set forth in federal, state and local laws. All departments of the City of Renton shall adhere to the following guidelines: (1) EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES - All. activities relating to employment . such as recruitment, selection, promotion, termination and training shall be conducted in a non- discriminatory manner. :Personnel decisions will be based on individual performance, staffing requirements, and in accordance with the Americans With Disabilities Act and other applicable laws and regulations.. (2) COOPERATION WITH HUMAN RIGHTS ORGANIZATIONS - The City of Renton will cooperate fully with all organizations and commissions organized to promote fair practices and equal :opportunity for persons. with disabilities in employment and receipt of City services, activities and programs. (3) AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY - The City of Renton Americans With Disabilities Act Policy will be maintained to facilitate equitable representation within the City work force and to assure equal employment opportunity and equal access to City services, activities and programs to all people with disabilities, It shall be the responsibility and the duty of all City officials and employees to carry out the policies and guidelines as set forth in this policy (4) CONTRACTORS' OBLIGATION - Contractors, subcontractors, consultants and suppliers conducting business with the City of Renton shall abide by the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act and promote access to services, activities and programs for people with disabilities. Copies of this policy shall be distributed to all City employees, shall appear in all operational documentation of the City, including bid calls, and shall be prominently displayed in appropriate City facilities. CONCURRED IN by the City Council of the City of Renton, Washington, this 4th day of October 1993. CITY :OFF' RENTON Mayor % Attest: % City Clerk IV RENTON CITY COUNCIL: Council President CITY OF RENTON 2012 Sewer Telemtry Upgrades WWP -27 -3656 SCOPE OF WORK The work involved under the terms of this contract document shall be full and complete installation of the facilities, as shown on the plans and as described in the construction specifications, to include but not be limited to: The 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrade Project consists of the fabrication of three radio panels, one master telemetry panel, and five duplex lift station telemetry panels. 23 existing telemetry panels will be modified in the field for replacement of existing power supplies and radio's. This project also consists of installation of the master telemetry panel and radio panels and antenna hardware and cables at the City maintenance shops and on top of two water tanks. Any contractor connected with this project shall comply with all Federal, State, County, and City codes and regulations applicable to such work and perform the work in accordance with the plans and specifications of this contract document. A total of 150 working days will be allowed for the completion of this project. CITY OF RENTON 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades WWP -27 -3656 Project Locations Upgrade SITE (NAME) ADDRESS Master Telemetry Unit Installation City Shops 3555 NE 2nd Street Radio Repeater Installation Hazen Reservoir 4901 NE Sunset Boulevard Radio Repeater Installation West Hill Reservoir 12603 82nd Avenue S Existing Panel Modification Airport Lift Station 454 West Perimeter Road Existing Panel Modification Baxter Lift Station 4505 Ripley Lane N Existing Panel Modification Cottonwood Lift Station 2101 Maple Valley Highway Existing Panel Modification Denny's Lift Station 4748 Lake Washington Boulevard NE Existing Panel Modification Devil's Elbow Lift Station 3001 NE 27th Street Existing Panel Modification East Renton Lift Station 5835 SE 2nd Court Existing Panel Modification East Valley Lift Station 3371 East Valley Road Existing Panel Modification Falcon Ridge Lift Station 2471 SE 8th Place Existing Panel Modification Kensington Crest Lift Station 3000 SE 8th Street Existing Panel Modification Lake Washington Beach Lift Station 1201 Lake Washington Boulevard N Existing Panel Modification Lake Washington Flush Lift Station 2725 Mountain View Avenue N Existing Panel Modification Lake Washington No 2 Lift Station 3903 Lake Washington Boulevard N Existing Panel Modification Liberty Lift Station 16655 SE 136th Street Existing Panel Modification Lind Avenue Lift Station 1891 Lind Avenue SW Existing Panel Modification Long Lift Station 2702 Union Avenue NE Existing Panel Modification Misty Cove Lift Station 5027 Ripley Lane N Existing Panel .Modification Oakesdale Lift Station 1500 Oakesdale Ave SW Existing Panel Modification Rainier Lift Station 555 Rainier Avenue South Existing Panel Modification Shy Creek Lift Station 5110 SE 2nd Place Existing Panel Modification Stonegate Lift Station 2615 Nile Ave NE Existing Panel Modification Talbot Crest Lift Station 2511 Talbot Crest Drive S Existing Panel Modification Wedgewood Lift Station 5401 NE 10th Street Existing Panel Modification Westview Lift Station 1149 Monterey Avenue NE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Sealed bids for this proposal will be received by the City of Renton at the office of the Renton City Clerk, Renton City Hall, until the time and date specified in the Call for Bids. At this time the bids will be publicly opened and read, after which the bids will be considered and the award made as early as practicable. No proposal may be changed or withdrawn after the time set for receiving bids. Proposals shall be submitted on the forms attached hereto. 2 Any omissions, discrepancies or need for interpretation should be brought, in writing, to the attention of the Project Engineer. Written addenda to clarify questions that arise may then be issued. No oral statements by Owner, Engineer, or other representative of the owner shall, in any way, modify the contract documents, whether made before or after letting the contract. 3 The work to be done is shown in the plans and / or specifications. Quantities are understood to be only approximate. Final payment will be based on actual quantities and at the unit price bid. The City reserves the right to add or to eliminate portions of that work as deemed necessary. 4. Plans may be examined and copies obtained at the Public Works Department Office. Bidders shall satisfy themselves as to the local conditions by inspection of the site. 5. The bid price for any item must include the performance of all work necessary for completion of that item as described. in the - specifications. 6. The bid price shall be stated in terms of the units indicated and as to a total amount. In the event of errors, the unit price bid will govern. Illegible figures will invalidate the bid. 7. The right is reserved to reject any and /or all bids and to waive informalities if it is deemed advantageous to the City to do so. 8. A certified check or satisfactory bid bond made payable without reservation to the Director of Finance of the City of Renton in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid shall accompany each bid proposal. Checks will be returned to unsuccessful bidders immediately following the decision as to award of contract. The check of the successful bidder will be returned provided he enters into a contract and furnishes a satisfactory performance bond covering the full amount of the work within ten days after receipt of notice of intention to award contract. Should he fail, or refuse to do so, the check shall be forfeited to the City of Renton as liquidated damage for such failure. 9. All bids must be self - explanatory. No opportunity will be offered for oral explanation except as the City may request further information on particular points. 10. The bidder shall, upon request, furnish information to the City as to his financial and practical ability to satisfactorily perform the work. 11. Payment for this work will be made in Cash Warrants. 12. The contractor shall obtain such construction insurance (e.g. fire and extended coverage, worker's compensation, public liability, and property damage as identified within Special Provisions, Specification Section 1 -07.18 "Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance ". 13. The contractor, prior to the start of construction, shall provide the City of Renton a detailed bar chart type construction schedule for the project. 14 Before starting work under this contract, the Contractor is required to supply information to the City of Renton on all chemical hazards Contractor is bringing into the work place and potentially exposing City of Renton Employees. 15. Payment of retainage shall be done in accordance with Section 1- 09.9(1) "Retainage ". 16. Basis For Approval The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. The bidder shall bid on all bid items set forth in the bid forms (including all alternate bid items) to be considered responsive for award. The Total Bid Price, as indicated on the Schedule of Prices, will be used to determine the successful low responsive bidder. Partial bids will not be accepted. The owner reserves the right to award either or none of the alternate bid items to meet the needs of the City. The intent is to award to only one BIDDER. 17. Trench Excavation Safety Systems As required by RCW 39.04.180, on public works projects in which trench excavation will exceed a depth of four feet, any contract therefor shall require adequate safety systems for the trench excavation that meet the requirements of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act, Chapter 49.17 RCW. These requirements shall be included in the Bid Schedule as a separate item. The costs of trench safety systems shall not be considered as incidental to any other contract item and any attempt to include the trench safety systems -as an incidental -cost is prohibited. 18. Payment of Prevailing Wages In accordance with Revised Code of Washington Chapters 39.12 and 49.28 as amended or supplemented herein, there shall be paid to all laborers, workmen or mechanics employed on this contract the prevailing rate of wage for an hour's work in the same trade or occupation in the area of work regardless of any contractual relationship which may exist, or be alleged to exist, between the CONTRACTOR and any laborers, workmen, mechanics or subconsultants. The most recent issue of the prevailing wage rates are included within these specifications under section titled "Prevailing Minimum Hourly Wage Rates ". The Contractor is Responsible for obtaining updated issues of the prevailing wage rate forms as they become available during the duration of the contract. The wage rates shall be included as part of any subcontracts the Contractor may enter into for work on this project. 19. Pollution Control Requirements Work under this contract shall meet all local, state and federal requirements for the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct the work in accordance with all applicable pollution control laws. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with and be liable for all penalties, damages, and violations under Chapter 90.48 RCW, in performance of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall also comply with Article 4 in the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency Regulation III regarding removal and encapsulation of asbestos materials. 20. Standard Specifications All work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with the following standard specifications except as may be exempted or modified by the City of Renton Supplemental Specifications, Special Provisions other sections of these contract documents. These standard specifications are hereby made a part of this contract and shall control and guide all activities within this project whether referred to directly, paragraph by paragraph, or not. 1. WSDOT /APWA "2010 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction" and "Division 1 APWA Supplement" hereinafter referred to by the abbreviated title "Standard Specifications." A. Any reference to "State," "State of Washington," "Department of Transportation," " WSDOT," or any combination thereof in the WSDOT /APWA standards shall be modified to read "City of Renton," unless specifically referring to a standard specification or test method. B. All references to measurement and payment in the WSDOT /APWA standards shall be detected and the measurement and payment provisions of Section 1- 09.14, Measurement and Payment (added herein) shall govern. 21 Bidder's Checklist ❑ It is the responsibility of each bidder to ascertain if all the documents listed on the attached index are included in their copy of the bid specifications. If documents are missing, it is the sole responsibility of the bidder to contact the City of Renton to obtain the missing documents prior to bid opening time. ❑ Have you submitted, as part of your bid, all documents marked in the index as "Submit With Bid "? ❑ Has bid bond or certified check been enclosed? ❑ Is the amount of the bid guaranty at least 5 percent of the total amount of bid including sales tax? ❑ Has the proposal been signed? ❑ Have you bid on ALL ITEMS and ALL SCHEDULES? ❑ Have you submitted the Subcontractors List (If required) ❑ Have you reviewed the Prevailing Wage Requirements? ❑ Have you certified receipt of addenda, if any? ❑ Have you submitted the Dept. of Labor & Industries Certificate of Registration form? CAG -12 -150 CITY OF RENTON CALL FOR BIDS 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades WWP -27 -3656 Sealed bids will be received until 2:30 p.m. Tuesday, November 13, 2012 at the City Clerk's office, 7th . floor and will be opened and publicly read in conference room Conference Room 511 on the 5th floor, Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton WA 98057, for the 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades project. The work to be performed within 150 working days from the Notice to Proceed Date under this contract shall include, but not be limited to: The 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrade Project consists of the fabrication of three radio panels, one master telemetry panel, and five duplex lift station telemetry panels. 23 existing telemetry panels will be modified in the field for replacement of existing power supplies and radio's. This project also consists of installation of the master telemetry panel and radio panels and antenna hardware and cables at the City maintenance shops and on top of two water tanks. Any contractor connected with this project shall comply with all Federal, State, County, and City codes and regulations applicable to such work and perform the work in accordance with the plans and specifications of this contract document. The City reserves the right to reject any and /or all bids and to waive any and /or all informalities. Bid documents will be available October 29, 2012. Plans, specifications, addenda, and the plan holders list for this project are available on -line through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc., at http: / /www.bxwa.com. Click on "bxwa.com "; "Posted Projects ", "Public Works ", "City of Renton" , "Projects Bidding ". (Note: Bidders are encouraged to "Register as a Bidder," in order to receive automatic email notification of future addenda and to be placed on the " Bidders List. ") If a bidder has any questions regarding the project, please contact the Project Manager,�Michael ; Benoit, at 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057 or (425) 430 -7206. A certified check or bid bond in the amount of five percent (5 %) of the total of each bid must accompany each bid. The City's Fair Practices, Non - Discrimination, and Americans with Disability Act Policies shall apply. Bonnie I. Walton, City Clerk Published: Daily Journal of Commerce October 29, 2012 Daily Journal of Commerce November 5, 2012 D City of QO `�� 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades W W P -27 -3656 Proposal & Combined Affidavit & Certificate Form TO THE CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON Ladies and /or Gentlemen: The undersigned hereby certify that the bidder has examined the site of the proposed work and have read and thoroughly understand the plans, specifications and contract governing the work embraced in this improvement, and the method by which payment will be made for said work, and hereby propose to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement, or as much thereof as can be completed with the money available, in accordance with the said plans, specifications and contract and the schedule of prices. The undersigned further certifies and agrees to the following provisions: NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being duly sworn, deposes and says, that he is the identical person who submitted.. the foregoing proposal or bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work or equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself or to any other person any advantage over other Bidder or Bidders. .MI CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI -TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from anti -trust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser.any and all claims for such over - charges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti -trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that such of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception. 102 s, ge 12 Proposal & Combined Affidavit & Certificate Form ovided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work; not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract. have read the above and foregoing statements and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. FOR: PROPOSAL, NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT, ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI -TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT S`t SMMS (Wfy2_FA-('& ANC. Name of Bidder's Firm Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder *: D Printed Name: kow _,�C"kt Title: Address: Z212S (� /i'yE SE,SuiTL� 11/0 907 *1L 1.4 I81021 Contact Name (please print): /2oiserf ScHfoMMeYL. Phone: `� Ls'- `( gl - 12-2,5 Email: f k s e Sy 5fCµ'(S - t v1'1 �/TUCe. Go zy *The above signature must be notarized using the applicable notary language found on pages 3 and 4. If business is a CORPORATION, please complete this section: Name of President of Corporation 5to-rr ke h4F95 Name of Secretary of Corporation KkTH1*-F/J gd55rNG 2 Corporation Organized under the laws of W1' 5l NG1M1� With Main Office in State of Washington at Z�ILS (1 � ge, ,._$v i rFo g0%Kf�L/Wf� If business is a PARTNERSHIP or LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, please complete this section: Name: Title (Partner, Member, Manager): Proposal & Affidavit /Certificate Page.2 of 4 ge 13 Dvided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale STATE OF WASHINGTON : ss County of INDIVIDUAL FORM On this day of before me personally appeared _ to me known to be the individual(s) described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged under oath that (he /she /they) signed and sealed the same as (his, her, their) free and voluntary act and deed, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned. GIVEN under my hand and official seal the day and year last above written. (SEAL) Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at Print Name: My commission expires: CORPORATION FORM STATE OF WASHINGTON : ss County of N0140mIS11 ) On this _ day of /Y v Ir before me personally appeared �_ iylhfE� to me known to be the � (President, Secretary, Treasurer) of the corporation that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that (he /she /they) are authorized to execute said instrument. GIVEN under rW* fficial seal th:day and year las a 'tten. if'4�� pRA M M r %t� Notary Public in and for the State of V y '�°% 3 Washington, residing at Print Name: _ My commission expires: Li & Affidavit /Certificate Page 3 of 4 ige 14 ovided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale STATE OF WASHINGTON ss County of PARTNERSHIP FORM On this day of before me personally appeared to me known to be a General Partner of the partnership known as that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said partnership, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that (he /she /they) are authorized to execute said instrument. GIVEN under my hand and official seal the day and year last above written. (SEAL) Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at Print Name: My commission expires: LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (LLC) FORM STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ss County of _ ) On this day of , 20_, before me personally appeared to me known to be a Managing Member of the Limited Liability Company known as and that he /she /they executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said Limited Liability Company, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that .(he /she /they) are authorized to execute said instrument. GIVEN under my hand and official seal the day and year last above written. (SEAL) Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at Print Name: My commission expires: Proposal & Affidavit/Certificate Page 4 of 4 ge 15 ovided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale Department of Labor and Industries Certificate of Registration Name on Registration: 5 b STEY� S l Iv1'E*,FA-CEF— OV 6- Registration Number: 5 1ciCIOT-1 0g! 07 0 e, 0 3 Expiration Date: 1 Note: A copy of the certificate will be requested as part of contract execution when project is awarded. tge 16 Department of Labor and Industries Certificate of Registration ovided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashier's check, cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ 5% ------------ - - - - -- which amount is not less than five perce of the total bid. Systems I f , I c. B: SignatuAb Know All Men by These Presents: That we, _ Systems Interface, Inc. as Principal, and Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Renton, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent (5 %) of the Total Amount Bid Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for Project No. W WP- 273656 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefore, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure to do so, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS 2nd DAY OF November 2012 Systems Interface, Inc. By: Principal Merch_a, s Bonding Comp (Mutual) B � Sur Bonny Smith, Attorney -in -Fact Received return of deposit in the sum of $ rage 17 Bid Bond Form Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale MERCHANTS. BONDING COMPANY, POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa (herein collectively called the "Companies "), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, Holly E. Ulfers, Steven W. Palmer, Roxana Palacios, Bonny Smith, Mary A. Dobbs of Seattle and State of Washington their true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in their name, place and stead, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in their behalf as surety any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof, subject to the limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount of: TEN MILLION ($10,000,000.00) DOLLARS and to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attorney -in -Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power -of- Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 24, 2011. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 7th day of March , 2012 . a" "i�(1C1trq��' �A t STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. N: _ -O- c 1933 • y • MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.' By President On this 7th day of March , 2012 , before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument is the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal at the City of Des Moines, Iowa, the day and year first above written. MARANDA GREENWALT P Commission Number 770312 My Commission Expires October 28, 2014 Notary Public, Polk County, Iowa STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER -OF- ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I h this f day of, _/ POA 0014 (11/11) ve hereunto set seeft� 'm/// / / /�y hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on �iIIT �� .'�-c �a trot �•.,, xj >• . � 0.43 ; ;i� ? �Y f 14 �o�o`aPt7q�'Oy' • V 9� :yc a'• 1933 ; c • •y J. •fib• Secretary r . a CITY OF RENTON PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades TOTAL BID PRICE (NOT INCLUDING ALTERNATE BID ITEMS) WILL BE USED TO DETERMINE SUCCESSFUL LOW RESPONSIVE BIDDER (Note: The bid price shall be stated in.figures only, in terms of the units indicated and as to a total amount. In the event of errors or where conflict occurs, the unit price bid shall govern. Illegible figures will invalidate the bid) SEE SECTION 1 -09.14 OF THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR INFORMATION ON BID ITEMS. ITE NO.OUANTITY APPROX. ITEM UNIT PRICE Dollars Cents. AMOUNT Dollars Cents. 1 1 Lump Sum Schedule A Mobilization, Demobilization, Site Preparation and Cleanup 5 $ I ✓/ Z5 -5. d 0 5 s, Ol% $ ` 5/ per Lump Sum 2 1 Electrical Installation at City Shops $ $ 6 I V , .S 0 $ g/ by V. 50 Lump Sum per Lump Sum 3 1 Lump Sum MTU Control Panel and Radio Control Panel At City Shops M0 75 $ / 00gs7S' $ / per Lump Sum 4 1 Lump Sum Electrical Installation at West Hill Reservoir Radio Repeater $ ' Z/ '717- -.5 0 $ 21 71 7.50 per Lump Sum 5 1 Lump Sum West Hill Reservoir Radio Repeater Equipment $ T, � I ` y�{ , 50 O $ �l Y. 5 0 per Lump Sum 6 1 Lump Sum Electrical Installation at Hazen Reservoir Radio Repeater $ 1016-7 g..50 $ /0/ Z 0.50 per Lump Sum 7 8 1 Lump Sum 23 Each Hazen Reservoir Radio Repeater Equipment Existing Lift Station Control Panel Modifications $ gi �q 1J ,s,o $ 50 per Lump Sum Q $ � ' 7-5 per Each d `3 $ 10 5/ D + 9 2 Each Indoor Duplex Lift Station Telemetry Control Panel Equipment $ 157 1 7 0 50 2 / $ 527' od 3 ! per Each 10 3 Each Outdoor Duplex Lift Station Telemetry Control Panel Equipment p $ 1-7 1 Zg `' 00 $ sit i t 0 p 67' 0O per Each Subtotal $ 27 3 103 $ Z 4oj 0 20, 9.5% Sales Tax Total Bid Price ACWpINA /Ny $ ' q Zq. The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. The bidder shall bid on all bid items set forth in the bid forms to be considered responsive for award. The Total Bid Price, as indicated on the Schedule of Prices, will be used to determine the successful low responsive bidder. kge 18 Schedule of Prices ovided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see vwwv.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale 1"0 LA N� CITY OF RENTON FAIR PRACTICES POLICY AFFIDAVIT OFFACOMPLIANCE 51E M5 l N��� l f yG' hereby: confirms and declares that; (Name of contractor /subcontractor /consultant) It is the policy of the above -named contractor /subcontractor /consultant,. to offer equal opportunity to all qualified employees and applicants for employment without regard to their race; religion /creed; national origin; ancestry; sex; the presence of a physical, sensory, or mental disability; age over 40; sexual orientation or gender identity; pregnancy; HIV /AIDS and Hepatitis C status; use of a guide dog /service animal; marital status; parental /family status; military status; or veteran's status. II. The above -named contractor /subcontractor /consultant complies with all applicable federal, state and local laws governing non - discrimination in employment. Ill. When applicable, the above -named contractor /subcontractor /consultant will seek out and negotiate with minority and women contractors for the award of subcontracts. I�gej2q- sCpv Print Agent /Representative's Name Print Agent /Representative's Title Age t /Represe tative's Signature it 1101zot2- Date/Signed Instructions; This document MUST be completed by each contractor, subcontractor, consultant and /or supplier. Include or attach this document(s) with the contract. ige 20 Affidavit of Compliance ovided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale Bond No. WAC 53005 BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned Systems Interface, Inc., as principal, and Merchants Bonding CompanyLMutual corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Iowa as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum of $299,924.49 for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at t Washington, this o? %'0 day of —'0Q1�2012: Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG- I2 -XXX providing for construction of 2012 Sewer Telemet Upgrades _ (project name) the principal is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract; and WHEREAS, the principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies. for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said City of Renton harmless from any loss or damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the City of Renton harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. Systems Interface, Inc Princinal By: Signature SG VF4Me-2 � l l„ e ewl DST" Title Merchants Bonding Comnanv (Mutual Surety By: Signa re Bonny Smith Attorney -in -Fact Title Page 19 Bond to the City of Renton Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scale ti. MERCHANT74k BONDING COMPANY,. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa (herein collectively called the "Companies "), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually, Holly E. Ulfers, Steven W. Palmer, Roxana Palacios, Bonny Smith, Mary A. Dobbs of Seattle and State of Washington their true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in their name, place and stead, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in their behalf as surety any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof, subject to the limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount of: TEN MILLION ($10,000,000.00) DOLLARS and to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attorney -in -Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power -of- Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 24, 2011. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused t r,,r,rrnlrtrrgy. off fyI Y lw. • .. r•r,�4J,�. STATE OF IOWA �,.', its instrument to be signed and sealed this 7th day of March 2012 ••�0 \�iG CQ�A •• MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) �o�pRPO9,q�9y�; MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. 3 :. a' 1933 . y • �j•• \ •Cy. By •'•ddb,• • � • ..A COUNTY OF POLK ss. rrrrrrW"00 • "•'' President On this 7th day of March 1 2012 , before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument is the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal at the City of Des Moines, Iowa, the day and year first above written. �,w t, MARANDA GREENWALT , � Commission Number 770312 My Commission Expires October 28, 2014 Notary Public, Polk County, Iowa STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER -OF- ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this day of ` r• ", r r r1MMrr Mi POA 0014 (11/11) .• • O�NG • CQ�9•'• y 1933 �• c„ s• ✓ • to Secretary CONTRACTS OTHER THAN FEDERAL -AID FHWA THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of A" . by and between THE CITY OF RENTON, Washington, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "CITY" and Systems Interface Inc., hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR." WITNESSETH: 1) The Contractor shall within the time stipulated, (to -wit: within One Hundred and Fifty (150) working days from date of commencement hereof as required by the Contract, of which this agreement is a component part) perform all the work and services required to be performed, and provide and furnish all of the labor, materials, appliances, machines, tools, equipment, utility and transportation services necessary to perform the Contract, and shall complete the construction and installation work in a workmanlike- manner, in connection with the City's Project (identified as No. CAG -12 -150 for improvement by construction and installation of: Work for the 2012, Sewer Telemetry Upgrades, per the "Scope of Work" included herein. All the foregoing shall be timely performed, furnished, constructed, installed and completed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications, including any and all addenda issued by the City and all other documents hereinafter enumerated, and in full compliance with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations of the City of Renton and any other governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover. It is. further agreed and stipulated that all of said labor, materials, appliances, machines, tools, equipment and services shall be furnished and the construction installation performed and completed to the satisfaction and the approval of the City's Public Works Director as being in such conformity with the plans, specifications and all requirements of or arising under the Contract. The Contractor agrees to use recycled materials whenever practicable. 2) The aforesaid Contract, entered into by the acceptance of the Contractor's bid and signing of this agreement, consists of the following documents, all of which are component parts of said Contract and as fully a part thereof as if herein set out in full, and if not attached, as if hereto attached. a) This Agreement b) Instruction to Bidders c) Bid Proposal d) Specifications e) Maps and Plans f) Bid g) Advertisement for Bids h) Special Provisions, if any i) Technical Specifications, if any 1 (. 11 --1-009 3) If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the work or any part thereof, with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified in this Contract, or any extension in writing thereof, or fails to complete said work with such time, or if the Contractor shall be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver shall be appointed on account of the Contractor's insolvency, or if he or any of his subcontractors should violate any of the provisions of this Contract, the City may then serve written notice upon him and his surety of its intention to terminate the Contract, and unless within ten (10) days after the serving of such notice, such violation or non - compliance of any provision of the Contract shall cease and satisfactory arrangement for the correction thereof be made, this Contract, shall, upon the expiration of said ten (10) day period, cease and terminate in every respect. In the event of any such termination, the City shall immediately serve written notice thereof upon the surety and the Contractor and the surety shall have the right to take over and perform the Contract, provided, however, that if the surety within fifteen (15) days after the serving upon it of such notice of termination does not perform the Contract or does not commence performance thereof, the City itself may take over the work under the Contract and prosecute the same to completion by Contract or by any other method it may deem advisable, for the account and at the expense of the Contractor, and his surety shall be liable to the City for any excess cost or other damages occasioned the City thereby. In such event, the City, if it so elects, may, without liability for so doing, take possession of and utilize in completing said Contract such materials, machinery, appliances, equipment, plants and other properties belonging to the Contractor as may be on site of the project and useful therein. 4) The foregoing provisions are in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights or remedies available to the City. 5) Contractor agrees and covenants to hold and save the City, its officers, agents, representatives and employees harmless and to promptly indemnify same from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability of every type and nature including all costs and legal expenses incurred by reason of any work arising under or in connection with the Contract to be performed hereunder, including loss of life, personal injury and /or damage to property arising from or out of any occurrence, omission or activity upon, on or about the premises worked upon or in any way relating to this Contract. This hold harmless and indemnification provision shall likewise apply for or on account of any patented or unpatented invention, process, article or appliance manufactured for use in the performance of the Contract, including its use by the City, unless otherwise specifically provided for in this Contract. The Contractor agrees to name the City as an additional insured on a noncontributory primary basis. In the event the City shall, without fault on its part, be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against Contractor, then Contractor shall proceed and hold the City harmless and he shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's fees incurred or paid by the City in connection with such litigation. Furthermore, Contractor agrees to pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's fees that may be incurred or paid by City in the enforcement of any of the covenants, provisions and agreements hereunder. Nothing herein shall require the Contractor to indemnify the City against and hold harmless the City, from claims, demands or suits based solely upon the conduct of the City, its officers or employees and provided further that if claims or suits are caused by or result from the concurrent negligence of (a) the Contractor's agents or employees and (b) the City, its agents, 2 ( € `09 officers and employees, and involves those actions covered by RCW 4.24.115, this indemnity provision with respect to claims or suits based upon such concurrent negligence shall be valid and enforceable only to the extent of the Contractor's negligence or the negligence of the Contractor's agents or employees. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this agreement is subject to RCW 4.24.115, then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the contractor and the city, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers, the contractor's liability hereunder shall be only to the extent of the contractor's negligence. It is further specifically and expressly understood that the indemnification provided herein constitute the contractor's waiver of immunity under the Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 RCW, solely for the purposes of this indemnification. This waiver has been mutually negotiated by the parties. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this agreement. 6) Any notice from one party to the other party under the Contract shall be in writing and shall be dated and signed by the party giving such notice or by its duly authorized representative of such party. Any such notice as heretofore specified shall be given by personal delivery thereof or by depositing same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail. 7) The Contractor shall commence performance of the Contract no later than 10 calendar days after Contract final execution, and shall complete the full performance of the Contract not later than One Hundred and Fifty (150) working days from the date of commencement. For each and every working day of delay after the established day of completion, it is hereby stipulated and agreed that the damages to the City occasioned by said delay will be the sum of per Section 1 -08.9 of Standard Specifications as liquidated damages (and not as a penalty) for each such day, which shall be paid by the Contractor to the City. 8) Neither the final certificate of payment not any provision in the Contract nor partial or entire use of any installation provided for by this Contract shall relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall be under the duty to remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within the period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the work, unless a longer period is specified. The City will give notice of observed defects as heretofore specified with reasonable promptness after discovery thereof, and Contractor shall be obligated to take immediate steps to correct and remedy any such defect, fault or breach at the sole cost and expense of Contractor. Defective or Unauthorized Work. The City reserves its right to withhold payment from Contractor for any defective or unauthorized work. Defective or unauthorized work includes, without limitation: work and materials that do not conform to the requirements of this Agreement; and extra work and materials furnished without the City's written approval. If Contractor is unable, for any reason, to satisfactorily complete any portion of the work, the City may complete the work by contract or otherwise, and Contractor shall be liable to the City for any additional costs incurred by the City. "Additional costs" shall mean all reasonable costs, including legal costs and attorney fees, incurred by the City beyond the maximum Contract price specified above. The City further reserves its right to deduct the cost to complete the Contract work, including any Additional Costs, from any and all amounts due or to become due the Contractor. 3 --2009 The Contractor agrees the above one year limitation shall not exclude or diminish the City's rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and unauthorized work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 4.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing, or liability expressed or implied arising out of a written agreement. Final Payment: Waiver of Claims. THE CONTRACTOR'S ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT (EXCLUDING WITHHELD RETAINAGE) SHALL CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF CONTRACTOR'S CLAIMS, EXCEPT THOSE PREVIOUSLY AND PROPERLY MADE AND IDENTIFIED BY CONTRACTOR AS UNSETTLED AT THE TIME FINAL PAYMENT IS MADE AND ACCEPTED. 9) The Contractor and each subcontractor, if any, shall submit to the City such schedules of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and miscellaneous data pertaining to the Contract as may be requested by the City from time to time. 10) The Contractor shall furnish a surety bond or bonds as security for the faithful performance of the Contract, including the payment of all persons and firms performing labor on the construction project under this Contract or furnishing materials in connection with this Contract; said bond to be in the full amount of the Contract price as specified in Paragraph 12. The surety or sureties on such bond or bonds must be duly licensed as a surety in the State of Washington. 11) The Contractor shall verify, when submitting first payment invoice and annually thereafter, possession of a current City of Renton business license while conducting work for the City. The Contractor shall require, and provide verification upon request, that all subcontractors participating in a City project possess a current City of Renton business license. The Contractor shall provide, and obtain City approval of, a traffic control plan prior to conducting work in City right -of -way. 12) The total amount of this contract is the sum of $ 299,924.36 numbers Two - Hundred - Ninety- Nine - Thousand - Nine - Hundred - Twenty -Four and 36/100 Dollars written words including Washington State Sales Tax. Payments will be made to Contractor as specified in the "Special Provisions" of this Contract. 13) INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The parties intend that an Independent Contractor - Employer Relationship will be created by this Agreement and that the Contractor has the ability to control and direct the performance and details of its work, the City being interested only in the results obtained under this Agreement. 14) LIMITATION OF ACTIONS. CONTRACTOR MUST, IN ANY EVENT, FILE ANY LAWSUIT ARISING FROM OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT WITHIN 120 CALENDAR DAYS FROM THE DATE THE CONTRACT WORK IS COMPLETE OR CONTRACTOR'S ABILITY TO FILE THAT CLAIM OR SUIT SHALL BE FOREVER BARRED. THIS SECTION FURTHER LIMITS ANY APPLICABLE STATUTORY LIMITATIONS PERIOD. 15) Non - Waiver of Breach. The failure of the City to insist upon strict performance of any of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, or to exercise any option conferred by this Agreement in one or more instances shall not be construed to be a waiver or 4 (_" 1 -?009 relinquishment of those covenants, agreements or options, and the same shall be and remain in full force and effect. 16) Written Notice. All communications regarding this Agreement shall be sent to the parties at the addresses listed on the signature page of the Agreement, unless notified to the contrary. Any written notice hereunder shall become effective three (3) business days after the date of mailing by registered or certified mail, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if sent to the addressee at the address stated in this Agreement or such other address as may be hereafter specified in writing. 17) Assignment. Any assignment of this Agreement by either party without the written consent of the non - assigning party shall be void. If the non - assigning party gives its consent to any assignment, the terms of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and no further assignment shall be made without additional written consent. 18) Modification. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of the city and Contractor. 19) Compliance with Laws. The Contractor agrees to comply with all federal, state, and municipal laws, rules, and regulations that are now effective or in the future become applicable to Contractor's business, equipment, and personnel engaged in operations covered by this Agreement or accruing out of the performance of those operations. 20) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which will together constitute this one Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City has caused these presents to be signed by its Mayor and attested by its City Clerk and the Contractor has hereunto set his hand -and seal the day and year first above - written. CONTRACTOR President /Partner /Owner /Manager /Member r Secretary CITY OF R TON Mayor Denis Law ATTEST Bonnie I. Walton, City Clerk d /b /a 5 455 45 (N reaiwct \ N C. Firm Name check one ❑ Individual ❑ Partnership 94 Corporation Incorporated in tj6WN STPc� ❑ Limited Liability Company formed in 5 (i 1--'009 Attention: If business is a CORPORATION, name of the corporation should be listed in full and both President and Secretary must sign the contract, OR if one signature is permitted by corporation by -laws, a copy of the by -laws shall be furnished to the City and made a part of the contract document. If business is a PARTNERSHIP, full name of each partner should be listed followed by d /b /a (doing business as) and firm or trade name; any one partner may sign the contract. If business is an INDIVIDUAL PROPRIETORSHIP, the name of the owner should appear followed by d /b /a and name of the company. If business is a LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (LLC), name of the company should be listed in full and the contract signed by a Manager or Member who has management authority for the LLC. Please furnish, to the City, a copy of the Certificate of Formation, a copy of the LLC agreement addressing management authority, and a copy of the latest annual report filed with the Secretary of State for the LLC. G9 (. i _120 9 ljsk. Client #: 27700 SYSTINT ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM /DD/YYYY) 1 12/03/2012 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Bell- Anderson Ins 600 SW 39th Street, Suite 200 Renton, WA 98057 425 291 -5200 CONTACT NAME: PHONE 425 291 -5200 FAX A/C, No Ext : A/C, No 4252915100 E -MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # Travelers Property Cas Co of Am INSURER A : p Y EACH OCCURRENCE INSURED INSURER B: Travelers Property Casualty Co $300,000 Systems Interface, Inc. INSURER C: Travelers Indemnity Co. PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY 22125 17th Ave SE #111 Bothell, WA 98021 -7406 INSURER D: GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY X PRO LOC JECT INSURER E $ 2,000,000 INSURER F: $ C COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADOL INSR SUBR WVO POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MM /DD/YYYY POLICY EXP MM /DD/YYYY LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE F OCCUR X X 6309357NO7A 10/01/2012 10/01/2013 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 PREMISES Ea oNcurrence $300,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY X PRO LOC JECT PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ C AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS X HIRED AUTOS X NON -OWNED AUTOS BA9361 N936 10/01/2012 10/01/2013 Ea accdentSINGLE LIMIT 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ B UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE CUP9357NO7A 10101/2012 10/01/2013 EACH OCCURRENCE $1110001000 X AGGREGATE $1,000,000 DED I X RETENTION $10000 $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N (Mandatory In NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below NIA 6309357NO7A -WA Stop Gap- 10101/2012 I 10/01/2013 ATU- OTH- E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE- POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, If more space is required) Certificate Holder is an additional insured for general liability, but only if required by written contract or written agreement per CGD 417 07/08. Waiver of Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others per CGD 417 07/08. General Liability coverage provided to the Certificate Holder will be Primary and Non - Contributory per CGD 425 07/08. Per project aggregate applies per CGD 21101/04 CFRTIFICATF wnl nFR CANCFI I ATION Lilt of Renton City SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN 1055 South Grady Way ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Renton, WA 98055 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE r .4 0E' ©1988 -2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2010/05)' 1 of 1 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S416201/M411579 KLA Department of Labor and Industries �.. �� �YS'E`.,.5 INTERFACE INC PO Box 44450 R ` _� Olympia; WA 98504 =4450 ��.�� � � � � �� CSC. '�TEII081B7 � r6flb595 guided by Law as: os ' caon Contractor < L SYSTEMS INTERFACE ate 327/1992 22125 17TH AVE SE STE 1� p t� Ia 10/1/2013 BOTHELL WA 98021 .. PREVAILING MINIMUM HOURLY WAGE RATES u Cl -2001) I vi 1 v . State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360- 902 -5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504 -4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and, the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 10/22/2012 Go_ unty Trade Job Classification Wage Holiday Overtime Note King Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $40.83 5D 1 H 3King Boilermakers Journey Level $60.24 5N 1C King Brick Mason Brick And Block Finisher $42.21 5A 1M King Brick Mason Journey Level $49.07 5A 1M King Brick Mason Pointer - Caulker - Cleaner $49.07 5A 1M King Building Service Employ Janitor $19.98 5S 2F King Buitdine, Service Emplo ewes Traveling Waxer /shampooer $20.39 5S 2F =King: Buitdin "Q Service Employ Window Cleaner (Scaffold) $24.52 5S 2F King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner(non- scaffold) $23.66 5S 2F King Cabinet Makers (fn Shop) Journey Level $22.74 1 King Carpenters Acoustical Worker $49.57 5D 1 M King Carpenters Bridge, Dock And Wharf Carpenters $49.57 5D 1M King Carpenters Carpenter $49.57 5D 1M King Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $49.70 5D 1M King Carpenters Creosoted Material $49.67 5D 1M King Carpenters Floor Finisher $49.57 5D 1M King Carpenters Floor Layer $49.57 5D 1M King Carpenters Scaffold Erector $49.57 5D 1M King Cement Masons Journey Level $50.13 7A 1M King Divers Et Tenders Diver $100.28 5D 1M 8A King Divers Et Tenders Diver On Standby $56.68 5D 1M King Divers Et Tenders Diver Tender $52.23 5D 1M King Divers Et Tenders Surface Rcv Et Rov Operator $52.23 5D 1M King Divers Et Tenders Surface Rcv Et Rov Operator Tender $48.67 5A 1B King Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $49.57 5D 1T 8L 'King Dredge Workers Assistant Mate(deckhand) $49.06 5D 1T 8L `King Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $49.621 5D IT 8L =King . Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $51.19 5D IT 8L King Dredge Workers Maintenance $49.06 5D 1T 8L 1_.....__ _I Le- - __-_____ - I-- ----1- 1-- ._I..- - -IV 1___1_-1 ---'_ -____ Inlnn 1nnln U&%, °King Dredge Workers Mates And Boatmen $49.571 5D 1T 8L King Dredge Workers Oiler $49.19 5D 1T 8L King Drywall Applicator Journey Level $49.74 5D 1 H King Drywatt Tapers Journey Level $49.79 5P 1 E King Electrical Fixture Maintenance Journey Level $25.08 5L 1 E Workers King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $62.74 7C 2W rKing Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel) $67.45 7C 2W yKing Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $60.61 7C 2W King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel) $65.10 7C 2W King Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $33.69 7C 2W King Electricians - Inside Journey Level $58.47 7C 2W i' King Electricians - Inside Journey Level (tunnel) $62.74 7C 2W 'King Electricians - Motor Shop Craftsman $15.37 1 King Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $14.69 1 EKing Electricians - Powerline Construction Cable Splicer $64.95 5A 4A L ;King Electricians - Powertine Construction Certified Line Welder $59.37 5A 4A King Electricians - Powerline Construction Groundperson $42.16 5A 4A King Electricians - Powerline Construction Head Groundperson $44.50 5A 4A i King Electricians - Powerline Construction Heavy Line Equipment Operator $59.37 5A 4A i King Electricians - Powerline Construction Jackhammer Operator $44.50 5A 4A King Electricians - Powerline Construction Journey Level Lineperson $59.37 5A 4A I King Electricians - Powerline Construction Line Equipment Operator $49.95 5A 4A King Electricians - Powertine Construction Pole Sprayer $59.37 5A 4A l } King Electricians - Powerline Construction Powderperson $44.50 5A 4A _ King Electronic Technicians Journey Level $31.00 1 King Elevator Constructors Mechanic $75.24 7D 4A l "King Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $82.00 7D 4A King Fabricated Precast Concrete At[ Classifications - In- Factory Work Only $14.15 5B 2K Products King Fence Erectors Fence Erector $15.18 1 King Flag ers Journey Level $34.61 7A 2Y 'King Glaziers Journey Level $52.76 7L 1Y King x Heat it Frost Insulators And Asbestos Workers Journeyman $56.93 5J 1S King Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $68.52 7F 1 E King Hod Carriers I* Mason Tenders Journey Level $42.11 7A 2Y King Industrial Engine And Machine Journey Level $15.65 1 Mechanics 'King Industrial Power Vacuum Cteaner Journey Level 1 $9.241 1 I King Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $52.32 5B 1 K King Inland Boatmen Cook $48.89 5B 1K King Inland Boatmen Deckhand $48.96 5B 1K King Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $49.95 5B 1K King Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $51.16 5B 1K King Inland Boatmen Mate $51.16 5B 1K King Inspection /Cleaning /Seating Of Cleaner Operator, Foamer Operator $31.49 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection /Cleaning /Seating Of Grout Truck Operator $11.48 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Inspection /Cteaning /Sealing Of Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Head Operator $24.91 1 Control :King Inspection /Cleaning /Seating Of Technician $19.33 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King t Inspection /Cleaning /Seating Of Tv Truck Operator $20.45 1 Sewer Et Water Systems By Remote Control King Insutation Applicators Journey Level $49.57 5D 1M 'King Ironworkers Journeyman $59.021 7N 10 King Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating Screed $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Batch Weighman $34.61 7A 2Y King Laborers Brick Pavers $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Brush Cutter $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Burner $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Caisson Worker $42.11 7A 2Y IKing Laborers Carpenter Tender $40.83 7A 2Y ;King Laborers Caulker $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Cement Dumper - paving $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Chipping Gun (under 30 Lbs.) $40.83 7A 2Y k'King Laborers Chipping Gun(30 Lbs. And Over) $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Choker Setter $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Chuck Tender $40.83 7A 2Y ;King Laborers Clary Power Spreader $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Clean -up Laborer $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Concrete Dumper /chute Operator $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $40.83 7A 2Y IKing Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Concrete Saw Operator /core Driller $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Crusher Feeder $34.61 7A 2Y King Laborers Curing Laborer $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Demolition: Wrecking Et Moving (incl. Charred Material) $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Ditch Digger $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Diver - $42.11 7A 2Y f King Laborers Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond) $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Dry Stack Walls $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Dump Person $40.83 7A 2Y `King Laborers Epoxy Technician $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Erosion Control Worker $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Faller Et Bucker Chain Saw $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Fine Graders $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Firewatch $34.61 7A 2Y King Laborers Form Setter $40.831 7A 2Y King Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $40.83 7A 2Y ?King Laborers General Laborer $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Grade Checker Et Transit Person $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Grinders $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Grout Machine Tender $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Groutmen (pressure)including Post Tension Beams $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Guardrail Erector $40.83 7A 2Y jKing Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level A) $42.11 7A 2Y ;King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level B) $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level C) $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers High Scaler $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Jackhammer $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Laserbeam Operator $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Maintenance Person $40.83 7A. 2Y King Laborers Manhole Builder - mudman $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Material Yard Person $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Motorman -dinky Locomotive $41.59 7A 2Y `King Laborers Nozzleman (concrete Pump, Green Cutter When Using Combination Of High Pressure Air Et Water On Concrete Et Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete, Water Bla $41.59 7A 2Y "King Laborers Pavement Breaker $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Pilot Car $34.61 7A 2Y 1 King Laborers Pipe Layer Lead $42.11 7A 2Y x King Laborers Pipe Layer /tailor $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $41.59 7A 2Y ;King Laborers Pipe Reliner $41.59 7A 2Y s.King Laborers Pipe Wrapper $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Pot Tender $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Powderman $42.11 7A 2Y s King Laborers Powderman's Helper $40.83 7A 2Y u6%, -, King Laborers Power Jacks $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Raker - Asphalt $42.11 7A 2Y °King Laborers Re- timberman $42.11 7A 2Y King Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Rigger /signal Person $41.59 7A 2Y' King Laborers Rip Rap Person $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Rivet Buster $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Rodder $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Scaffold Erector $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Scale Person $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Sloper (over 20 ") $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Sloper Sprayer $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Spreader (concrete) $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Stake Hopper $40.83 7A 2Y %King Laborers Stock Piler $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Tamper Et Similar Electric, Air Et Gas Operated Tools $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Tamper (multiple Et Self- propelled) $41.59 7A 2Y ;King Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (lagger, Shorer Et Cribber) $41.59 7A 2Y E -.King Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite) $40.831 7A 2Y King Laborers Topper $40.831 7A 2Y King Laborers Track Laborer $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Track Liner (power) $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $37.01 7A 2Y 8R King Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $37.01 7A 2Y 8R King Laborers Truck Spotter $40.83 7A 2Y rKing Laborers Tugger Operator $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 0 -30 psi $55.89 7A 2Y 'King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 30.01 -44.00 psi $60.92 7A 2Y 88 3 King { Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 44.01 -54.00 psi $64.60 7A 2Y 8_, -! King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 54.01 -60.00 psi $70.30 7A 2Y 88 .King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 60.01 -64.00 psi $72.42 7A 2Y 88 . King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 64.01 -68.00 psi $77.52 7A 2Y 88 King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 68.01 -70.00 psi $79.42 7A 2Y 8M King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 70.01 -72.00 psi $81.42 7A 1H 8 King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 72.01 -74.00 psi $83.42 7A 1H M King Laborers Tunnel Work -Guage and Lock $42.21 7A 2Y M • u6%., v vl i v Tender King Laborers Tunnel Work - Miner $42.21 7A 2Y 8� King Laborers Vibrator $41.59 7A 2Y ;King Laborers Vinyl Seamer $40.83 7A 2Y King Laborers Watchman $31.46 7A 2Y ¢King Laborers Welder $41.591 7A 2Y 'King Laborers Well Point Laborer $41.59 7A 2Y King Laborers Window Washer /cleaner $31.46 7A 2Y ;King Laborers - Underground Sewer Et General Laborer Et Topman $40.83 7A 2Y l Water I' King Laborers - Underground Sewer Et Pipe Layer $41.59 7A 2Y Water 1 King Landscape Construction Irrigation Or Lawn Sprinkler Installers $13.56 1 £King Landscape Construction Landscape Equipment Operators Or Truck Drivers $28.17 1 King Landscape Construction Landscaping or Planting Laborers $17.87 1 # King Lathers Journey Level $49.74 5D 1H King Marble Setters Journey Level $49.07 5A 1M King Metal Fabrication in _5hoo Fitter $15.86 1 King Metal Fabrication In Sho pj Laborer $9.78 1 King Metal Fabrication (In Shops Machine Operator $13.04 1 King Metal Fabrication (In Shops Painter $11.10 1 King Metal Fabrication (in Shop) Welder $15.48 1 'King Millwright Journey Level $50.67 5D 1M King Modular Buildin s Cabinet Assembly $11.56 1 King Modular Buildings Electrician $11.56 1 King Modular Buildings Equipment Maintenance $11.56 1 ;P King Modular Buildings Plumber $11.56 1 King Modular Buildings Production Worker $9.40 1 King Modular Buildings Tool Maintenance $11.56 1 King Modular Buildings Utility Person $11.56 1 King Modular Buildings Welder $11.56 1 'King Painters Journey Level $37.51 6Z 2B King Pile Driver Journey Level $49.82 5D 1M King Plasterers Journey Level $48.23 1R King Playground Et Park Equipment Journey Level $9.04 1 Installers King Plumbers Et Pipefitters Journey Level $70.84 6Z 1G F King Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $51.89 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $48.62 7A 3C 8P iKing Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $48.62 7A 3C 8P (King Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $48.62 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Brooms $48.62 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $51.40 A7 3C 8P i ur, . i vi i v King Power Equipment 0 erators Cableways $51.89 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Chipper $51.40 7A 3C 8P ;King Power Equipment Operators Compressor $48.62 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With $51.89 7A 3C 8P Boom Attachment Over 42 M King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine -laser $48.62 7A 3C 8P Screed King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or $50.98 7A 3C 8P Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, l Pump High Pressure. King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With $51.40 7A 3C 8P Boom Attachment Up To 42m King Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $50.98 7A 3C 8P l King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $51.40 7A 3C 8P With Attachments a King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $51.40 7A 3C 8P i With Attachments Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 $52.44 7A 3C 8P Tons, Or 150' Of Boom (including Jib With King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 $52.44 7A 3C 8P g Tons, or 150' of boom (including jib with attachments); Overhead, n bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175' in height, base to boom. King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 Tons To 300 Tons, Or $53.01 7A 3C 8P 250' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, $51.89 7A 3C 8P Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And $48.62 7A 3C 8P Under King Power E ui ment Operators Cranes: Friction 100 Tons Through $53.01 7A 3C 8P 199 Tons King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction Over 200 Tons $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Over 300 Tons Or 300' Of $53.57 7A 3C 8P Boom (including Jib With Attachments) King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Through 19 Tons With $50.98 7A 3C 8P Attachments A -frame Over 10 Tons King Power Equipment Operators Crusher $51.40 7A 8P `King Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer /deck Winches $51.40 7A 3C 8P (power) King Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $51.89 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Dozer Quad 9, HD 41, D10 and $51.89 7A 3C 8P Over King Power Equipment O erators Dozers D -9 Et Under $50.98 7A 3C 8P `King Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or $50.98 7A 3C 8P Crane Mount s King Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man -lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $48.62 7A 3C 813 'King Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco Et Similar Equipment $51.40 7A 3C 8P . King Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $50.98 7A 3C 8P i King Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $48.62 7A 3C 8P l King Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker /stakeman $48.62 7A 3C 8P King Power E.cgui.pment Operators Guardrail Punch $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch /Auger $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over $51.89 7A 3C 8P r King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off -road Equipment Under 45 Yards $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power E ui ment Operators Horizontal /directional Drill Locator $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal /directional Drill Operator $51.40 7A 3C 8P a King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts /boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts /boom Trucks,. 10 -Tons _ And Under _$48..62. 7A- 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. Et Over $52.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $51.89 7A 3C 813 IKing Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $51.40 7A 3C 8P IKing Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $51.40 7A 3C 8P <King Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $51.40 7A 3C 8P :King Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $51.40 7A 3C 8P =King Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $52.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Mixers: Asphalt Plant $51.40 7A 3C 813 King Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Grader -Non finishing $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power E ui ment Operators Motor Patrol Graders, Finishing $51.89 7A 3C 8P i King Power E ui ment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And /or Shield $51.89 7A 3C 8P ? King Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution Et Mulch Seeding Operator $48.62 7A 3C 8P King _Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers,strato $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $51.40 7A 3C 8P X"6%'ivi lv King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $52.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons $51.89 7A 3C 8P ,King Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $48.62 7A 3C 8P ' King Power E ui ment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $48.62 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $48.62 7A 3C 813 King Power Equipment 0 erators Pumps -Water - $48.62 7A 3C 8P ;King Power Equipment 0 erators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $51.89 7A 3C 813 King Power Equipment O erators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $48.62 7A 3C 8P 'King Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $51.89 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Rigger And Bellman $48.62 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $51.89 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $48.62 7A 3C 8P x King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift Materials $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Roto -mill, Roto- grinder $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Saws - Concrete $50.98 7A 3C 8P =King, Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Eguipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete Et Carry All $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self - propelled: 45 Yards And Over $51.89 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $50.98 7A 3C 8P ;King Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete /gunite Equipment $48.62 7A 3C 8P yKing Power Equipment Operators Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $51.89 7A 3C 8P `King Power E ui ment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $51.40 7A 3C 8P `King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $52.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $53.01 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators _ _ Slipform Pavers $51.89 7A 3C 8P 'King Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider Et Screedman $51.89 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $51.401 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Over 175'in Height, Base To Boom $53.01 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $52.44 7A 3C 8P :King Power Equipment Operators Transporters, All Track Or Truck $51.89 7A 3C 8P . us%, i v vi i v Type King Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $50.98 7A 3C 8P King 3 Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler /driver - 100 Tons And Over $51.40 7A 3C 8P °King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler /driver Under 100 Tons $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power E ui ment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Welder $51.89 7A 3C 8P x King Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $48.62 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Asphalt Plant Operators $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment 0 erators- Assistant Engineer $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Barrier Machine (zipper) $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $51.40 7A 3C 2P Undergrou nd Sewer Et Water i King Power Equipment Operators- Bobcat $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 'King Power Equipment Operators- Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Brooms $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power E ui ment Operators- Bump Cutter $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer E~ Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cableways $51.89= 7A 3C 8P' Underground Sewer E: Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et. Water Chipper $51.40 7A 3C 8P =King x Power Equipment Operators- Compressor $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water (King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Finish Machine -laser Screed $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure. $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer E: Water King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer D Water King Power Equipment Operators- Conveyors $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water IKing Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King i Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 Tons, Or 150' Of Boom (including Jib With $52.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water i Ctb%, i i vi i v King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 200 Tons To 300 Tons, Or 250' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $53.01 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And Under $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 'King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Cranes: Friction 100 Tons Through 199 Tons $53.01 7A 3C 8P ;King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Friction Over 200 Tons $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Over 300 Tons Or 300' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $53.57 7A 3C 8P l Underground Sewer It Water King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Through 19 Tons With Attachments A -frame Over 10 Tons $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Crusher $51.40 7A 3C 8P l Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Deck Engineer /deck Winches (power) $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water `King Power Equipment Operators- Derricks, On Building Work $51.89 7A 3C 8P € Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Dozer Quad 9, HD 41, D10 and Over $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Dozers D -9 Et Under $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 'K:ing. Power Equipment Operators- Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Drilling Machine $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Elevator And Man -lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $48.62 7A 3C 8P ; Underground Sewer Et Water 'King Power Equipment Operators- Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco Et Similar Equipment $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water ;King Power Equipment Operators- Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water €King Power Equipment Operators- Gradechecker /stakeman $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Guardrail Punch $51.40 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Guardrail Punch /Auger $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over $51.89 7A 3C 8P l Underground Sewer Et Wafter 5King Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail.End Dump Articulating Off -road Equipment Under 45 Yards $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 1. «___. / /1`_.._____._ - /______1__1___._ /._.___TTl_ .1__1___._ __.___ If%1^/1 //1AI^ 1 u8%, • � vi i v King Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal /directional Drill Locator $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer 8: Water King Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal/ directional Drill Operator $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer 8t .Water zKing Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts /boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power E9uipment Operators- Hydralifts /boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power EEt uipment Operators- Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. Et Over $52.44 7A 3C 8P i Underground Sewer Et Water 3King Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $51.40 7A 3C 8P r Underground Sewer Et Water `King Power Equipment O erators- Loaders, Plant Feed $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King i Power Equipment Operators- Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment 0 erators- Locomotives, All $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer 8t Water Material Transfer Device $51.40 .7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $52.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Mixers: Asphalt Plant $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer 8t Water King i Power Equipment Operators- Motor Patrol Grader - Non- finishing $50.98 7A 3C_ 8P Underground Sewer 8t Water I King Power Equipment Operators- Motor Patrol Graders, Finishing $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King l Power Equipment Operators- Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And /or Shield $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground. Sewer Et Water 'King g Power Equipment Operators- Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution 8t Mulch Seeding Operator $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power E ui ment Operators- Outside Hoists (elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers,strato $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $51.40 7A 3C 8P l Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $52.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water "King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons $51.89 7A 3C 8P l Underground Sewer 8t Water <King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pavement Breaker $48.62 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water =King Power Equipment Operators- Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer 8t Water King Power Equipment Operators- Posthole Digger, Mechanical $48.62 7A 3C 8P Under round Sewer 8t Water King Power Equipment Operators- Power Plant $48.62 7A 3C 8P r M A u6., i✓ vi 1v __ __1__1_-_._x._. -__ «1___1__1 ---._ _, °-- 1n/nn /nnln Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Pumps - Water $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer &t Water King Power Equipment Operators- Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Rigger And BeRman $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water v. King Power Equipment Operators- Rollagon $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 'i King Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift Materials $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 'King Power E ui ment Operators- Roto -mill, Roto - grinder $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Saws - Concrete $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water ' King . Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers - Concrete Et Carry All $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers; Self- propelled: 45 Yards - And-Over $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et-Water King Power Equipment Operators- Service Engineers - Equipment $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King I Power Equipment Operators- Shotcrete /gunite Equipment $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. $50.98 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $51.89 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $52.44 7A 3C 8P Underpround Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $53.01 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Slipform Pavers $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power E ui ment Operators Spreader, Topsider Et Screedman $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Subgrader Trimmer $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water ;King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Bucket Elevators $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane Over 175'in Height, Base To Boom $53.01 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height 1 $52.44 7A 3C 8P __ __1__1_-_._x._. -__ «1___1__1 ---._ _, °-- 1n/nn /nnln i u6.. •T vi iv 1 _ - - . 11'r- - - _ _ _ _ - - --n- ' I---- . -1 - - / -- - . _ / - .. _ _« T - _ _ 1 - - 1___ _ - - . - _ _ 1 n f 1 / P% n I n Underground Sewer Et Water Base To Boom King Power Equipment Operators- Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Trenching Machines $50.98 7A 3C 8P r Under round Sewer Et Water King i Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer Et Water Truck Crane Oiler /driver - 100 Tons And Over $51.40 7A 3C 8P sKing Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane. Oiler /driver Under 100 Tons $50.98 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $51.40 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators Welder $51.89 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farman Type $48.62 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water 'King Power Equipment Operators- . Yo Yo Pay Dozer $51.40 7A 3C 8P Under round Sewer Et Water King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Journey Level In Charge $42.91 5A 4A 15 King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Spray Person $40.73 5A 4A King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Equipment Operator $41.29 .5A 4A `. jKing Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer $38.38 5A 4A -King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer Groundperson $28.95 5A 4A i `:King Refrigeration Et Air Conditioning Journey Level $69.96 6Z 1G Mechanics ;King Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $49.07 5A 1M King Residential Carpenters Journey Level $28.20 1 King Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $22.64 1 King Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $38.08 5D 1M King Residentia€ Drvwa€€ Tapers Journey Level $49.79 5P 1 E King Residential Electricians JOURNEY LEVEL $30.44 1 King Residential Glaziers Journey Level $34.60 7L 1 H King Residential Insulation Applicators Journey Level $26.28 1 King Residential Laborers Journey Level $23.03 1 ;King Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $24.09 1 .King Residential Painters Journey Level $24.46 1 King Residential Plumbers Et Pipefitters Journey Level $34.69 1 King Residential Refrigeration Et Air Journey Level $69.96 6Z 1G Conditioning Mechanics King Residentia€ Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $41.30 7F 1 R 3King Residential Soft Floor Lam Journey Level $41.78 5A 3D SKing Residential Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Journey Level $41.31 5C 2R Protection} . King Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $49.07 5A 1M King Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $45.43 5A 1M 4King Residential Terrazzo /Tile Finishers Journey Level $21.46 1 P 1 _ - - . 11'r- - - _ _ _ _ - - --n- ' I---- . -1 - - / -- - . _ / - .. _ _« T - _ _ 1 - - 1___ _ - - . - _ _ 1 n f 1 / P% n I n X uE,%, 1 ✓ vi i v =King Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $25.17 1 King Roofers Journey Level $43.90 _5A 111 `King Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous Materials $46.90 5A 1R King Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $68.52 7F 1 E ;King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Boilermaker $35.83 7M 1H King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Carpenter $38.24 70 3B King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Electrician $37.85 70 3B King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Heat a Frost Insulator $56.93 5J 1S King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Laborer $36.81 70 3B King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Machinist $37.81 70 3B r King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Operator $40.20 70 36 King Shipbuilding a Ship Rem Painter $37.81 70 36 King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Pipefitter $37.79 70 3B ;King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Rigger $37.78 70 3B 'King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Sandblaster $36.81 70 3B King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Sheet Metal $37.77 70 3B 'King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Shipfitter $37.78 70 3B ` King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Trucker $37.63 70 3B King Shipbuilding Et Ship Repair Warehouse $37.68 70 3B King Shipbuilding a Ship Repair Welder /Burner $37.78 70 3B King Sign Makers a Installers (Etectrical} Sign Installer $22.92 1 King Sign Makers a Installers (Electrical) S_ign_Maker $21.36 1 King Sign Makers a Installers (Non- Sign Installer $27.28 1 Electrical King Sign Makers a Installers (Non- Sign Maker $33.25 1 Etectrical}. :King Soft Floor Lavers Journey Level $41.78 5A 3D King Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $12.44 1 King Sprinkler Fitters Fire Protection Journey Level $69.44 5C 1X King Stage Rig ping Mechanics Non Journey Level $13.23 1 Structural} i King Stone Masons Journey Level $49.07 5A 1 M '!King Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Journey Level $19.09 1 Workers King Surveyors Assistant Construction Site Surveyor $50.98 7A 3C 8P 1King Surveyors Chainman $50.46 7A 3C 8P King Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $51.89 7A 3C 8P King Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $22.76 1 King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Cable Splicer $35.09 5A 2B 'King Telephone Line Construction - Hole Digger /Ground Person $19.22 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Installer (Repairer) $33.63 5A 2B Outside 'King Telephone Line Construction - Special Aparatus Installer 1 $35.09 5A 2B i ar,%, i v vi i v `t% I Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Special Apparatus Installer II $34.37 5A 2B Outside $King Telephone Line Construction - Telephone Equipment Operator (Heavy) $35.09 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Telephone Equipment Operator (Light) $32.62 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Telephone Lineperson $32.62 5A 2B t Outside King Tetephone Line Construction - Television Groundperson $18.65 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Television Lineperson /Installer $24.66 5A 2B Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Television System Technician $29.42 5A 2B t Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Television Technician $26.43 5A 2B Outside `King Telephone Line Construction - Tree Trimmer $32.95 5A 2B r Outside King Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $45.43 5A 1M King Tile Setters Journey Level $21.65 1 King Tile Marbte Et Terrazzo Finishers Finisher $37.76 5A 1 B $King Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $41.27 7A 1K King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards (W. WA- Joint Council 28) $47.91 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards (W. WA- Joint Council 28) $47.07 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Dump Truck Et Trailer $47.91 5D 3A 8L 3 King Truck Drivers Dump Truck (W. WA -Joint Council 28) $47.07 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Other Trucks (W. WA -Joint Council 28) $47.91 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Transit Mixer $23.45 1 King Well DriElers Et Irrigation Pump Irrigation Pump Installer $17.71 1 Installers King Wetl Dritters Er Irrigation Pump Oiler $12.97 1 Installers King Well Drillers Et Irrigation Pump Well Driller $18.00 1 Installers `t% I Department of Labor and Industries �aE arAr� o� Prevailing Wage o` 6 (360) 902 -5335 wtvw. Ini. wa.Eov /TradesLicensi»e /PrcvWaee o �y'L 1889 �eY • This form must be typed or printed in ink. • Fill hl all blanks or the form will be returned for correction (see instructions). • Please allow a minimum of 10 working days for processing. • Once approved, your form will be posted online at h tfus: / /fart ress. wa.�o y/i n i7nivi apub /Sam ch For.asu STATEMENT OF INTENT TO PAY PREVAILING WAGES Public Worths Contract $40.00 Filing Fee Required Intent ID # (Assigned by L &I) YourCompariy;[i } toi matron:, . - -. AlvarBing AgcncyInformat[o>#, Your Company Name Project Name �._ Contract Number ABC Company, Inc. Road Repair 2011 -01B Your Address Awarding Agency -o„ 1234 Main Street WA State Department of T'ransp „ rt tion;, City Zip +4 Awarding Age ncAddtessy” "�Z. , WA 98501 -1234 PO Box 47354 �Olympia Your Contractor Registmtion Number Your UBI Number City It, State k 'Zip +4 ABCCI *0123AA 123456789 Olympia ro 1N e WA 98501 Your industrial Insurance Account Number Awarding A @hcy Contact Name '�t tPhooe N,1'Iinber 111,111 -11 JohnDoew- P �StSS);555 ..' -5555 Your Email Address (required for notification ofapproval) Your Phone Number County Where VYgfk,.1Will Be Performed y (.'a i. "y Where Work Will Be Performed prevailingwage @ini.we.gov (555) 555 -5555 f . ;1 lx Thk�ton,� '�r��,� � �l� Olympia Addltioinl Detalls'�'i :i: s s'ii �„ �' Con &akfDetails ,; 'r �� ' '_ , Your Expected Job Start Date (mm/dd/yyyy) c S Bid Due Datef(Prime Col)`tractor s) nr °� Award Date (Prime Contractor's) r 01 /01 /2011 "� �;, 08/01/201V °p� 08/10/2010 ri );ndicate iotal:Dollar Amount o,Pour Contract (including Job Site Address/Directions P*!#t t a,�i+ s' . - satles)taz) or time and materials, if applicable. 1$1000.00 State Street Plum. Street aka 7. ARRA`Eunds, � i ''' '�`,c� Wcatperizahonor�'Ener tticlentFTiuntls t ?� Does this project utilize American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRAt)tfundWs Does thii$)o Vet .utilize any weatherization or energy efficiency upgrade funds L] Yes No 3' +, -,l. (ARRA or o�lhetwtse)? ❑ Yes ® No Prlmc; Gonhactor .'sComliagy'lntorniatlon, ,- t.s ...;. .; P kHici ngCOnlrnctorsC ,onnpaiiy,IUtormatiou 's Company Name P234_e; Qi, lii'dtor s Intent Nuniber _ Hi§69 Cohiractor's Company Name Comtranto XYPrime p Y. 56 }rg,� m Sup r%yers, Inc. Hiring Contractor's Contractor Registration Number Hiring Contractor's UBI Number Prime Contractor's Registration Number Prime Contrae'tor s I)Bl ;Nui? 15$4 0 XYZIN *0123AA 987654321 SUPERPA123AA 321456987 Elnploj %ment hforiiiation Do you intend to use. ANY subcontracto s7nl 7'�zw ❑ Yes '''iVo Will employees perform work on this project? ®Yes ❑ No Will ALL work be subcontracted? f„ " 0 Yesi® No Do you intend to use apprentice employees ? - -® Yes ❑ No Number of Owner /Operatorswho own at Ieas00 Yo ofthe compay4slvho will perform work on the project: ❑ None :(0) ® One (1) ❑ Two (2) ❑ Three (3) Crafts /Prades/Occupations'- `}r(Do not list appr tices. They art listed on the Affidavit of Wages Paid only:) Number of Rate of Hourly Rate of Hourly If an. cinployce `Works in more than one trade, ens`41'e that all hours worked in each trade are reported below. Workers P ?y Usual ( "Fringe ") 1, ,, For additional efts /trades /OCcupau6t}lpiease use�Adlendum -A. Benefits Labor •er - AsphaifRa 2 39.28 5.00 EY2 Power Equipment Operator - Asphalt Pipet Operator 1 48.04 2.35 'i- �rl�:z., - Vs,. Truck Driver - Asphalt Mix (ove_r;116:SSds) I 46.47 - 0.00 Sl'iiabire`Tilock I hereby certify that I have read and understand the instructions to complete this form and that the information, including any addenda, are correct and that all workers I employ on this Public Works Project will be paid no less than the Prevailing Wage Rates as determined by the industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries. Print Name: Pr1ntTltIc: SI nature: - Date: r'or.L&VUscOnl 'i '`' A roved by signature of the Department of Labor and Industries Industrial Statistician - NOTICE: If the prime contract is at n cost of over one million dollars ($1,000,000.00), RCW 39.04.370 requires you to complete the EHn 2805 (RCN 39.04.370) Addendum and attach It to your Affdnvit of Wages of Paid When your work on the project concludes. This is only a notice. The EHB 2805 Addendum Is not submitted with this Intent. SAMPLE - F700- 029.000 Statement of lutent to Pay Prevailing Wages 03 -2011 Department of Labor and Industries aTeTE Prevailing Wage Program ��y o� (360) 902 -5335 i.wa: /Trod /I'revl�Vage Y tvww.ln eov est,icensi n>; °g HH,r ieso �° • This form must be typed or printed in.ink. State WA • Fill in ALL blanks or the form will be returned for correction (see instructions). • Please allow a minimum of 1.0 working days.forprocessing. • Once approved, your form will be posted online at Your UBI Number 123456789 hops: /lfom'ess.a'a. eov /Ini /utviapub /SearchPocaso Zip 98501 AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID Public Works Contract $40.00 Filing Fee Required Affidavit ID # (Assigned by L &n: SAMPLE Your'Com anvIn(ormation „ > i.'AySar'din - Indcate (inciudmg A enc ?liiformatlon' Your Company Name ABC Company Project Name Road Repair Contract Number 123 -456 Your Address 1234 Main Street Awarding Agency WA St De artment of Transportation City Olympia State WA Zip +4. 98501 -1234 Awarding Agency Addgss. PO Box 123 Your Contractor Registration Number ABCCI *0123AA Your UBI Number 123456789 City - -State Olympia WA Zip 98501 +4 Your Industrial Insurance Account Number 111,111 -11 Awarding Agency Contact Name Phone John Doe (555).555-5555 Number Your Email Address (required for notification ofapproval) revailingwage @lni.wa.gov (555) Your Phone Number 555 -5555 County Where Work Was Performed . City Thurston Olympia Where Work Was Performed Additio nYil Detulls,•:i ?.; ;:.; , < .. '•. + `....`, ..::.. GkontrnctDetails.! i,. , ....., ,. �` Yon• Job Stan Date (mm/dd/yyyy) 2/1/2011 Your Date Work Completed (mm/dd/yyyy) 3/1/2011 Bid Due Date,(Prinre Contractor's) Award 1/1/2011 '': 1/5/2011 Date (Prime Contractor's) Job Site Address /Directions Plum and State Street Your Approved IntentID .# 123456 i Total Dollar Amount ofYm rr Contract sales tax). $10,000.00 EHB 2805 (RCW 39.04.370) — Is the Prime Contractor's Contract at a cost of over one million dollars $1;000,000 E3 Yes If you answered "Yes" to the EHB 2805 question and the Award Date is 9/1/2010 or ? ®allo later you must coo lete and submit the EHB 2805 CW 39.04.370 Addendum. AJiItA:Fiind.a . , -;:'.i '' ' Does this project utilize AmmicanRecovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) funds? ❑ Yes ® No . - - (ARRA - Wca'thci•Izn[lonor °Eiier� Etficien'fFtinds, i:" Does this projeot,utilize any weatherization or energy efficiency upgrade funds or otherwise)? ❑ Yes 'Z No ' -..� Primc'Contrac(or's'Com anvilnformntion " ! aotogs'Oom a"foi•matton H1'rtn Contr Prime Contractor's Company Name XYZ Company Hiring Contractor's Company Name CBA Company Prime Contractor's Registration Number XYZCI *0123AA Prime'Conlractor's UBI Number 98765432.1' Hiring Contractor's Registration Number CBACI *0123AA Hiring Contractor's IJBI Number 456789123 Eni 10 mentJnformatlon.. ...:.: Did you use ANY subcontractors? ❑Yes (Addendum B Reauired): ® No Did employees perform work on this project? ® Yes C3 No Was ALL work subcontracted? ❑ Yes (Addendum B Remrired) ®Nd Did you use apprentice employees? ❑ Yes ®No Number of Owner /Operators who own at least 30% of the company who performed work on this project: You must list the First and Last Names of any Owner/Operator performing work below ❑ None (0) ® One (1) ❑ Two (2) Cl 'three (3) List your Crafts/frades/Occupatlons Below - For Journey Level Workers you must provide all of the information below. Owner /Operators - must provide their First and Last name no other information required. "*Apprentices are not recorded below. You mast use Addendum D to list Apprentices. Number of Workers Total # of Hours Rate Worked of Hourly Pay Rate of Hourly Usual ( "Fringe ") Benefits General Labor 2 153 41.23 8.54 Carpenter 5 .210 52.26 10.13 1 hereby certify that I have read and understand the instructions to complete this form and that the information on the form and any addenda is correct and that all workers I employed on this Public Works Project were paid no less than the Prevailing Wage Rate(s) as detemrined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries. Print Name: Jane Doe Print Title: Bookkeeper Signature: Dnte:3 /5/201 1 Fo+LtCTYTse Onl :,.; , } ° r t. APPROVED: Department of Labor and industries. By industrial Statistician SAMPLE - F700 -007 -000 Affidavit of Wages Paid 3 -2011 SPECIAL PROVISIONS m SPECIALPROVISIONS ..................................................................................................:.. .............................10 1 -01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS ..................................................................................... .............................10 1 -01.1 General ............................................................................................................... .............................10 1 =01.3 Definitions ......................................................................................................... .............................10 1 -02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS .................................................................. .............................12 1 -02.1 Prequalification of bidders ............................................................................... .............................12 1 -02.2 Plans and Specifications ................................................................................:.. .............................12 1 -02.5 Proposal Forms ................................................................................................. .............................12 1 -02.6 Preparation of Proposal ...........................................................................:........ .............................13 1- 02.6(1) Proprietary Information ............................................................................... .............................13 1 -02.7 Bid Deposit ........................................................................................................ .............................13 1 -02.9 Delivery of Proposal ......................................................................................... .............................13 1 -02.12 Public Opening of Proposals ........................................................................... .............................14 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals .......................................................................................... .............................14 1 -02.14 Disqualification of Bidders ............................................................................. .............................14 1 -02.15 Pre Award Information ................................................................................... .............................14 1 -03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ............................................................ .............................15 1 -03.1 Consideration of Bids ......................................................................................... ............................15 - 1 -03.2 Award of Contract ............................................................................................. .............................15 1 -03.3 Execution of Contract ....................................................................................... .............................15 1 -03.4 Contract Bond ................................................................................................... .............................15 1 -03.7 Judicial Review .................................................................................................. .............................16 1 -04 SCOPE OF WORK .................................................................................................. .............................16 1 -04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents .............................................................. .............................16 1 -04.3 Contractor - Discovered Discrepancies .............................................................. .............................16 1 -04.4 Changes ............................................................................................................. .............................17 1 -04.8 Progress Estimates and Payments .................................................................... .............................17 1 -04.11 Final Cleanup .................................................................................................. .............................17 1 -05 CONTROL OF WORK ............................................................................................. .............................17 1 -05.4 Conformity With and Deviation from Plans and Stakes .................................. .............................17 1- 05.4(3) Contractor Supplied Surveying .................................................................... .............................18 1- 05.4(4) Contractor Provided As -Built Information .................................................. .............................18 1 -05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work ............................................... .............................19 1 -05.10 Guarantees ...................................................................................................... .............................19 1 -05.11 Final Inspection ............................................................................................... .............................20 1- 05.11(1) Substantial'Completion Date ..................................................................... .............................20 1- 05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date ........................................ .............................20 1- 05.11(3) Operational Testing ..................................................:................................. .............................21 1 -05.12 Final Acceptance ............................................................................................. .............................21 1 -05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor ................................. .............................21 1 -05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors ...........: ................................................. .............................22 1 -05.16 Water and Power ............................................................................................ ..............:..............22 1 -05.17 Oral Agreements ............................................................................................. .............................22 1 -05.18 Contractor's Daily Diary .................................................................................. .............................22 1 -06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL ....................................................................................... .............................23 1 -06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use .................................................................. .............................23 1- 06.2(1) Samples and Tests for Acceptance ............................................................... .............................23 1- 06.2(2) Statistical Evaluation of Materials for Acceptance ...................................... .............................23 1 -07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC ................................ .............................23 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed ......................................................................................... .............................23 1 -07.2 State Sales Tax ................................................................................................... .............................24 1- 07.2(1): General_.. ....................................................................................................... .............................24 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax- Rule 171 ............................................................................ .............................25 1- 07.2(3) State Sales Tax - Rule 170 ............................................................................ .............................25 1- 07.2(4) Services ......................................................................................................... .............................25 1 -07.6 Permits and Licenses ......................................................................................... .............................25 1 -07.9 Wages ................................................................................................................ .............................26 1- 07.9(5) Required Documents .................................................................................... .............................26 1 -07.11 Requirements for Non - Discrimination ........................................................... .............................26 1- 07.11(11) City of Renton Affidavit of Compliance ................................................... .............................26 1 -07.12 Federal Agency Inspection .............................................................................. .............................26 1 -07.13 Contractor's Responsibility for Work ............................................................. .............................26 1- 07.13(1) General ....................................................................................................... .............................26 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control ................................................. .............................26 1 -07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property ......................................................... .............................26 1- 07.16(1) Private /Public Property .............................................................................. .............................26 1 -07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities ......................................................................... .............................28 1- 07.17(1) Interruption of Services ..............................:....................................:......... .............................29 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance ........................................... .............................29 2 1- 07.18(1) General ....................................................................................................... .............................29 1- 07.18(2) Coverages .................................................................................................... .............................29 1- 07.18(3) Limits .......................................................................................................... .............................31 1- 07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance: ..................... . ..................................................................................... 31 1 -07.22 Use of Explosives ............................................................................................ .............................31 1 -07.23 Public Convenience and Safety ...................................................................... .............................32 1- 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic ......................................:.................................. .............................32 1- 07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours ............................................... .............................33 1 -07.24 Rights -of- Way .................................................................................................. .............................33 1 -07.28 Confined Space Entry ...................................................................................... .............................34 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ........................................................................... .............................34 1 -08.0 Preliminary Matters .......................................................................................... .............................34 1- 08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference ......................................................................:. .............................34 1- 08.0(2) Hours of Work .............................................................................................. .............................35 1- 08.0(3) Reimbursement for Overtime Work of Contracting Agency Employees .... .............................36 1 -08.1 Subcontracting .................................................................................................. .............................36 1 -08.2 Assignment ....................................................................................................... .............................36 1 -08.3 Progress Schedule ............................................................................................. .............................37 1 -08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work ............................................. .............................37 1 -08.5 Time For Completion ........................................................................................ .............................38 1 -08.6 Suspension of Work .......................................................................................... .............................39 1 -08.7 Maintenance During Suspension ..................................................................... .............................39 1 -08.9 Liquidated Damages ......................................................................................... .............................39 1 -08.11 Contractor's Plant and Equipment ................................................................. .............................40 1 -08.12 Attention to Work ........................................................................................... .............................40 1 -09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .......................................................................... .............................40 1 -09.1 Measurement of Quantities ............................................................................. .............................40 1 -09.3 Scope of Payment ............................................................................................. .............................41 1 -09.6 Force Account ................................................................................................... .............................41 1 -09.7 Mobilization ...................................................................................................... .............................42 1 -09.9 Payments ........................................................................................................... .............................42 1- 09.9(1) Retainage ...................................................................................................... .............................43 1- 09.9(2) Contracting Agency's Right to Withhold and Disburse Certain Amounts .. .............................43 1- 09.9(3) Final Payment ............................................................................................... .............................44 1 -09.11 Disputes and Claims ........................................................................................ .............................45 3 1- 09.11(2) Claims ......................................................................................................... .............................45 1- 09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction .............................................................. .............................45 1 -09.13 Claims and Resolutions .................................................................................... .............................45 1- 09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less .........:................................................................... .............................45 1- 09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration .................................................................. .............................45 1- 09.13(3)B Procedures to Pursue Arbitration ............................................................ .............................45 1 -09.14 Payment Schedule .......................................................................................... .............................46 1- 09.14(1) Scope .......................................................................................................... .............................46 1- 09.14(2) Bid Items ..................................................................................................... .............................46 1 -10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL .......................................................................... .............................46 1 -10.1 General .............................................................................................................. .............................46 1- 10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor .......................................................................... .............................48 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans ..................................................................................... .............................48 1 -10.3 Flagging, Signs, and All Other Traffic Control Devices ..................................... .............................48 1- 10.3(3) Construction Signs ........................................................................................ .............................48 1 -10.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................48 1 -10.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................48 1 -11 RENTON SURVEYING-STANDARDS ....................................................................... .............................48 1- 11.1(1) Responsibility for Surveys ............................................................................ .............................48 1- 11.1(2) Survey Datum and Precision ........................................................................ .............................48 1- 11.1(3) Subdivision Information ............................................................................... .............................49 1- 11.1(4) Field Notes .................................................................................................... .............................49 1- 11.1(5) Corners and Monuments ............................................................................. .............................49 1- 11.1(6) Control or Base Line Survey ......................................................................... .............................50 1- 11.1(7) Precision Levels ............................................................................................ .............................50 1- 11.1(8) Radial and Station -- Offset Topography ...................................................... .............................50 1- 11.1(9) Radial Topography ........................................................................................ .............................50 1- 11.1(10) Station - -Offset Topography ........................................................................ .............................50 1- 11.1(11) As -Built Survey ........................................................................................... .............................51 1- 11.1(12) Monument Setting and Referencing ......................................................... .............................51 1 -11.12 Materials ......................................................................................................... .............................51 1- 11.12(1) Property /Lot Corners ................................................................................. .............................51 1- 11.12(2) Monuments ................................................................................................ .............................51 1- 11.12(3) Monument Case and Cover ....................................................................... .............................51 2 -01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP ............................................. .............................52 2 -01.1 Description ...................................................................................:.................... .............................52 2 -01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris ............................................................ .............................52 2 -01.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................52 2 -02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTIONS ................................................ .............................52 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, and Curbs .............................................. .............................52 2 -02.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................52 2 -02.5 Payment ............................................... ............................... ...................... . ...........................53.. 2 -03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT .................................................... .............................53 2 -03.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................53 2 -03.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................54 2 -03.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................54 2 -04 HAUL ..................................................................................................................... .............................54 2 -04.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................54 2 -06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION ................................................................................... .............................54 2 -06.5 Measurement and Payment ............................................................................ .............................54 2 -09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION .................................................................................... .............................55 2 -09.1 Description ........................................................................................................ .............................55 2- 09.3(1)D Disposal of Excavated Material ................................................................. .............................55 2 -09.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................55 2 -09.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ ..........:..................55 5 -04 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT ......................................................................... .............................56 5 -04.2 Materials ........................................................................................................... .............................56 5 -04.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................56 5- 04.3(5) Conditioning the Existing Surface ................................................................ .............................56 5- 04.3(5)A Preparation of Existing Surface ................................................................. .............................57 5- 04.3(7)A Mix Design .................................................................................................. .............................57 5- 04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing —HMA Mixture ................................... .............................58 5- 04.3(10)B Control ...................................................................................................... .............................58 5 -04.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................58 5- 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Mixture ........................................ .............................58 5- 04.5(1)B Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Compaction ................................. .............................59 5 -06 TEMPORARY RESTORATION IN PAVEMENT AREAS ............................................. .............................59 5 -06.1 Description ........................................................................................................ .............................59 5 -06.2 Materials ........................................................................................................... .............................59 5 -06.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................59 5 7 -01 DRAINS ................................................................................................................. .............................60 7 -01.2 Materials .........................................::....:........................................................... .............................60 7 -01.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................60 7 -01.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................60 7 -02 CULVERTS ............................................................................................................. .............................60 7 -02.2 Materials ........................................................................................................... .............................60 7 -04 STORM SEWERS ................................................................................................... .............................60 7 -04.2 Materials ........................................................................................................... .............................60 7 -04.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................61 7 -04.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................61 7 -05 MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CATCH BASINS ........................................................... .............................61 7 -05.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................61 7- 05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade .......................................... .............................61 7- 05:3(2) Abandon Existing Manholes ........................................................................ .............................62 7- 05.3(2)A Abandon Existing Sanitary Sewer Pipes .................................................... .............................62 7- 05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes ............................................................... .............................63 7- 05.3(5) Manhole Coatings ........................................................................................ .............................63 7 -05.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................63 7 -05.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................64 7 -08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS .................................................. .............................64 7 -08.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................64 7- 08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe ........................................................................................ .............................64 7- 08.3(1)D Pipe Foundation ........................................................................................ .............................64 7- 08.3(2)A Survey Line and Grade ............................................................................... .............................64 7- 08.3(2)B Pipe Laying — General ................................................................................. .............................64 7- 08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints .............................................................................. .............................65 7- 08.3(2)H Sewer Line Connections ............................................................................ .............................65 7- 08.3(2)) Placing PVC Pipe .......................................................................................... .............................65 7- 08.3(3)A Backfilling Sanitary Sewer Trenches .......................................................... .............................65 7 -08.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................66 7 -08.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................66 7 -09 PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR WATER MAINS .............................................................. .............................67 7- 09.3(15)A Ductile Iron Pipe ...................................................................................... .............................67 7- 09.3(15)B Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4 inches and Over) .................................. .............................67 7- 09.3(17) Laying Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings with Polyethylene Encasement ..... .............................67 D 7- 09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains ................................................................ .............................67 7- 09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead -Man Block ........................................ .............................68 7- 09.3(23) .Hydrostatic Pressure Test ........................................................................... .............................68 7- 09.3(24)A Flushing and ................:............................................................................ .............................69 7- 09.3(24)D Dry Calcium Hypochlorite ........................................................................ .............................69 7- 09.3(24)K Retention Period ...................................................................................... .............................69 7- 09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing ....................................................................... .............................69 7- 09.3(25) Joint Restraint Systems .............................................................................. .............................69 7 -09.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................71 7 -09.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................71 7 -12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS ................................................................................. .............................72 7- 12.3(1) Installation of Valve Marker Post ................................................................. .............................72 7- 12.3(2) Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade .............................................................. .............................72 7 -12.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................72 7 -12.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................72 7 -14 HYDRANTS ............................................................................................................ .............................73 7- 14.3(1) Setting Hydrants ........................................................................................... .............................73 7- 14.3(3) Resetting Existing Hydrants ...................................................... »...» .... .. .................................... 73- 7- 14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants ............................................................................. ............................73, 7 -14.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................73 7 -15 SERVICE CONECTIONS .......................................................................................... .............................74 7 -15.3 Construction Details ......................................................................................... .............................74 7 -15.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................74 7 -17 SANITARY SEWERS ............................................................................................... .............................74 7 -17.2 Materials ........................................................................................................... .............................74 7 -17.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................75 7- 17.3(1) Protection of Existing Sewerage Facilities ................................................... .............................75 7- 17.3(2)H Television Inspection ................................................................................. .............................75 7 -17.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................75 7 -17.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................75 8 -09 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS ............................................................................. .............................76 8 -09.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................76 8 -13 MONUMENT CASES ............................................................................................. .............................76 8 -13.1 Description ........................................................................................................ .............................76 8 -13.3 Construction Requirements .............................................................................. .............................76 7 8 -13.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................76 8 -13.5 Payment ................................................:........................................................... .............................76 8 -14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS ......................................................................... .............................77 8- 14.3(4) Curing ............................................................................................................ .............................77 8 -14.4 Measurement .................................................................................................... .............................77 8 -14.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................77 8 -17 IMPACT ATTEN UATOR SYSTEMS .................................................:........................ .............................77 8 -17.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................77 8 -20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL ........................... .............................77 8- 20:2(1) Equipment List and Drawings ...................................................................... .............................77 8 -22 PAVEMENT MARKING .......................................................................:.................. .............................78 8 -22.1 Description ........................................................................................................ .............................78 8- 22.3(5) Installation Instructions ............................................................................... .............................78 8 -22.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................79 8 -23 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS .................................................................. .............................79 8 -23.5 Payment ............................................................................................................ .............................79 9- 03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments ................................................................ .............................79 =9 =05 _DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS ........................................ .............................80 9 -05.4 Steel Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arch (RC) .............................................................. .............................80 9- 05.7(2) Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe ( RC) ............................................... .............................80 9- 05.7(2)A Basis for Acceptance (RC) .......................................................................... .............................80 9- 05.7(3) Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints (RC) ....................................................... .............................80 9- 05.7(4) Testing Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints ( RC) ........................................... .............................80 9 -05.9 Steel Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe ( RC) ............................................................ .............................80 9 -05.12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe ......................................................................... .............................81 9- 05.12(3) CPEP Sewer Pipe ......................................................................................... .............................81 9 -05.14 ABS Composite Sewer Pipe ............................................................................ .............................81 9 -05.17 Aluminum Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe ......................................................... .............................81 9 -05.22 High Density Polyethylene Piping .................................................................. .............................81 9 -08 PAINTS .................................................................................................................. .............................83 9 -08.8 Manhole Coating System Products .................................................................. .............................83 9- 08.8(1) Coating Systems Specification ..................................................................... .............................83 9 -23 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS AND ADMIXTURES ........................................... .............................83 9 -23.9 Fly Ash (RC) ....................................................................................................... .............................83 9 -30 WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS ...................................................................... .............................83 8 9- 30.3(1) Gate Valves (3inches to 12 inches) .............................................................. .............................83 9- 30.3(3) Butterfly Valves ............................................................................................ .............................84 9- 30.3(5) Valve Marker Posts ....................................................................................... .............................84 9- 30.3(7) Combination Air Release /Air Vacuum Valves .............................................. .............................84 9- 30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly ............................................................ .............................85 9- 30.3(9) Blow -Off Assembly ...................e. ............... ................................................................................. 85 9 -30.5 Hydrants ............................................................................................................ .............................85 9- 30.5(1) End Connections ( RC) ................................................................................... .............................85 9- 30.5(2) Hydrant Dimensions ..................................................................................... .............................85 9- 30.6(3)B Polyethylene Pipe ...................................................................................... .............................86 9- 30.6(4) Service Fittings ............................................................................................. .............................86 9- 30.6(5) Meter Setters ................................................................................................ .............................86 10 REMOVAL OF UTILITY LOCATE MARKINGS FROM SIDEWALKS REQUIRED ............ .............................86 9 10/22/2012 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 -01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1 -01.1 General Section 1 -01.1 is supplemented with: Whenever reference is made to the State, State of Washington, Commission, Department of Transportation, Secretary of Transportation, Owner, Contracting Agency or Engineer, such reference shall be deemed to mean the City of Renton acting through its City Council, employees, and duly authorized representatives for all contracts administered by the City of Renton. All references to "State Materials Laboratory" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency designated location ". 1 -01.3 Definitions Section 1 -01.3 is revised and supplemented by the following: Act of God "Act of God" means an earthquake, flood, cyclone, or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature. A rain, Windstorm, high water or other natural phenomenon of unusual intensity for the specific locality of the Work, which might reasonably have been anticipated from historical records of the general locality of the Work, shall not be construed as an act of god. Consulting Engineer The Contracting Agency's design consultant, who may or may not administer the construction program for the Contracting Agency. Contract.-Documents See - definition -for '-'Contract". Contract Price Either the unit price, the unit prices, or lump sum price or prices named in the proposal, or in properly executed change orders. Contract Time The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which the Work must be physically completed. Dates Bid Opening Date: The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the bids. Award Date: The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder for the Work. Contract Execution Date: The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the agency to the Contract. Notice to Proceed Date: The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract Time begins. Substantial Completion Date: The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, and only minor incidental Work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction or repair remains for the physical completion of the total contract. Contract Completion Date: The date by which the Work is contractually required to be physically completed. The Contract Completion Date will be stated in the Notice to Proceed. Revisions of this date will be authorized in writing by the Engineer whenever there is an extension to the Contract time. Completion Date: The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of . 10 10/22/2012 the Contractor under the Contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. Date.of Commencement: The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract Time begins Final Acceptance Date: The date the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete per the Contract requirements. Day Unless otherwise designated, day(s) as used in the Contract Documents, shall be understood to mean working days. Engineer The City Engineer or duly authorized representative, or an authorized member of a licensed consulting firm retained by the Owner for the construction engineering of a specific public works project. Inspector The Owner's authorized representative assigned to make necessary observations of the Work performed or being performed, or of materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. Notice of Award: The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful bidder signifying the Contracting Agency's acceptance of the bid. Notice to Proceed: The written notice from the Contracting Agency or the Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with Work and establishing the date on which the Contract time begins. Or Equal Where the term "or equal" is used herein, the Contracting Agency, or the Contracting Agency on recommendation of the Engineer, shall be the sole judge of the quality and suitability of the proposed substitution. The responsibility and cost of furnishing necessary evidence, demonstrations, or other information required to obtain the approval of alternative materials or processes by the Owner shall be entirely borne by the Contractor. Owner The City of Renton or its authorized representative also referred to as Contracting Agency. Performance and Payment Bond Same as "Contract Bond" defined in the Standard Specifications. Plans The Contract Plans and /or Standard Plans which show location, character, and dimensions of prescribed Work including layouts, profiles, cross - sections, and other details. Drawings may either be bound in the same book as the balance of the Contract Documents or bound in separate sets, and are a part of the Contract Documents, regardless of the method of binding. The terms "Standard Drawings" or "Standard Details" generally used in Specifications refers to drawings bound either with the specification documents or included with the Plans or the City of Renton Standard Plans. Points Wherever reference is made to the Engineer's points, this shall mean all marks, bench marks, reference points, stakes, hubs, tack, etc., established by the Engineer for maintaining horizontal and vertical control of the Work. Provide Means "furnish and install" as specified and shown in the Plans. Secretary, Secretary of Transportation The chief executive officer of the Department and other authorized representatives. The chief executive officer to the Department shall also refer to the Department of Public Works Administrator. Shop Drawings Same as "Working Drawings" defined in the Standard Specifications. 11 10/22/2012 Special Provisions Modifications to the Standard Specifications and their amendments that apply to an individual project. The special provisions may describe Work the Specifications do not cover. Such Work shall comply first with the Special Provisions and then with any Specifications that apply. The Contractor shall include all costs of doing this Work within the bid prices. State The state of Washington acting through its representatives. The State shall also refer to The City of Renton and its authorized representatives where applicable. Supplemental Drawings and Instructions Additional instructions by the Engineer at request of the Contractor by means of drawings or documents necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, for the proper execution of the Work. Such drawings and instructions are consistent with the Contract Documents. Traffic Both vehicular and non- vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic. Utility Public or private fixed improvement for the transportation of fluids, gases, power, signals, or communications and shall be understood to include tracks, overhead and underground wires, cables, pipelines, conduits, ducts, sewers, or storm drains. 1 -02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1 -02.1 Prequalification of Bidders Delete this Section and replace it with the following: Bidders shall be qualified by experience, financing, equipment, and organization to do the Work called for in the Contract Documents. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to take whatever action it deems necessary to ascertain-the a:b:ility-.of the - bidder to perform the Work satisfactorily. 1 -02.2 Plans and Specifications Delete this Section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed will be found in the Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the Work. After award of the Contract, Plans and Specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below: To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced Plans (11" x 17 ") and 4 Furnished automatically contract provisions upon award Large Plans (22" x 34 ") 4 Furnished only upon request Additional Plans and Contract Provisions may be purchased by the Contractor by payment of the cost stated in the Call for Bids. 1 -02.5 Proposal Forms Delete this Section and replace it with the following: At the request of the bidder, the Contracting Agency will provide a proposal form for any project on which the bidder is eligible to bid The proposal form will identify the project and its location and describe the Work. It will also Fist estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of Work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit bid prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and 12 1.0/22/2012 acknowledgement of addenda; the bidder's name, address, telephone number, and signature; and a State of Washington Contractor's Registration Number. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink..The required certifications are included as part of the proposal form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the proposal forms unless otherwise specified. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to reject any bids that fail to provide a cost proposal all alternates and additives set forth in the proposal forms. Any correction to a bid made by interlineations, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. The bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president (Or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D /M /WBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D/W /MBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. 1 -02.6 Preparation of Proposal The second paragraph is revised as follows: All prices shall be in legible figures written in ink or typed. The proposal shall include: 1. A unit price for each item (omitting digits more than four places to the right of the decimal point), where a conflict arises the unit price shall prevail. 1- 02.6(1) Proprietary Information 1- 02.6(1) is a new Section. Vendors should, in the bid proposal, identify clearly any material(s), which constitute "(valuable) formula, designs drawings, and research data" so as to be exempt from public disclosure, RCW 42.17.310, or any materials otherwise claimed to be exempt, along with a Statement of the basis for such claim of exemption. The Department (or State) will give notice to the vendor of any request for disclosure of such information received within 5 (five) years from the date of submission. Failure to so label such materials or failure to timely respond after notice of request for public disclosure has been given shall be deemed a waiver by the submitting vendor of any claim that such materials are, in fact, so exempt. 1 -02.7 Bid Deposit Section 1 -02.7 is supplemented with the following: Bid Bonds shall contain the following: 1. Number assigned to the project by the Contracting Agency; 2. Name of the project; 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 5. Signature of the bidder's officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the person authorized to submit.the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany said signature; 6. The signature of the surety's officer empowered to sign the bond form included in the Contract Provision. 1 -02.9 Delivery of Proposal Revise the first paragraph to read: Each proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with Project Name and Proiect Number as stated in the 13 10/22/2012 Advertisement for Bids, clearly marked on the outside of the envelope. Or as otherwise stated in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery. 1- 02.12 Public Opening of Proposals Section 1 -02.12 is supplemented with the following: The Contracting Agency reserves the right to postpone the date and time for bid opening. Notification to bidder will be by addenda. 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals Revise item I to read: . 1. A proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: a. The bidder is not prequalified when so required, b. The authorized proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; C. The complete proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate bids, or conditions; d. The bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the bid proposal; f. The proposal form is not properly executed; g. The bidder fails to submit or properly complete a subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -2.6 h. The bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged, Minority or Women's Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; or L The bid proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the bid invitation. 1 -02.14 Disqualification of Bidders Revise this section to read: A bidder will be deemed not responsible and the proposal rejected if the bidder does not meet the responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04. A bidder may be deemed not responsible and the proposal rejected if: a. More than one proposal is submitted for the same project from a bidder under the same or different names; b. Evidence of collusion exists with any other bidder or potential bidder. Participants in collusion will be restricted from submitting further bids; c. The bidder, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, is not qualified for the Work or to the full extent of the bid, or to the extent that the bid exceeds the authorized prequalification amount as may have been determined by a prequalification of the bidder; d. An unsatisfactory performance record exists based on past or current Contracting Agency Work or for Work done for others, as judged from the standpoint of conduct of the Work; workmanship; progress; affirmative action; equal employment opportunity . practices; or Disadvantaged Enterprise, Minority Enterprise, or Women's Business Enterprise utilization. e. There is uncompleted Work (Contracting Agency or otherwise) which might hinder or prevent the prompt completion of the Work bid upon; f. The bidder failed to settle bills for labor or materials on past or current contracts; g. The bidder has failed to complete a written public contract or has been convicted of a crime arising from a previous public contract; . h. The bidder is unable, financially or otherwise, to perform the Work; i. A bidder is not authorized to do business in the State of Washington (not registered in accordance with RCW 18.27) j. There are any other reasons deemed proper by the Contracting Agency. 1 -02.15 Pre Award Information Revise this section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of: 14 1.0/22/2012 1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used; 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests; 3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of time required for the various phases of Work; 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item; 5. Attending at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer; 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city and /or county where the Work is located; 7. A copy of State of Washington Contractor's Registration; or 8. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. 1 -03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1 -03.1 Consideration of Bids Section 1 -03.1 is supplemented with the following: All bids will be based on total sum of all schedules of prices. No partial bids will be accepted unless so stated in the call for bids or special provisions. The City reserves the right however to award all or any schedule of a bid to the lowest bidder at its discretion. 1 -03.2 Award of Contract Section 1 -03.2 is supplemented with the following: The Contract, bond form, and all other forms requiring execution, together with a list of all other forms or documents required to be submitted by the successful bidder, will be forwarded to the successful bidder within 10 days of the award. The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor shall be determined by the Contracting Agency. 1 -03.3 Execution of Contract Section 1 -03.3 is revised and supplemented as follows: Within 10 calendar days after receipt from the City of the forms and documents required to be completed by the Contractor, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency - prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1- 07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1 -03.4. Before execution of the Contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre -award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1- 02.15. Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor shall any Work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency- furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any Work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the Contract is executed by the Contracting Agency. If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the Contract documents within 10 calendar days after the award date, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of 10 additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. The Contracting Agency is prohibited by RCW 39.06.010 from executing a contract with a Contractor who is not registered or licensed as required by the laws of the state. In addition, the Contracting Agency requires persons doing business with the Contracting Agency to possess a valid City of Renton business license prior to award. When the Bid Form provides spaces for a business license number, a Washington State Contractors registration number, or both the Bidder shall insert such information in the spaces provided. The Contracting Agency requires legible copies of the Contractor's Registration and business license be submitted to the Engineer as part of the Contracting Agency's post -award information and evaluation activities. 1 -03.4 Contract Bond Revise the first paragraph to read: 15 10/22/2012 The.successful bidder shall provide an executed contract bond for the full contract amount. This contract bond shall: 1. Be on the Contracting Agency- furnished form; 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner; 3. Be conditioned upon the faithful performance of the Contract by the Contractor within the prescribed time; 4. Guarantee that the surety shall indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform the Contract, or b. Of the Contractor (subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tie subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out Work; 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond must be signed by the president or vice - president, unless accompanied by a written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney or a letter to such effect by the president or vice - president). 1 -03.7 Judicial Review Revise the last sentence to read: The venue of all causes of action arising from the advertisement, award, execution, and performance of the Contract shall be in the Superior Court of the County where the Contracting Agency's headquarters are located. -1-04 SCOPE OF WORK 1 -04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions Specifications, and Addenda Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the Contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1.' Addenda 2. Proposal Form 3. Technical Specifications 4. Special Provisions 5. Contract Plans 6. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans (if any) 7. Amendments to the Standard Specifications 8. WSDOT /APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 9. WSDOT /APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 1 -04.3 Contractor - Discovered Discrepancies Section 1 -04.3 is a new section: Upon receipt of award of contract, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare all the components of the Contract Documents and other instructions, and check and verify all field measurements. The Contractor shall, prior to ordering material or performing Work, report in writing to the Engineer any error, inconsistency, or omission in respect to design or mode of construction, which is discovered. If the Contractor, in the course of this study or in the accomplishment of the Work, finds any discrepancy between the Plans and the physical condition of the locality as represented in the Plans, or any such errors or omissions in respect to design or mode of construction in the Plans or in the layout as given by points and instructions, it shall be the Contractor's duty to inform the Engineer immediately in writing, and the Engineer will promptly check the same. Any Work done after such discovery, until correction of Plans or authorization of extra Work is given, if the Engineer finds that extra Work is involved, will be done at the Contractor's risk. If extra Work is involved, 16 10/22/2012 the procedure shall be as provided in Section 1 -04.4 of the Standard Specifications. 1 -04.4 Changes The last two paragraphs are replaced with the following: Renton does not have a formal policy or guidelines on cost reduction alternatives, but will evaluate such proposals by the Contractor on a case -by -case basis. 1 -04.8 Progress Estimates and Payments Section 1 -04.8 is supplemented as follows: The Contractor is encouraged to provide to the Engineer prior to progress payments an estimate of "Lump Sum" Work accomplished to date. The Engineer's calculations and decisions shall be final in. regard to the actual percentage of any lump sum pay item accomplished and eligible for payment unless another specific method of calculating lump sum payments is provided elsewhere in the Specifications. 1 -04.11 Final Cleanup Section 1 -04.11 is supplemented as follows: All salvage material as noted on the Plans and taken from any of the discarded facilities shall, at the Engineer's discretion, be carefully salvaged and delivered to the City shops. Any cost incurred in salvaging and delivering such items shall be considered incidental to the project and no compensation will be made. The. Contract price for "Finish and Cleanup, Lump Sum," shall be full compensation for all Work, equipment and materials required to perform final cleanup. If this pay item does not appear in the Contract Documents then final cleanup shall be considered incidental to the Contract and to other pay item and no further compensation shall be made. 1 -05 CONTROL OF WORK 1 -05.4 Conformity With and Deviation from Plans and Stakes Section 1 -05.4 is supplemented with the following: If the project calls for the Contractor supplied surveying, the Contractor shall provide all required survey Work, including such Work as mentioned in Sections 1 -05, 1 -11 and elsewhere in these Specifications as being provided by the Engineer. All costs for this survey Work shall be included in "Contractor Supplied Surveying," per lump sum. The Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor will provide construction stakes and marks establishing lines, slopes, and grades as stipulated in Sections 1 -05.4 and will perform such Work per Section 1 -11. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for detailed dimensions, elevations, and excavation slopes measured from the Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor furnished stakes and marks. The Contractor shall provide a work site, which has been prepared to permit construction staking to proceed in a safe and orderly manner. The Contractor shall keep the Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor informed of staking requirements and provide at least 48 hours notice to allow the Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor adequate time for setting stakes. The Contractor shall carefully preserve stakes, marks, and other reference points, including existing monumentation, set by Contracting Agency forces. The Contractor will be charged for the costs of replacing stakes, markers and monumentation that were not to be disturbed but were destroyed or damaged by the Contractor's operations. This charge will be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or reconstruction Work allegedly due to error in the Engineer's line and grade, will not be allowed unless the original control points set by the Engineer still exist, or unless other satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error was furnished by the Engineer. Three consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to determine any variation from a straight line or grade. Any such variation shall, upon discovery, be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report the Contractor shall be liable for any error in alignment or grade. 17 10/22/2012 The Contractor shall provide all surveys required other than those to be performed by the Engineer. All survey Work shall be done in accordance with Section 1 -11 SURVEYING STANDARDS of these Specifications. The Contractor shall keep updated survey field notes in a standard field book and in a format set by the Engineer, per Section 1- 11.1(4). These field notes shall include all survey Work performed by the Contractor's surveyor in establishing line, grade and slopes for the construction Work. Copies of these field notes shall be provided the Engineer upon request and upon completion of the Contract Work the field book or books shall be submitted to the Engineer and become the property of the Contracting Agency. If the survey Work provided by the Contractor does not meet the standards of the Engineer, then the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's written request, remove the individual or individuals doing the survey Work and the survey Work will be completed by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. Costs for completing the survey Work required by the Engineer will be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. All costs for survey Work required to be performed by the Contractor shall be included in the prices bid for the various items which comprise the improvement or be included in the bid item for "Contractor Supplied Surveying" per lump sum if that item is included in the contracts. 1- 05.4(3) Contractor Supplied Surveying Section 1- 05.4(3) is a new section: When the Contract provides for Contractor Supplied Surveying, the Contractor shall supply the survey Work required for the project. The Contractor shall retain as a part of the Contractor Organization an experienced team of surveyors under the direct supervision of a professional land surveyor licensed by the State of Washington. All survey Work shall be done in accordance with Sections 1 -05.4 and 1 -11. The Contractor and /or the Surveyor shall inform the Engineer in writing of any errors, discrepancies, and omissions to the Plans that prevent the Contractor and /or the Surveyor from constructing the project in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. All errors, discrepancies, and omissions must be corrected to the -satisfaction of the Engineer before the survey Work may be continued. The Contractor shall coordinate his Work with the Surveyor and perform his operations in a manner to protect all survey stakes from harm. The Contractor shall inform the Surveyor of the Contractor's intent to remove any survey stakes and /or points before physically removing them. The Surveyor shall be responsible for maintaining As -Built records for the project. The Contractor shall coordinate his operations and assist the Surveyor in maintaining accurate As -Built records for the project. If the Contractor and the Surveyor fail to provide, as directed by the Engineer and /or these Plans and Specifications, accurate As -Built records and other Work the Engineer deems necessary, the Engineer may elect to provide at Contractor expense, a surveyor to provide all As -Built records and other Work as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer shall deduct expenses incurred by the Engineer - supplied surveying from monies owed to the Contractor. Payment per Section 1 -04.1 for all Work and materials required for the full and complete survey Work required to complete the project and As -Built drawings shall be included in the lump sum price for "Construction Surveying, Staking, and As- Builts." 1- 05.4(4) Contractor Provided As -Built Information Section 1- 05.4(4) is a new section: It shall be the Contractors responsibility to record the location prior to the backfilling of the trenches, by centerline station, offset, and depth below pavement, of all existing utilities uncovered or crossed during his Work as covered under this project. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to have his Surveyor locate by centerline station, offset and elevation each major item of Work done under this contract per the survey standard of Section 1 -11. Major items of Work shall include but not be limited to: Manholes, Catch basins and Inlets, Valves, vertical and Horizontal Bends, Junction boxes, Cleanouts, Side Sewers, Street Lights & Standards, Hydrants, Major Changes in Design 18 10/22/2012 Grade, Vaults, Culverts, Signal Poles, and Electrical Cabinets. After the completion of the Work covered by this contract, the Contractor's Surveyor shall provide to the City the hard covered field book(s) containing the as -built notes and one set of white prints of the project drawings upon which he has plotted the notes of the Contractor locating existing utilities, and one set -of white prints of the project drawings "upon which he has plotted the as -built location of the new Work as he recorded in the field book(s). This drawing shall bear the Surveyor's seal and signature certifying its accuracy. All costs for as -built Work shall be included in the Contract item "Construction Surveying, Staking, and As- Builts", lump sum. 1 -05.7 Removal of Defective and /or Unauthorized Work Section 1 -05.7 is supplemented as follows: Upon written notice from the Engineer, the Contractor shall promptly replace and re- execute Work by Contractor forces, in accordance with the intent of the Contract and without expense to the Owner, and shall bear the expense of making good all Work of other contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. If the Contractor does not remove such condemned Work and materials and commence re- execution of the Work within 7 calendar days of written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the Work required by the Contract Documents, the Owner may correct and remedy such Work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. In that case, the Owner may store removed material. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized Work, or Work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of Work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized Work. If sufficient funds do not remain in the Contract and the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within 10 calendar days from the date of the notice to the Contractor of the fact of such removal, the Owner may, upon an additional 10 calendar days written notice, sell such materials at public or private sale, and deduct all costs and expenses incurred from monies due to the Contractor, including costs of sale, and accounting to Contractor for the net proceeds remaining. The Owner may bid at any such sale. The Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for the amount of any deficiency from any funds otherwise due the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized Work corrected immediately, have the rejected Work removed and replaced, or have Work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public, the Property Owner and the Property Owner's property. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the Work as required. 1 -05.10 Guarantees Section 1 -05.10 is supplemented as follows: If within one year after the Acceptance Date of the Work by the Contracting Agency, defective and /or unauthorized Work is discovered, the Contractor shall promptly, upon written order by the Contracting Agency, return and in accordance with the Engineer's instructions, either correct such Work, or if such Work has been rejected by the Engineer, remove it from the project site and replace it with non - defective and authorized 19 10/22/2012 Work, all without cost to the Contracting Agency. If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the written order to correct defective and /or unauthorized Work, or if an emergency exists, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to have defective and /or unauthorized Work corrected or removed and replaced pursuant to Section 1 -05.7 "Removal of Defective and /or Unauthorized Work." The Contractor agrees the above one year limitation shall not exclude or diminish the Contracting Agency's rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and /or unauthorized Work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 4.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing, or liability expressed or implied arising out of a written agreement. The Contractor shall warrant good title to all materials, supplies, and equipment purchased for, or incorporated in the Work. Nothing contained in this paragraph, however, shall defeat or impair the right of persons furnishing materials or labor, to recover under any bond given by the Contractor for their protection, or any rights under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the Contractor in the hands of the Contracting Agency. The provisions of this paragraph shall be inserted in all subcontracts and material contracts, and notice of its provisions shall be given to all persons furnishing materials for the Work when no formal contract is entered into for such materials. 1 -05.11 Final Inspection 1- 05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date Section 1- 05.11(1) is a new section: When the Contractor considers the Work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the Work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. To be considered substantially complete the following_conditions must be met: 1. The Contracting.Age:n-cy -must. have full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities both from the operational and safety standpoint. 2. Only minor incidental Work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction of repair Work remains to reach physical completion of the Work. The Contractor's request shall list the specific items of Work in subparagraph two above that remains to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. If after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the Work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefore. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the Work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the Work. The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the Work physically complete and ready for Final Inspection. 1- 05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date Section 1- 05.11(2) is a new Section: When the Contractor considers the Work physically complete and ready for Final Inspection, the Contractor, by Written Notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for Final Inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the Final Inspection reveals the Work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the 20 10/22/2012 listed deficiencies. Corrective Work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the Written Notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon Written Notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1 -05.8. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer's right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the Work was considered physically complete, that date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the Contract, but shall not imply all the obligations of the Contractor under the Contract have been fulfilled. 1- 05.11(3) Operational Testing Section 1- 05.11(3) is a new section: Unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give the Engineer a minimum of 3 working days' notice of the time for each test and inspection. If the inspection is by another authority than the Engineer, the Contractor shall give the Engineer a minimum of 3 working days' notice of the date fixed for such inspection. Required certificates of inspection by other authority than the Engineer shall be secured by the Contractor. It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore, when the Work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar Work, it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the Work for a period of time, after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of Work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer's guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the Contract. 1 -05.12 Final Acceptance The third and fourth sentences in paragraph 1 are deleted and replaced with: The Final Acceptance date shall be that date in which the Renton City Council formally approves acceptance of the Contract. 1 -05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor Revise the seventh paragraph to read: 21 1.0/22/2012 Whenever the Contracting Agency evaluates the Contractor's qualifications pursuant to Section 1 -02.1, the Contracting Agency will take these performance reports into account. 1 -05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors Section 1 -05.14 is supplemented as follows: The Contractor shall afford the Owner and other contractors working in the area reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their respective Work, and shall properly connect and coordinate the Contractor's Work with theirs. Other utilities, districts, agencies, and contractors who may be working within the project area are: 1. Puget Sound Energy (gas and electric) 2. AT &T Broadband 3. CenturyLink Communications 4. City of Renton (water, sewer, transportation) 5. Soos Creek Sewer and Water District 6. Cedar River Sewer and Water District 7. Skyway Sewer and Water District 8. Private contractors employed by adjacent property owners The Contractor shall coordinate with City of Renton on tying into any existing electrical service cabinet. 1 -05.16 Water and Power Section 1 -05.16 is a new Section: The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the Work, unless the Contract includes power and water as a pay item. 1 -05.17 Oral Agreements Section 1 -05.17 is a new section: No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Contracting Agency, either before or after execution of the Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the Contract. Such oral agreement or conversation shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way binding upon the Contracting Agency, unless subsequently put in writing and signed by the Contracting Agency. 1 -05.18 Contractor's Daily Diary Section 1 -05.18 is a new section: The Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain and provide to the Engineer a Daily Diary Record of this Work. This diary will be created by pen entries in a hardbound diary book of the type that is commonly available through commercial outlets. The diary must contain the Project and Number; if the diary is in loose - leaf form, this information must appear on every page. The diary must be kept and maintained by the Contractor's designated project superintendent(s). Entries must be made on a daily basis and must accurately represent all of the project activities on each day. At a minimum, the diary shall show on a daily basis: 1. The day and date. 2. The weather conditions, including changes throughout the day. 3. A complete description of Work accomplished during the day with adequate references to the Plans and Contract Provisions, so that the reader can easily and accurately identify said Work in the Plans. Identify location /description of photographs or videos taken that day. 4. An entry for each and every changed condition, dispute or potential dispute, incident, accident, or occurrence of any nature whatsoever which might affect the Contractor, the Owner, or any third party in any manner. 5. Listing of any materials received and stored on- or off -site by the Contractor for future installation, to 22 10/22/2012 include the manner of storage and protection of the same. 6. Listing of materials installed during each day. 7. List of all subcontractors working on -site during each day. 8. Listing of the number of the Contractor's employees working during each day by category of employment. 9. Listing of the Contractor's equipment working on the site during each day. Idle equipment on the site shall be listed and designated as idle. 10. Notations to explain inspections, testing, stake -out, and all other services furnished by the Owner or other party during each day. 11. Entries to verify the daily (including non -Work days) inspection and maintenance of traffic control devices and condition of the traveled roadway surfaces. The Contractor shall not allow any conditions to develop that would-be hazardous to.the public. 12. Any other information that serves to give an accurate and complete record of the nature, quantity, and quality of Contractor's progress on each day. 13. Plan markups showing locations and dimensions of constructed features to be used by the Engineer to produce record drawings. 14. All pages of the diary must be numbered consecutively with no omissions in page numbers. 15. Each page must be signed and dated by the Contractor's official representative on the project. The Contractor may use additional sheets separate from the diary book if necessary to provide a complete diary record, but they must be signed, dated, and labeled with project name and number. It is expressly agreed between the Contractor and the Owner that the Daily Diary maintained by the Contractor shall be the "Contractor's Book of Original Entry" for the documentation of any potential claims or disputes that might arise during this contract. Failure of the Contractor to maintain this diary in the manner described above will constitute a waiver of any such claims or disputes by the Contractor. The Engineer or other Owner's representative on the job site will also complete a Daily Construction Report. 1 -06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 1 -06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use Section 1 -06.1 is supplemented as follows: The materials and equipment lists submitted to the Engineer at the Preconstruction Conference shall include the quantity, manufacturer, and model number, if applicable, of materials and equipment to be installed under the Contract. This list will be checked by the Engineer as to conformity with the Contract Documents. The Engineer will review the lists within 10 working days, noting required corrections. The Contractor shall make required corrections and file 2 corrected copies with the Engineer within one week after receipt of required corrections. The Engineer's review and acceptance of the lists shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for suitability for the intended purpose, nor for deviations from the Contract Documents. 1- 06.2(1) Samples and Tests for Acceptance Section 1- 06.2(1) is supplemented a follows: The finished Work shall be in accordance with approved samples. Approval of samples by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1- 06.2(2) Statistical Evaluation of Materials for Acceptance Section 1- 06.02(2) is supplemented by adding the following: Unless stated otherwise in the special provisions, statistical evaluation will not be used by the City of Renton. 1 -07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed Section 1 -07.1 is supplemented as follows: 23 10/22/2012 The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain, at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for protection of workers and the public; shall post danger signs warning against known or unusual hazards; and shall designate as Safety Supervisor, a responsible employee on the construction site whose duty shall be the enforcement of safety. The name and position of such person so designated shall be reported in writing to the Engineer by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, at all times, enforce strict discipline and good order among all employees and shall not employ any person unfit or not skilled in the Work assigned to him /her. Necessary sanitation conveniences for the use of the workers on the job, properly secluded from public observation, shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor. In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well -known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital or doctor's care, and persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to Work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting. from-their fail- u.re, -o.r improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely -r_esp_onn. sib.le -for the -.conditions-of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the Work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures, in, on, or near the project site. 1 -07.2 State Sales Tax Delete this section, including its sub- sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1- 07.2(1) General The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the state sales tax. Sections 1- 07.2(1) through 1- 07.2(4) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. The Contractor shall include all Contractor -paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1- 07.2(3) describes this exception. The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract - related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.050). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not.. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper state fund. 24 10/22/2012 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 WAC 458 -20 -171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as part of the street or road drainage system, and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For Work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the Work. 1- 07.2(3) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 WAC 458 -20 -170, and its related rules, applies to the constructing and repairing of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to; the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. For Work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor-OT a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 1- 07.2(4) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1 -07.6 Permits and Licenses Section 1 -07.6 is supplemented as follows: The permits, easements, and right of entry documents that have been acquired are available for inspection and review. The Contractor shall be required to comply with all conditions of the permits, easements, and rights of entry, at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor is required to indemnify the Owner from claims on all easements and rights of entry. All other permits, licenses, etc., shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall comply with the special provisions and requirements of each. Permits, permission under franchises, licenses and bonds of a temporary nature necessary for and during the prosecution of the Work, and inspection fees in connection therewith shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. If the Owner is required to secure such permits, permission under franchises, licenses and bonds, and pay the fees, the costs incurred by the Owner thereby shall be charged against the Contractor and deducted from any funds otherwise due the Contractor. 25 10/22/2012 1 -07.9 Wages 1- 07.9(5) Required Documents Delete the first sentence of the third paragraph, and replace it with the following: The Contractor must submit weekly- certified payrolls for the Contractor and all subcontractors and lower tier subcontractors, regardless of project's funding source. 1 -07.11 Requirements for Non - Discrimination 1- 07.11(11) City of Renton Affidavit of Compliance Section 1- 07.11(11) is new: Each Contractor, Subcontractor, Consultant, and or Supplier shall complete and submit a copy of the "City of Renton Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance ". A copy of this document will be bound in the bid documents. 1 -07.12 Federal Agency Inspection Section 1 -07.12 is supplemented with the following: Required Federal Aid Provisions The Required Contract Provisions Federal Aid Construction Contracts (FHWA 1273) and the amendments thereto supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications and are made a part of this contract; provided, however, that if any of the provisions of FHWA 1273, as amended, are less restrictive than Washington State Law, then the Washington State Law shall prevail. The provisions of FHWA 1273, as amended,- included in this contract require that the Contractor insert the FHWA 1273 and amendments thereto in each subcontract, together with the wage rates which are part of the FHWA-1273,-as amended. Also, a clause shall be included in each subcontract requiring the subcontractors to i:nsert_the -FHWA 1273 -and amendments thereto in any lower tier subcontracts, together with the wage rates. The - Contractor_ shall -also. ensure that this Section, REQUIRED FEDERAL AID PROVISIONS, is inserted in each subcontract for subcontractors and lower tier subcontractors. For this purpose, upon request to the Project Engineer, the Contractor will be provided with extra copies of the FHWA 1273, the amendments thereto, the applicable wage rates, and this Special Provision. 1 -07.13 Contractor's Responsibility for Work 1- 07.13(1) General Section 1- 07.13(1) is supplemented as follows: During unfavorable weather and other conditions, the Contractor shall pursue only such portions of the Work as shall not be damaged thereby. No portion of the Work whose satisfactory quality or efficiency will be affected by unfavorable conditions shall be constructed while these conditions exist, unless the Contractor shall be able to overcome said unfavorable conditions by special means or precautions acceptable to the Engineer,. 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control Delete the first paragraph, and replace it with the following: In an effort to prevent, control, and stop water pollution and erosion within the project, thereby protecting the Work, nearby land, streams, and other bodies of water, the Contractor shall perform all Work in strict accordance with all Federal, State, and local laws and regulations governing waters of the State, as well as permits acquired for the project. 1 -07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property 1- 07.16(1) Private /Public Property Section 1- 07.16(1) is supplemented by adding the following: The Contracting Agency will obtain all easements and franchises required for the project. The Contractor shall 26 10/22/2012 limit his operation to the areas obtained and shall not trespass on private property. The Contracting Agency may provide certain lands, as indicated in connection with the Work under the Contract together with the right of access to such lands. The Contractor shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his equipment or materials. The Contractor shall provide, with no liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto not shown or described that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials. He shall construct all access roads, detour roads, or other temporary Work as required by his operations. The Contractor shall confine his equipment, storage of material, and operation of his workers to those areas shown and described and such additional areas-as he may provide. A. General. All construction Work under this contract on easements, right -of -way, over private property or franchise, shall be confined to the limits of such easements, right -of -way or franchise. All Work shall be accomplished so as to cause the least amount of disturbance and a minimum amount of damage. The Contractor shall schedule his Work so that trenches across easements shall not be left open during weekends or holidays and trenches shall not be open for more than 48 hours. B. Structures. The Contractor shall remove such existing structures as may be necessary for the performance of the Work and, if required, shall rebuild the structures thus removed in as good a condition as found. He shall also repair all existing structures that may be damaged as a result of the Work under this contract. C. Easements, cultivated areas and other surface improvements. All cultivated areas, either agricultural or lawns, and other surface improvements which are damaged by actions of the Contractor shall be restored as nearly as possible to their original condition. Prior to excavation on an easement or private right -of -way, the Contractor shall strip topsoil from the trench or construction area and stockpile it in such a manner that it may be replaced by him, upon completion of construction. Ornamental trees and shrubbery shall be carefully removed with the earth surrounding their roots wrapped in burlap and replanted in their original positions within 48 hours. All shrubbery or trees destroyed or damaged, shall be replaced by the Contractor with material of eq=ual quality at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. In the event that it is necessary to trench through any lawn area, the sod shall be carefully cut and rolled and replaced after the trenches have been backfilled. The lawn area shall be cleaned by sweeping or other means, of all earth and debris. The Contractor shall use rubber wheel equipment similar to the small tractor -type backhoes used by side sewer contractors for all Work, including excavation and backfill, on easements or rights -of -way, which have lawn areas. All fences, markers, mailboxes, or other temporary obstacles shall be removed by the Contractor and immediately replace, after the trench is backfilled, in their original position. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Agency and Property Owner at least 24 hours in advance of any Work done on easements or rights - of -way. Damage to existing structures outside of easement areas that may result from dewatering and /or other construction activity under this contract shall be restored to their original condition or better. The original condition shall be established by photographs taken and /or inspection made prior to construction. All such Work shall be done to the satisfaction of the Property Owners and the Contracting Agency at the expense of the Contractor. D. Streets. The Contractor will assume all responsibility of restoration of the surface of all streets (traveled ways) used by him if damaged. In the event the Contractor does not have labor or material immediately available to make necessary repairs, the Contractor shall so inform the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will make the necessary repairs and the cost of such repairs shall be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for identifying and documenting any damage that is pre- existing or caused by others. Restoration of excavation in City streets shall be done in accordance with the City of Renton Trench Restoration Requirements, which is available at the Public Works Department Customer Services counter on the 6th floor, Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way. 27 10/22/2012 1 -07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities Section 1 -07.17 is supplemented by adding: Existing utilities indicated in the Plans have been plotted from the best information available to the Engineer.. Information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing underground utilities or services at or contiguous to the project site are based on information and data furnished to the Owner and the Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and the Owner and the Engineer do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. It is to be understood that other aboveground or underground facilities not shown in the Plans may be encountered during the course of the Work. All utility valves, manholes, vaults, or pull boxes which are buried shall be conspicuously marked in a fashion acceptable to the Owner and the Engineer by the Contractor to allow their location to be determined by the Engineer or utility personnel under adverse conditions, (inclement weather or darkness). Where underground main distribution conduits, such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, or telephone, are shown on the Plans, the Contractor, for the purpose of preparing his bid, shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. The Contractor shall check with the utility companies concerning any possible conflict prior to commencing excavation in any area. The Contractor shall resolve all crossing and clearance problems with the utility company concerned. No excavation shall begin until all known facilities, in the vicinity of the excavation area, have been located and marked. In addition to the Contractor having all utilities field marked before starting Work, the Contractor shall have all utilities field marked after they are relocated in conjunction with this project. Call Before You Dig The 48 -Hour Locators 1- 800 - 424 -5555 At least 2 .a.nd-not-more. than- 1.0 - working days prior to commencing any excavations for utility potholing or for any other purpose under this Contract, the Contractor shall notify the Underground Utilities Location Center by telephone of the planned excavation and progress schedule. The Contractor is also warned that there may be utilities on the project that are not part of the One Call system. They must be contacted directly by the Contractor for locations. The Contractor shall make arrangements 48 hours in advance with respective utility owners to have a representative present when their utility is exposed or modified, if the utility chooses to do so. Existing utilities for telephone, power, gas, water, and television cable facilities shall be adjusted or relocated by the appropriate utility company unless otherwise noted in the Plans. These adjustments may be completed before the Contractor begins Work, or may be performed in conjunction with the Contract Work. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for coordination with the utility companies and arranging for the movement or adjustment, either temporary or permanent, of their facilities within the project limits. See also Section 1 -05.14 of these Special Provisions. If or when utility conflicts occur, the Contractor shall continue the construction process on other aspects of the project whenever possible. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for reason of delay caused by the actions of any utility company, and the Contractor shall consider such costs to be incidental to the other items of the Contract. Utility Potholing Potholing may be included as a bid item for use in determining the location of existing utilities in advance of the Contractor's operations. If potholing is not included as a bid item then it shall be considered incidental to other Work. The Contractor shall submit all potholing requests to the Engineer for approval, at least 2 working days before potholing is scheduled. Additionally, the Contractor shall provide potholing at the Engineer's request. In no way shall the Work described under Utility Potholing relieve the Contractor of any of the responsibilities described in Section. 1 -07.17 of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions, and elsewhere in the 28 10/22/2012 Contract Documents. 1- 07.17(1) Interruption of Services Section 1- 07.17(1) is a new section: Whenever in the course of the construction operation it becomes necessary to cause an outage of utilities, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the affected users and the Engineer not less than 48 hours in advance of such outage. The Contractor shall make reasonable effort to minimize the duration of outages, and shall estimate the length of time service will be interrupted and so notify the users. In the case of any utility outage that has exceeded or will exceed four hours, user contact shall again be made. Temporary service, if needed, will be arranged by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Overhead lighting outages shall not exceed 24 hours. All cost to the Contractor for providing temporary overhead lighting to meet above requirements shall be incidental to the various unit and Lump sum items of the Contract; no separate payment will be made. 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Section 1 -07.18 is deleted replaced by the following new section and subsections: 1- 07.18(1) General The Contractor shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect, from the Contract Execution Date to the Completion Date, public liability and. property damage insurance with an insurance company(ies) or through sources approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to RCW 48. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. Insurance shall provide coverage to the Contractor, all subcontractors, Contracting Agency and the Contracting Agency's consultant. The coverage shall protect against claims for bodily injuries, personal injuries, including accidental death, as well as claims for property damages which may arise from any act or omission of the Contractor or the subcontractor, -or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. If warranted work is required the Contractor shall provide the City proof that insurance coverage and limits established under the term of the Contract for work are in full force and effect during the period of warranty work. The Contracting Agency may request a copy of the actual declaration pages(s) for each insurance policy effecting coverage(s) required on the Contract prior to the date work commences. Failure of the Contractor to fully comply during the term of the Contract with the requirements described herein will be considered a material breach of contract and shall be caused for immediate termination of the Contract at the option of the Contracting Agency. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or Lump Sum prices of the contract and no additional payment will be made. 1- 07.18(2) Coverages All coverage provided by the Contractor shall be in a form and underwritten by a company acceptable to the Contracting Agency. The City requires that all insurers: 1. Be licensed to do business within the State of Washington. 2. Coverage to be on an "occurrence" basis (Professional Liability and Pollution coverage are acceptable when written on a claims -made basis). The City may also require proof of professional liability coverage be provided for up to two (2) years after the completion of the project. 3. The City may request a copy of the actual declaration page(s) for each insurance policy affecting coverage(s) required by the Contract prior to the date work commences. 4. Possess a minimum A.M. best rating of AVII (A rating of A XII or better is preferred.) If any insurance carrier possesses a rating of less than AVII, the City may make an exception. 29 1.0/22/2012 The City reserves the right to approve the security of the insurance coverage provided by the insurance com.pany(ies), terms, conditions, and the Certificate of Insurance. Failure of the Contractor to fully comply during the term of the Contract with these requirements will be considered a material breach of contract and shall be cause for immediate termination of the contract at the option of the City. The Contractor shall obtain and maintain the minimum insurance coverage set forth below. By requiring such minimum insurance, the City of Renton shall not be deemed or construed to have assessed the risks that may be applicable to the Contractor. The Contractor shall assess its own risks and if it deems appropriate and /or prudent, maintain higher limits and /or broader coverage. Coverage shall include: A. Commercial General Liability - ISO 1993 Form or equivalent. Coverage will be written on an occurrence basis and include: • Premises and Operations (including CG2503; General Aggregate to apply per project, if applicable) • Explosion, Collapse, and Underground Hazards. • Products /Completed Operations • Contractual Liability (including Amendatory Endorsement CG 0043 or equivalent which includes defense coverage assumed under contract) • Broad Form Property Damage • Independent Contractors • Personal /Advertising Injury • Stop Gap Liability B. Automobile Liability including all • Owned Vehicles • Non -Owned Vehicles • Hired Vehicles C. Workers' Compensation • Statutory Benefits (Coverage A) - Show Washington Labor & Industries Number D. Umbrella Liability (when necessary) • Excess of Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability. Coverage should be as broad as primary. E. Professional Liability - (whenever the work under this Contract includes Professional Liability, including Advertising activities) the (CONTRACTOR) shall maintain professional liability covering wrongful acts, errors and /or omissions of the (CONTRACTOR) for damage sustained by reason of or in the course of operations under this Contract. F. Pollution Liability - the City may require this coverage whenever work under this Contract involves pollution risk to the environment. This coverage is to include sudden and gradual coverage for third party liability including defense costs and completed operations. Contractor shall name City of Renton, and its officers, officials, agents, employees and volunteers as Additional Insured (ISO Form CG 2010 or equivalent). The Contractor shall provide City of Renton Certificates of Insurance prior to commencement of work. The City reserves the right to request copies of insurance policies, if at their sole discretion it is deemed appropriate. Further, all policies of insurance described above shall: A. Be on a primary basis not contributory with any other insurance coverage and /or self- insurance carried by City of Renton. B. Include a Waiver of Subrogation Clause. C. Severability of Interest Clause (Cross Liability) D. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all Additional Insured's with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. E. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at 1H 10/22/2012 the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. 1- 07.18(3) Limits LIMITS REQUIRED Providing coverage in these stated amounts shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such limits. The Contractor shall carry the following limits of liability as required below: — Commercial General Liability General Aggregate* $2,000,000 ** Products /Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000 ** Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 Personal /Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Fire Damage (Any One Fire) $50,000 Medical Payments (Any One Person) $5,000 Stop Gap Liability $1,000,000 * General Aggregate to apply per project (ISO Form CG2503 or equivalent) * *Amount may vary based on project risk Automobile Liability Bodily Injury /Property Damage $1,000,000 (Each Accident) Workers' Compensation Statutory Benefits - Coverage A Variable (Show Washington Labor and Industries Number) Umbrella Liability Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $1,000,000 Products /Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Professional Liability (If required) Each Occurrence/ Incident /Claim $1,000,000 Aggregate $2,000,000 Pollution Liability (If required) to apply on a per project basis Per Loss $1,000,000 Aggregate $1,000,000 The City may require the Contractor to keep professional liability coverage in effect for up to two (2) years after completion of the project. The Contractor shall promptly advise the CITY OF RENTON in the event any general aggregates are reduced for any reason, and shall reinstate the aggregate at the Contractor's expense to comply with the minimum limits and requirements as stated above and shall furnish to the CITY OF RENTON a new certificate of insurance showing such coverage is in force. 1- 07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance: Within 20 days of award of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide evidence of insurance by submitting to the Contracting Agency the Certificate of Insurance (ACORD Form 25s or equivalent) conforming to items as specified in Sections 1- 07.18(1), 1- 07.18(2), and 1- 07.18(3) as revised above. 1 -07.22 Use of Explosives Section 1 -07.22 is supplemented by the following: ( * * * * * *) Explosives shall not be used without specific authority of the Engineer, and then only under such restrictions as may be required by the proper authorities. Explosives shall be handled and used in strict compliance with WAC 296 -52 and such local laws, rules and regulations that may apply. The individual in charge of the blasting shall have a current Washington State Blaster Users License. The Contractor shall obtain, comply with, and pay for such permits and costs as are necessary in conjunction 31. 10/22/2012 with blasting operations. 1 -07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1- 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic Revise the second paragraph to read: To disrupt public traffic as little as possible, the Contractor shall permit traffic to pass through the Work with the least possible inconvenience or delay. The Contractor shall maintain existing roads, streets,,.sidewalks, driveways, and paths within the project limits, keeping them open, and in good, clean, safe condition at all times. Deficiencies caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. Deficiencies not caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Contractor when directed by the Engineer, at the Contracting Agency's expense. The Contractor shall also maintain roads, streets, sidewalks, driveways, and paths adjacent to the project limits when affected by the Contractor's operations. Snow and ice control will be performed by the Contracting Agency on all projects. Cleanup of snow and ice control debris will be at the Contracting Agency's expense. The Contractor shall perform the following: 1. Remove or repair any condition resulting from the Work that might impede traffic or create a hazard. Keep existing traffic signal and highway lighting systems in operation as the Work proceeds. (The Contracting Agency will continue the route maintenance on such system.) 3. Maintain the striping on the roadway at the Contracting Agency's expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling when to renew striping, subject to the approval of the Engineer. When the scope of the project does not require Work on the roadway, the Contracting Agency will be responsible for maintaining the striping. 4. Maintain existing permanent signing. Repair of signs will be at the Contracting Agency's expense, except those damaged due to the Contractor's operations. Keep drainage structures clean to allow for free flow of water. Cleaning of existing drainage structures will be at the Contracting Agency's expense when approved by the Engineer, except when flow is impaired due to the Contractor's operations. Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented by adding the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for controlling dust and mud within the project limits and on any street, which is utilized by his equipment for the duration of the project. The Contractor shall be prepared to use watering trucks, power sweepers, and other pieces of equipment as deemed necessary by the Engineer, to avoid creating a nuisance. Dust and mud control shall be considered as incidental to the project, and no compensation will be made for this section. Complaints of dust, mud, or unsafe practices and /or property damage to private ownership will be transmitted to the Contractor and prompt action in correcting them will be required by the Contractor. The Contractor shall maintain the roads during construction in a suitable condition to minimize affects to vehicular and pedestrian traffic. All cost to maintain the roads shall be borne by the Contractor. At least one -way traffic shall be maintained on all cross - streets within the project limits during working hours. One lane shall be provided in each direction for all streets during non - working hours. The Contractor shall provide one drivable roadway lane and maintain convenient access for local and 32 10/22/2012 commuter traffic to driveways, businesses, and buildings along the line of Work throughout the course of the project. Such access shall be maintained as. near as possible to that which existed prior to the commencement of construction. This restriction shall not apply to the paving portion of the construction process. The Contractor shall notify and coordinate with all property owners and tenants of street closures, or other restrictions which may interfere with their access at least 24 hours in advance for single - family residential property, and at least 48 hours in advance for apartments, offices, and commercial property. The Contractor shall give a copy of all notices to the Engineer. When the abutting owners' access across the right -of -way line is to be eliminated and replaced under the Contract by other access, the existing access shall not be closed until the replacement access facility is available. All unattended excavations shall be properly barricaded and covered at all times. The Contractor shall not open any trenches that cannot be completed and refilled that same day. Trenches shall be patched or covered by a temporary steel plate, at the Contractor's expense, except in areas where the roadway remains closed to public traffic. Steel plates must be anchored. 1- 07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours Revise the first paragraph to read: Unless otherwise approved, the Contractor shall maintain two -way traffic during construction. The Contractor shall build, maintain in a safe condition, keep open to traffic, and remove when no longer needed: Detours and detour bridges that will accommodate traffic diverted from the roadway, bridge, sidewalk, driveway, or path during construction, Detour crossings of intersecting highway, and Temporary approaches. 1- 07:24 Rights -of -Way Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: Street right -of -way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within these limits unless arrangements for use of private property are made. Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights -of -way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the completion of the Work. Exceptions to this are noted in the Contract Documents or brought to the Contractor's attention by a duly issued addendum. Whenever any of the Work is accomplished on or through property other than public right -of -way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements are included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained by the Engineer. Whenever easements or rights -of -entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are so noted on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the Work in areas where right -of -way, easements, or rights -of -entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right -of -way or easement is available or that the right -of -entry had been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of entry of right - of -way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract. Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contactor. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must be adjusted. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability of the. Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage 33 10/22/2012 of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the Work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this Contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established. 1 -07.28 Confined Space Entry Section 1 -07.28 is new: The Contractor shall: 1. Review and be familiar with the City's Public Works Confined Space Entry Program. 2. Review documented information about the City confined spaces in which entry is intended as listed and described in the City's Attribute and Map Book. This information includes identified hazards for each permit- required confined space. 3. Each contractor shall have their own confined space entry program. Upon request of the City they will provide a statement confirming they are in compliance with their confined space entry program including requirements for confined space training for employees associated with the project in Renton. 4. Be responsible for following all confined space requirements established by the provisions in WAC 296 -809 and its chapters. 5. Coordinate entry operations with the City of Renton when employees from th.exo.ntractor= wil:l_be working in or near City confined spaces. 6. Discuss entry operations with the City of Renton including the program followed during confined space entry. 7. Debrief the City on any hazards confronted or created at the completion of entry operations. 8. Place signs stating, "Danger, Follow Confined Space Entry Procedure before Entering" at each confined space to be entered. Never leave the confined space open and unattended. The contractor's or consultant's point of contact with the City in regard to confined space entry will be the City's assigned construction inspector. 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1 -08.0 Preliminary Matters Section 1 -08.0 is a new section with subsection: 1- 08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference Section 1- 08.0(1) is a new subsection: The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with copies of the Contract Documents per Section 1 -02.2 "Plans and Specifications ". Additional documents may be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. Prior to undertaking each part of the Work the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures shown therein and all applicable field measurements. The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy, which the Contractor may 34 10/22/2012 discover. After the Contract has been executed, but prior to the Contractor beginning the Work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction meeting: + Contractor's plan of operation and progress schedule (3+ copies) 4 Approval of qualified subcontractors (bring list of subcontractors if different from.list submitted with bid) + List of materials fabricated or manufactured off the project 4 Material sources on the project 4 Names of principal suppliers 4 Detailed equipment list, including "Rental Rate Blue Book" hourly costs (both working and standby rates) 4 Weighted wage rates for all employee classifications anticipated to be used on Project 4 Cost percentage breakdown for lump sum bid item(s) 4 Shop Drawings (bring preliminary list) 4 Traffic Control Plans (3+ copies) 4 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control Plan In addition, the Contractor shall be prepared to address: Bonds and insurance Project meetings — schedule and responsibilities Provision for inspection for materials from outside sources Responsibility for locating utilities Responsibility for damage Time schedule for relocations, if by other than the Contractor Compliance with Contract Documents Acceptance and approval of Work Labor compliance, payrolls, and certifications Safety regulations for the Contractors' and the Owner's employees and representatives Suspension of Work, time extensions Change order procedures Progress estimates, procedures for payment Special requirements of funding agencies Construction engineering, advance notice of special Work Any interpretation of the Contract Documents requested by the Contractor Any conflicts or omissions in Contract Documents Any other problems or questions concerning the Work Processing and administration of public complaints Easements and rights -of -entry Other contracts The franchise utilities may be present at the preconstruction conference, and the Contractor should be prepared for their review and discussion of progress schedule and coordination. 1- 08.0(2) Hours of Work Section 1- 08.0(2) is a new subsection: Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Contracting Agency, the normal straight time working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8 -hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. of a working day with a maximum 1 -hour lunch break and a 5 -day Work week. The normal straight time 8 -hour working period for the Contract shall be established at the preconstruction conference or prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. If a Contractor desires to perform Work on holidays, Saturdays, Sundays, or before 7:00 a.m. or after 5:00 p.m. on any day, the Contractor shall apply in writing to the Engineer for permission to Work such times. Permission to Work longer than an 8 -hour period between 7:00 a.m. an 5:00 p.m. is not required. Such requests shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than noon on the working day prior to the day for which the Contractor is 35 10/22/2012 requesting permission to Work. Permission to Work between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. during weekdays and between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. on weekends or holidays may also be subject to noise control requirements. Approval to continue Work during these hours may be revoked at any time the Contractor exceeds the Contracting Agency's noise control regulations or complaints are received from the public or adjoining property owners regarding the noise from the Contractor's operations. The Contractor shall have no claim for damages or delays should such permission be revoked for these reasons. Permission to Work Saturdays, Sundays, holidays or other than the agreed upon normal straight time working hours Monday through Friday may be given subject to certain other conditions set forth by the Contracting Agency or the Engineer. These conditions may include but are not limited to: requiring the Engineer or such assistants as the Engineer may deem necessary to be present during the Work; requiring the Contractor to reimburse the Contracting Agency for the cost of engineering salaries paid Contracting Agency employees who worked during such times; considering the Work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working days with regards to the Contract Time; and considering multiple Work shifts as multiple working days with respect to Contract Time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24 -hour period. Assistants may include, but are not limited to, survey crews; personnel from the material testing labs; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees when in the opinion of the Engineer such Work necessitates their presence. 1- 08.0(3) Reimbursement for Overtime Work of Contracting Agency Employees Section 1- 08.0(3) is a new subsection: Where the Contractor elects to Work on a Saturday, Sunday, holiday, or longer than an 8 -hour Work shift on a regular working day, as defined in the Standard Specifications, such Work shall be considered as overtime Work. On all such overtime Work an inspector will be present, and a survey crew may be required at the discretion of the Engineer. The Contractor shall reimburse the Contracting Agency for the full amount of the straight time plus overtime costs for employees and representative(s) of the Contracting Agency required to Work overtime hours. The Contractor-by these _Specifi_cations .does hereby authorize the Engineer to deduct such costs from the amount du:e. -oT-to become-due the Contractor. 1 -08.1 Subcontracting Revise the second paragraph to read: The Contractor shall not subcontract Work unless the Engineer approves in writing. Each request to subcontract shall be on the form the Engineer provides. If the Engineer requests, the Contractor shall provide proof that subcontractor has the experience, ability, and equipment the Work requires. The Contractor shall require each subcontractor to comply with Section 1 -07.9 and to furnish all certificates and statements required by the Contract. The Contractor shall require each subcontractor of every tier to meet the responsibility criteria stated in RCW 39.06, and shall include these requirements in every subcontract of every tier. Section 1 -08.1 is supplemented as follows: Written requests for change in subcontractors shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer at least 7 calendar days prior to start of a subcontractor's Work. The Contractor agrees that he /she is fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of all subcontractors and lower -tier subcontractors, and persons either directly or indirectly employed by the subcontractors, as well as for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be required to give personal attention to the Work that is sublet. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for making sure all subcontractors submit all required documentation, forms, etc. 1 -08.2 Assignment The second paragraph of Section 1 -08.2 is modified as follows: 36 10/22/2012 The Contractor shall not assign any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owner. The assignment, if approved, shall be subject to all setoffs, withholdings; and deductions required by law and the Contract. 1 -08.3 Progress Schedule Section 1 -08.3 is supplemented as follows: The progress schedule for the entire project shall be submitted 7 calendar days prior to the Preconstruction Conference. The schedule shall be prepared using the critical path method (CPM), preferably using Microsoft Project or equivalent software. The schedule shall contain this information, at a minimum: 1. Construction activities, in sufficient detail that all activities necessary to construct a complete and. functional project are considered. Any activity that has a scheduled duration exceeding 30 calendar days shall be subdivided until no sub - element has a duration exceeding 30 calendar days. The schedule shall clearly indicate the activities that comprise the critical path. For each activity not on the critical path, the schedule shall show the float, or slack; time. 2. Procurement of material and equipment. 3. Submittals requiring review by the Engineer. Submittal by the Contractor and review by the Engineer shall be shown as separate activities. 4. Work to be performed by a subcontractor, agent, or any third party. 5. Allowances for delays that could result from normal inclement weather (time extensions due to inclement weather will not be allowed). 6. Allowances for the time required by utilities (Owner's and others) to locate, monitor, and adjust their facilities as required. The Engineer may request the Contractor to alter the progress schedule when deemed necessary in the opinion of the Engineer, in the interest of public safety and welfare of the Owner, or for coordination with any other activity of other contractors, the availability of all or portions of the job site, or special provisions of this Contract, or to reasonably meet the completion date of the project. The Contractor shall provide such revised schedule within 10 days of request. If, at any time, in the opinion of the Engineer, the progress of construction falls significantly behind schedule, the Contractor may be required to submit a plan for regaining progress and a revised schedule indicating how the remaining Work items will be completed within the authorized contract time. The Contractor shall promptly report to the Engineer any conditions that the Contractor feels will require revision of the schedule and shall promptly submit proposed revisions in the progress schedule for acceptance by the Engineer. When such changes are accepted by the Engineer, the revised schedule shall be followed by the Contractor. Weekly Schedule. The Contractor shall submit a weekly progress schedule to the Engineer which sets forth specific Work to be performed the following week, and a tentative schedule for the second week. Failure to Maintain Progress Schedule. The Engineer will check actual progress of the Work against the progress schedule a minimum of two times per month. Failure, without just cause, to maintain progress in accordance with the approved schedule shall constitute a breach of Contract. If, through no fault of the Contractor, the proposed construction schedule cannot be met, the Engineer will require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule to the Engineer for acceptance. The approved revisions will thereafter, in all respects, apply in lieu of the original schedule. Failure of the Contractor to follow the progress schedule submitted and accepted, including revisions thereof, shall relieve the Owner of any and all responsibility for furnishing and making available all or any portion of the job site, and will relieve the Owner of any responsibility for delays to the Contractor in the performance of the Work. The cost of preparing the progress schedule, any supplementary progress schedules, and weekly schedules shall be considered incidental to the Contract and no other compensation shall be made. 1 -08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work Section 1 -08.4 is replaced with the following: Notice to Proceed will be given after the Contract has been executed and the Contract bond and evidence of 37 10/22/2012 insurances have been approved and filed by the Owner. The'Contractor shall not commence the Work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project site. within ten days of the Notice to Proceed date., The Work thereafter shall be prosecuted diligently, vigorously, and without unauthorized interruption until physical completion of the Work. There shall be no voluntary shutdowns or slowing of operations by the Contractor without prior approval of the Engineer. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor from the contractual obligation to complete the Work within the prescribed Contract Time. 1 -08.5 Time For Completion The first five paragraphs of Section 1 -08.5 are deleted and replaced with the following: The Work shall be physically completed in its entirety within the time specified in the Contract Documents or as extended by the Engineer. The Contract Time will be stated in "working days ", shall begin on the Notice To Proceed date, or the date identified in the Notice to Proceed as "the first working day ", and shall end on the Contract Completion date. A non - working day is defined as a Saturday, a Sunday, a day on which the Contract specifically suspends Work, or one of these holidays: January 1, third Monday of January, Memorial Day, July 4, Labor Day, November 11, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. The day before Christmas shall be a holiday when Christmas Day occurs on a Tuesday or Friday. The day after Christmas shall be a holiday when Christmas Day occurs on a Monday, Wednesday, or Thursday. When Christmas Day occurs on a Saturday, the two preceding working days shall be observed as holidays. When Christmas day occurs on a Sunday, the two working "days following shall be observed as holidays. When holidays other than Christmas fall on a Saturday, the preceding Friday will be counted as a non - working day and when they fall on a Sunday the following Monday will be counted as a non - working day. The Contract Time has been established to allow for periods of normal inclement weather that, from historical records, is to be expected during the Contract Time, and during which periods, Work is anticipated to be performed. Each successive working day, beginning with the Notice to Proceed date and ending with the Physical Completion date, shall be charged to the Contract Time as it occurs except a day, or part of a day, which is designated a non - working day or an Engineer determined unworkable day. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor -a weekly report showing (1) the number of working days charged against the Contract Time for the preceding week; (2) the Contract Time in working days; (3) the number of working days remaining in the Contract Time; (4) the number of non - working days; and (5) any partial or whole days the Engineer declared unworkable the previous week. This weekly report will be correlated with the Contractor's current approved progress schedule. If the Contractor elects to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4 -10 schedule), and the fifth day of the week in which a 4 -10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a working day, then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. The Contractor will be allowed 10 calendar days from the date of each report in which to file a written protest of an alleged discrepancy in the Contract Time as reported. Otherwise, the report will be deemed to have been accepted by the Contractor as correct. The requirements for scheduling the Final Inspection and establishing the Substantial Completion, Physical Completion, and Completion Dates are specified in Sections 1 -05.11 and 1- 05.12. Revise the seventh paragraph to read: The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the Contract after all the Contractor's obligations under the Contract have been performed by the Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established: 1. The physical Work on the project must be complete; and 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the Contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the Contract. The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date: 38 10/22/2012 a. Certified Payrolls (Federal -aid Projects) b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents c. Annual Report of Amounts Paid as MBE /WBE Participants or Quarterly Report of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions. d. FHWA 47 (Federal -aid Projects) e. Final Contract Voucher Certification - f. Property owner releases per Section 1 -07.24 Section 1 -08.5 is supplemented as follows: Within 10 calendar days after execution of the Contract by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency with copies of purchase orders for all equipment items deemed critical by the Contracting Agency, including but not limited to signal controller materials, lighting standards, and signal standards required for the physical completion of the Contract. Such purchase orders shall disclose the estimated delivery dates for the equipment. All. items of Work that can be performed without delivery of the critical items shall start and be completed as soon as possible. At that time, the Engineer may suspend the Work upon request of the Contractor until the critical items are delivered to the Contractor, if the Contracting Agency received a purchase order within 10 calendar days after execution of the Contract by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor will be entitled to only one such suspension of time during the performance of the Work and during such suspension shall not perform any additional Work on the project. Upon delivery of the critical items, contract time will resume and continue to be charged in accordance with Section 1 -08. 1 -08.6 Suspension of Work Section 1 -08.6 is supplemented as follows: Owner may at any time suspend the Work, or any part thereof, by giving notice to the Contractor in writing. The Work shall be resumed by the Contractor within 14 calendar days after the date fixed in the written notice from the Owner to the Contractor to do so.. The Contractor shall not suspend Work under the Contract without the written order of the Owner. If it has been determined that the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time, the amount of such extension shall be only to compensate for direct delays, and shall be based upon the Contractor's diligently pursuing the Work at a rate not less than that which would have been necessary to complete the original Contract Work on time. 1 -08.7 Maintenance During Suspension Revise the second paragraph to read: At no expense to the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide through the construction area a safe, smooth, and unobstructed roadway, sidewalk, driveway, and path for public use during suspension (as required in Section 1 -07.23 or the Special Provisions). This may include a temporary road or detour. 1 -08.9 Liquidated Damages Section 1 -08.9 is supplemented as follows: In addition, the Contractor shall compensate the Owner for actual engineering inspection and supervision costs and any other expenses and legal fees incurred by the Owner as a result of such delay. Such labor costs will be billed to the Contractor at actual costs, including administrative overhead costs. In the event that the Owner is required to commence any lawsuit in order to enforce any provision of this Contract or to seek redress for any breach thereof, the Owner shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, from the Contractor. 39 10/22/2012 1 -08.11 Contractor's Plant and Equipment Section 1 -08.11 is a new Section: The Contractor alone shall at all times be responsible for the adequacy, efficiency, and sufficiency of his and his subcontractor's plant and equipment. The Owner shall have the right to make use of the Contractor's plant and equipment in the performance of any Work on the site of the Work. The use by the Owner of such plant and equipment shall be considered as extra Work and paid for accordingly. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assumes any responsibility, at any time, for the security of the site from the time the Contractor's operations have commenced until final acceptance of the Work by the Engineer and the Owner. The Contractor shall employ such measures as additional fencing, barricades, and watchmen service, as he deems necessary for the public safety and for the protection of the site and his plant and equipment. The Owner will be provided keys for all fenced, secured areas. 1 -08.12 Attention to Work Section 1 -08.12 is a new section: The Contractor shall give his personal attention to and shall supervise the Work to the end that it shall be prosecuted faithfully, and when he is not personally present on the Work site, he shall at all times be represented by a competent superintendent who shall have full authority to execute the same, and to supply materials, tools, and labor without delay, and who shall be the legal representative of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be liable for the faithful observance of any instructions delivered to him or to his authorized representative. 1 -09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1 -09.1 Measurement of Quantities Section 1 -09.1 is supplemented by adding the following: Lump Sum. The percentage of lump sum Work complete -d;.__and- paym-ent-wi'll -be based on the cost percentage breakdown of the lump sum bid price(s) submitted at the preconstruction conference. The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of costs for each lump sum bid item. The breakdown shall list the items included in the lump sum together with a unit price of labor, materials, and equipment for each item. The summation of the detailed unit prices for each item shall add up to the lump sum bid. The unit price values may be used as a guideline for determining progress payments or deductions or additions in payment for ordered Work changes. Cubic Yard Quantities. The Contractor shall provide truck trip tickets for progress payments only in the following manner. Where items are specified to be paid by the cubic yard, the following tally system shall be used. All trucks to be employed on this Work will be measured to determine the volume of each truck. Each truck shall be clearly numbered, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and there shall be no duplication of numbers. Duplicate tally tickets shall be prepared to accompany each truckload of material delivered on the project. All tickets received that do not contain the following information will not be processed for payment: 1 Truck number 2 Quantity and type of material delivered in cubic yards 3 Drivers name, date and time of delivery 4 Location of delivery, by street and stationing on each street 5 Place for the Engineer to acknowledge receipt 6 Pay item number 7 Contract number and /or name It will be the Contractor's responsibility to see that a ticket is given to the Engineer on the project for each truckload of material delivered. Pay quantities will be prepared on the basis of said tally tickets. Loads will be checked by the Engineer to verify quantity shown on ticket. 40 10/22/2012 Quantities by Ton. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to see that a certified weight ticket is given to the Inspector on the project at the time of delivery of materials for each truckload delivered. Pay quantities will be prepared on the basis of said tally tickets, delivered to Inspector at time of delivery of materials. Tickets not receipted by Inspector will not be honored for payment. Each truck shall be clearly numbered to the satisfaction of the Engineer and there shall be no duplication of numbers. Duplicate tickets shall be prepared to accompany each truckload of material delivered to the project. All tickets received that do not contain the following information will not be processed for payment: 1. Truck number 2. Truck tare weight (stamped at source) 3: Gross truckload weight in tons (stamped at source) , 4. Net load weight (stamped at source) 5. Driver's name, date, and time of delivery 6. Location for delivery by street and stationing on each street 7. Place for the Engineer to acknowledge receipt 8. Pay item number 9. Contract number and /or name 1 -09.3 Scope of Payment Section 1 -09.3 is supplemented by adding the following: The bid items listed in Section 1 -09.14 will be the only items for which compensation will be made for the Work described in each section of the Standard Specifications when the Contractor performs the specified Work. Should a bid item be listed in a "Payment" clause but not in the Proposal Form, and Work for that item is performed by the Contractor and the Work is not stated as included in or incidental to a pay item in the Contract and is not Work that would be required to complete the intent of the Contract per Section 1 -04.1, then payment for that Work will be made as for Extra Work pursuant to a Change Order. The. words "Bid Item," "Contract Item," and "Pay Item," and similar terms used throughout the Contract Documents are synonymous. If the "payment" clause in the Specifications relating to any unit bid item price in the Proposal Form requires that said unit bid item price cover and be considered compensation for certain Work or material essential to the item, then the Work or material will not be measured or paid for under any other unit bid item which may appear elsewhere in the Proposal Form or Specifications. Pluralized unit bid items appearing in these Specifications are changed to singular form. Payment for bid items listed or referenced in the "Payment" clause of any particular section of the Specifications shall be considered as including all of the Work required, specified, or described in that particular section. Payment items will generally be listed generically in the Specifications, and specifically in the bid form. When items are to be "furnished" under one payment item and "installed ". under another payment item, such items shall be furnished FOB project site, or, if specified in the Special Provisions, delivered to a designated site. Materials to be "furnished," or "furnished and installed" under these conditions, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor with regard to storage until such items are incorporated into the Work or, if such items are not to be incorporated into the Work, delivered to the applicable Contracting Agency storage site when provided for in the Specifications. Payment for material "furnished" but not yet incorporated into the Work, may be made on monthly estimates to the extent allowed. 1 -09.6 Force Account Section 1 -09.6 is supplemented as follows: Owner has estimated and included in the proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of the Contractor's total bid. However, the Owner does not warrant expressly or by implication that the actual amount of Work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the r amount of Work,actually authorized by the Engineer. 41 10/22/2012 1 -09.7 Mobilization Section 1 -09.7 is supplemented as follows: Mobilization shall also include, but not be limited to, the following items: the movement of Contractor's personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site; the establishment of an office, buildings, and other facilities necessary for Work on the project; providing sanitary facilities for the Contractor's personnel; and obtaining permits or licenses required to complete the project not furnished by the Owner. This item shall also include providing the Engineer and the Inspectors with access to telephone, facsimile machine, and copy machine during all hours the Contractor is working on the jobsite; and a table and chair for their use when needed. Payment will be made for the following bid item(s): "Mobilization & Demobilization,' Lump Sum. 1 -09.9 Payments Delete the third paragraph and replace it with the following: Progress payments for completed Work and material.on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction meeting. The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the Work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the Work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payment. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the final payment. The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of Work completed multiplied by the unit price. 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — the estimated percentage complete multiplied by the Bid Forms amount for each lump sum item, or per the schedule of values for that item. 3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra Work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 1. Retainage per Section 1- 09.9(1); 2. The amount of Progress Payments previously made; and 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. Progress payments for Work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any Work has been satisfactorily completed. Payments will be made by check or electronic transfer, issued by the Contracting Agency's fiscal officer, against the appropriate fund source for the project. Payments received on account of Work performed by a subcontractor are subject to the provisions of RCW 39.04.250. Section 1 -09.9 is supplemented as follows: Applications for payment shall be itemized and supported to the extent required by the Engineer by receipts or 42 10/22/2012 other vouchers showing payment for materials and labor, payments to subcontractors, and other such evidence of the Contractor's right to .payment as the Engineer may direct. The Contractor shall submit a progress report with each monthly request for a progress payment. The progress report shall indicate the estimated percent complete for each activity listed on the progress schedule (see Section 1- 08.3). 1- 09.9(1) Retainage Section 1- 09.9(1) is supplemented as follows: The retained amount shall be released as stated in the Standard Specifications if no claims have been filed against such funds as provided by law, and if the Owner has no unsatisfied claims against the Contractor., In the event claims are filed, the Owner shall withhold, until such claims are satisfied, a sum sufficient to satisfy all claims and to pay attorney's fees. In addition, the Owner shall withhold such amount as is required to satisfy any claims by the Owner against the Contractor, until such claims have been finally settled. Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor, if requested, delivers to the Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of this Contract, or receipts in full in lieu thereof, and, if required in either case, an affidavit that so far as the Contractor has knowledge or information, the release and receipts include all labor and materials for which a lien could be filed: but the Contractor may, if any subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactorily to the Engineer to indemnify the Owner against the lien. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall reimburse to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable engineer's and attorney's fees. 1- 09.9(2) Contracting Agency's Right to Withhold and Disburse Certain Amounts Section 1- 09.9(2) is a new section: In addition to monies retained pursuant to RCW 60.28 and subject to RCW 39.04.250, RCW 39.12 and RCW 39.76, the Contractor authorizes the Engineer to withhold progress payments due or deduct an amount from any payment- or-- payments-due the Contractor which, in the Engineer's opinion., may be necessary to cover the Contra :ctin.g= Agencys..costs_fo.r or to remedy the following situations: 1. Damage to another contractor when there is evidence thereof and a claim has been filed. 2. Where the Contractor has not paid fees or charges to public authorities of municipalities, which the Contractor is obligated to pay. 3. Utilizing material tested and inspected by the Engineer, for purposes not connected with the Work (Section 1- 05.6). 4. Landscape damage assessments per Section 1- 07.16. 5. For overtime Work performed by City personnel per Section 1- 08.1(4). 6. Anticipated or actual failure of the Contractor to complete the Work on time: a. Per Section 1 -08.9 Liquidated Damages; or b. Lack of construction progress based upon the Engineer's review of the Contractor's approved progress schedule, which indicates the Work will not be complete within the contract time. When calculating an anticipated time overrun, the Engineer will make allowances for weather delays, approved unavoidable delays, and suspensions of the Work. The amount withheld under this subparagraph will be based upon the liquidated damages amount per day set forth in Contract Documents multiplied by the number of days the Contractor's approved progress schedule, in the opinion of the Engineer, indicates the Contract may exceed the Contract Time. 7. Failure of the Contractor to perform any of the Contractor's other obligations under the Contract, including but not limited to: a. Failure of the Contractor to provide the Engineer with a field office when required by the Contract Provisions. b. Failure of the Contractor to protect survey stakes, markers, etc., or to provide adequate survey Work as required by Section 1 -05.5. c. Failure of the Contractor to correct defective or unauthorized Work (Section 1- 05.8). d. Failure of the Contractor to furnish a Manufacture's Certificate of Compliance in lieu of material testing and inspection as required by Section 1 -06.3. e. Failure to submit weekly payrolls, Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage forms, or correct underpayment to employees of the Contractor or subcontractor of any tier as required by Section 1 -07.9. f. - Failure of the Contractor to pay worker's benefits (Title 50 and Title 51 RCW) as required by 43 10/22/2012 Section 1- 07.10. g. Failure of the Contractor to submit and obtain approval of a progress schedule per Section 1- 08.3. The Contractor authorizes the Engineer to act as agent for the Contractor disbursing such funds as have been withheld pursuant to this Section to a party or parties who are entitled to payment. Disbursement of such funds, if the Engineer elects to do so will be made only after giving the Contractor 15 calendar days prior written notice of the Contracting Agency's intent to do so, and if prior to the expiration of the 15- calendar day period, 1. No legal action has commenced to resolve the validity of the claims, and 2. The Contractor has not protested such disbursement. A proper accounting of all funds disbursed on behalf of the Contractor in accordance with this Section will be made. A payment made pursuant to this section shall be considered as payment made under the terms and conditions of the Contract. The Contracting Agency shall not be liable to the Contractor for such payment made in good faith. 1- 09.9(3) Final Payment Section 1- 09.9(2) is a new section: Upon Acceptance of the Work by the Contracting Agency, the final amount to be paid the Contactor will be calculated based upon a Final Progress Estimate made by the Engineer. Acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be and shall operate as a release: 1. To the Contracting Agency of all claims and all liabilities of the Contractor, other than claims in stated amounts as may be specifically excepted in writing by the Contractor, 2. For all things done or furnished in connection with the Work; 3. For every act and neglect by the Contracting Agency; and 4. For all other claims and liability relating to or arising out of the Work. A payment (monthly, final, retainage, or otherwise) shall not release the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any obligation required under the terms of the Contract Documents or the Contract Bond; nor shall such payment constitute a waiver of the Contracting Agency's ability to investigate and act upon findings of non- compliance with the WMBE requirements of the Contract; nor shall such payment preclude the Contracting Agency from recovering damages, setting penalties, or obtaining such other remedies as may be permitted by law. Before the Work will be accepted by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit, on the form provided by the Engineer, of amounts paid to certified disadvantaged (DB), minority (MBE) or women business enterprises (WBE) participating in the Work. Such affidavit shall certify the amounts paid to the DB, MBE or WBE subcontractors regardless of tier. On federally funded projects the Contractor may also be required to execute and furnish the Contracting Agency an affidavit certifying that the Contractor has not extended any loans, gratuity or gift and money pursuant to Section 1 -07.19 of these Specifications. If the Contractor fails, refuses, or is unable to sign and return the Final Progress Estimate or any other documents required for the final acceptance of the Contract, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to establish a completion date and unilaterally accept the Contract. Unilateral acceptance will occur only after the Contractor has been provided the opportunity, by written request from the Engineer, to voluntarily submit such documents. If voluntary compliance is not achieved, formal notification of the impending unilateral acceptance will be provided by certified letter from the Engineer to the Contractor that will provide 30 calendar days for the Contractor to submit the necessary documents. The 30- calendar day deadline shall begin on the date of the postmark of the certified letter from the Engineer requesting the necessary documents. This reservation by the Contracting Agency to unilaterally accept the Contract will apply to contracts that are completed in accordance with Section 1 -08.5 for contracts that are terminated in accordance with Section 1- 08.10. Unilateral acceptance of the Contract by the Contracting Agency does not in any way relieve the Contractor of the provisions under contract or of the responsibility to comply with all laws, ordinances, and federal, state, and local regulations that affect the Contract. The date the Contracting Agency unilaterally signs the Final Progress Estimate constitutes the final acceptance date (Section 1- 05.12). 44 10/22/2012 1 -09.11 Disputes and Claims 1- 09.11(2) Claims Paragraph 5 is revised as follows: Failure to submit with the Final Application for Payment such information and details as described in this section for any claim shall operate as a waiver of the claims by the Contractor as provided in Section 1 -09.9. 1- 09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction Paragraph 1, Sentence 1 is revised as follows:. ...such claims or causes of action shall be brought in the Superior Court of the county where the Work is performed. 1 -09.13 Claims and Resolutions 1- 09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less Delete this Section and replace it with the following: The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that those claims that total $250,000 or less, submitted in accordance with Section 1 -09.11 and not resolved by nonbonding ADR processes, shall be resolved through litigation, unless the parties mutually agree in writing to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. 1- 09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration Revise the third paragraph to read: The Contracting Agency and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency's headquarters are located. The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision shall be in writing. The arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for decisions. 1- 09.13(3)6 Procedures to Pursue Arbitration Section 1- 09.13(3)6 is supplemented by adding: The findings and decision of the board of arbitrators shall be final and binding on the parties, unless the aggrieved party, within 10 days, challenges the findings and decision by serving and filing a petition for review by the superior court of King County, Washington. The grounds for the petition for review are limited to showing that the findings and decision: 1. Are not responsive to the questions submitted; 2. Is contrary to the terms of the contract or any component thereof; 3. Is arbitrary and /or is not based upon the applicable facts and the law controlling the issues submitted to arbitration. The board of arbitrators shall support its decision by setting forth in writing their findings and conclusions based on the evidence adduced at any such hearing. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the statutes of the State of Washington and court decisions governing such procedure. The costs of such arbitration shall be borne equally by the City and the Contractor unless it is the board's majority opinion that the Contractor's filing of the protest or action is capricious or without reasonable foundation. In the latter case, all costs shall be borne by the Contractor. 45 10/22/2012 1 -09.14 Payment Schedule Measurement and Payment Schedule for Bid Items in This Project Proposal Section 1 -09.14 is a new section: GENERAL 1- 09.14(1) Scope Section 1- 09.14(1) is a new section: A. Payment for the various items of the bid sheets, as further specified herein, shall include all compensation to be received by the Contractor for furnishing all tools, equipment, supplies, and manufactured articles, and for all labor, operations, and incidentals appurtenant to the items of Work being described, as necessary to complete the various items of the Work all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including all appurtenances thereto, and including all costs of compliance with the regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction, including Safety and.Health Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA): No separate payment will be made for any item that is not specifically set forth in the Bid Schedules, and all costs therefore shall be included in the prices named in the Bid Schedules for the various appurtenant items of Work. B. The Owner shall not pay for material quantities, which exceed the actual measured amount used and approved by the Engineer. C. It is the intention of these specifications that performance of work under bid items shall result in complete construction, in proper operating condition, of improvements identified in these written specifications and accompanying plans. Work and. m. ateria. l :_n.ot.sp.ecifical.ly- listed_in th.e= proposal but required in the Plans, Specifications, and general construction . practice; shall- be_fncluded.-in the .bid price. No separate payment will be made for these incidental items. D. The Owner will not pay for materials until delivered and installed per these written specifications and the accompanying plans. The only exception to this rule is for the MCC and the pumps. The Owner will pay up to 100 - percent of the invoice cost for the MCC and the pumps delivered to a secured storage area approved by the Owner. E. The Contractor must provide a cost proposal for all alternative bid items in order for their proposal to be considered responsive. The City reserves the right to reject any bids that fail to provide a cost proposal for all alternative bid items. 1- 09.14(2) Bid Items See Division 18 — Measurement and Payment in the Technical Specifications 1 -10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 -10.1 General Revise the first paragraph to read: The Contractor shall provide flaggers, signs, and other traffic control devices not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, or paths. No Work shall be done on or adjacent to any traveled way until all necessary signs and 46 10/22/2012 traffic control devices are in place. Section 1 -10.1 is supplemented by adding the following: When the bid proposal includes an item for "Traffic Control," the Work required for this item shall be all items described in Section 1 -10, including, but not limited to: 1. Furnishing and maintaining barricades, flashers, construction signing, and other channelization devices, unless a pay item is in the bid proposal for any specific device and the Special Provisions specify furnishing, maintaining, and payment in a different manner for that device; 2. Furnishing traffic control labor, equipment, and supervisory personnel for all traffic control labor; 3. Furnishing any necessary vehicle(s) to set up and remove the Class B construction signs and other traffic control devices; 4. Furnishing labor and vehicles for patrolling and maintaining in position all of the construction signs and the traffic control devices, unless a pay item is in the bid proposal to specifically pay for this Work; and 5. Furnishing labor, material, and equipment necessary for cleaning up, removing, and replacing of the construction signs and the traffic control devices destroyed or damaged during the life of the project. 6. Removing existing signs as specified or as directed by the Engineer and delivering to the City Shops, or storing and reinstalling as directed by the Engineer. 7. Preparing a traffic control plan for the project and designating the person responsible for traffic control at the Work site. The traffic control plan shall include descriptions of the traffic control methods and devices to be used by the prime Contractor, and subcontractors, shall be submitted at or before the preconstruction conference, and shall be subject to review and approval of the Engineer. 8. Contacting police, fire, 911, and ambulance services to notify them in advance of any Work that will affect and traveled portion of a roadway. 9. Assuring that all traveled portions of roadways are open to traffic during peak traffic periods, 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m., and 3:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m., or as specified in the special provisions, or as directed by the Engineer. 10. Promptly removing or covering all non - applicable signs during periods when they are not needed. If no bid item "Traffic Control" appears in the proposal, then all Work required by these sections will be considered incidental and their cost shall be included in the other items of Work. If the Engineer requires the Contractor to furnish additional channelizing devices, pieces of equipment, or services, which could not be usually anticipated, by a prudent Contractor for the maintenance and protection of traffic, then a new item or items may be established to pay for such items. Further limitations for consideration of payment for these items are that they are not covered by other pay items in the bid proposal, they are not specified in the Special Provisions as incidental, and the accumulative cost for the use of each individual channelizing device, piece of equipment, or service must exceed $200 in total cost for the duration of their need. In the event of disputes, the Engineer will determine what is usually anticipated by a prudent Contractor. The cost for these items will be by agreed price, price established by the Engineer, or by force account. Additional items required as a result of the Contractor's modification to the traffic control plan(s) appearing in the Contract shall not be covered by the provisions in this paragraph. If the total cost of all the Work under the Contract increases or decreases by more than 25 percent, an equitable adjustment will be considered for the item "Traffic Control" to address the increase or decrease. Traffic control and maintenance for the safety of the traveling public on this project shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and all methods and equipment used will be subject to the approval of the Owner. Traffic control devices and their use shall conform to City of Renton standards and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD). The Contractor shall not proceed with any construction until proper traffic control has been provided to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any days lost due to improper traffic control will be charged against the Contractor's allowable contract time, and shall not be the cause for a claim for extra days to complete the Work. 47 10/22/2012 1- 10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor Paragraphs 1 and 2 are revised as follows: A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be on the project whenever traffic control labor is required or as authorized by the Engineer. The TCS shall assure that all the duties of the TCS are performed during the duration of the Contract. During non -Work periods, the TCS shall be ab.le to be on the job site within a 45- minute time period after notification by the Engineer. 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans Section 1- 10.2(2) is supplemented as follows: The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that traffic control is installed and maintained in conformance to established standards. The Contractor shall continuously evaluate the operation of the traffic control plan and take prompt action to correct any problems that become evident during operation. 1 -10.3 Flagging, Signs, and All Other Traffic Control Devices Section 1 -10.3 is supplemented as follows: At the end of each working day, provisions shall be made for the safe passage of traffic and pedestrians during non - working hours. Barricades shall be reflectorized as specified in Part VI of the MUTCD, and shall be 3M- diamond grade or equivalent approved by the Engineer. Barricades shall also be equipped with flashers. 1- 10.3(3) Construction Signs Section 1- 10.3(3) paragraph 4 is supplemented as follows: No separate pay item will be provided in the bid proposal for Class A or Class B construction signs. All costs for the Work to provide Class A or Class B construction signs shall be included in the unit contract price for the various other items of the Work in the bid-proposal. 1 -10.4 Measurement Section 1 -10.4 is replaced with: No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Traffic Control ". No adjustment in the lump sum bid amount will be made for overtime Work or for use of relief flaggers. 1 -10.5 Payment Section 1 -10.5 is replaced with: Payment for all labor, materials, and equipment described in Section 1 -10 will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for the following bid items when included in the proposal: "Traffic Control," Lump Sum. 1 -11 RENTON SURVEYING STANDARDS The following is a new section with new subsections: 1- 11.1(1) Responsibility for Surveys All surveys and survey reports shall be prepared under the direct supervision of a person registered to practice land surveying under the provisions of Chapter 18.43 RCW. All surveys and survey reports shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements established by the Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors under the provisions of Chapter 18.43 RCW. 1- 11.1(2) Survey Datum and Precision The horizontal component of all surveys shall have as its coordinate base: The North American Datum of 48 10/22/2012 1983/91. All horizontal control for projects must be referenced to or in conjunction with a minimum of two of the City of Renton's Survey Control Network monuments. The source of the coordinate values used will be shown on the survey drawing per RCW 58.09.070. The horizontal component of all surveys shall meet or exceed the closure requirements of WAC 332 - 130 -060. The control base lines for all surveys shall meet or exceed the requirements for a Class A survey revealed in Table 2 of the Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for ALTA /ACSM Land Title Surveys jointly established and adopted by ALTA and ACSM in 1992 or comparable classification in future editions of said document. The angular and linear closure and precision ratio of traverses used for survey control shall be revealed on the face of the survey drawing, as shall the method of adjustment. The horizontal component of the control system for surveys using global positioning system methodology shall exhibit at least 1 part in 50,000 precision in line length dependent error analysis at a 95 percent confidence level and performed pursuant to Federal Geodetic Control Subcommittee Standards for GPS control surveys as defined, in Geometric Geodetic Accuracy Standards & Specifications for Using GPS Relative Positioning Techniques dated August 1, 1989, or comparable classification in future editions of said document. The vertical component of all surveys shall be based on NAVD 1988, the North American Vertical Datum of 1988, and tied to at least one of the City of Renton Survey Control Network benchmarks. If there are two such benchmarks within 3000 feet of the project site a tie to both shall be made. The benchmark(s) used will be shown on the drawing. If a City of Renton benchmark does not exist within 3000 feet of a project, one must be set on or near the project in a permanent manner that will remain intact throughout the duration of the project. Source of elevations (benchmark) will be shown on the drawing, as well as a description of any benchmarks established. 1- 11.1(3) Subdivision Information Those surveys dependent on section subdivision shall reveal the controlling monuments used and the subdivision of the applicable quarter section. Those surveys dependent on retracement of a plat or short plat shall reveal the controlling monuments, measurements, and methodology used in that retracement. 1- 11.1(4) Field Notes Field notes shall be kept in conventional format in a standard bound field book with waterproof pages. In cases where an electronic data collector is used field notes must also be kept with a sketch and a record of control and base line traverses describing station occupations and what measurements were made at each point. Every point located or set shall be identified by a number and a description. Point numbers shall be unique within a complete job. The preferred method of point numbering is field notebook, page and point set on that page. Example: The first point set or found on page 16 of field book 348 would be identified as Point No. 348.16.01, the second point would be 348.16.02, etc. Upon completion of a City of Renton project, either the field notebook(s) provided by the City or the original field notebook(s) used by the Surveyor will be given to the City. For all other Work, Surveyors will provide a copy of the notes to the City upon request. In those cases where an electronic data collector is used, a hard copy print out in ASCII text format will accompany the field notes. 1- 11.1(5) Corners and Monuments Corner: A point on a land boundary, at the juncture of two or more boundary lines. A monument is usually set at such points to physically reference a corner's location on the ground. Monument: Any physical object or structure of record, which marks or accurately references: • A corner or other survey point established by or under the supervision of an individual per Section 1- 11.1(1) and any corner or monument established by the General Land Office and its successor the Bureau of Land Management including section subdivision corners down to and including one - sixteenth corners; and • Any permanently monumented boundary, right -of -way alignment, or horizontal and vertical control points established by any governmental agency or private surveyor including street intersections but 49 10/22/2012 excluding dependent interior lot corners. 1- 11.1(6) Control or Base Line Survey Control or Base Line Surveys shall be established for all construction projects that will create permanent structures such as roads, sidewalks, bridges, utility lines or appurtenances, signal or light poles, or any non - single family building. Control or Base Line Surveys shall consist of such number of permanent monuments as are required such that every structure may be observed for staking or "as- builting" while occupying one such monument and sighting another such monument. A minimum of two of these permanent monuments shall be existing monuments, recognized and on record with the City of Renton. The Control or Base Line Survey shall occupy each monument in turn, and shall satisfy all applicable requirements. of Section 1 -11.1 herein. The drawing depicting the survey shall be neat, legible, and drawn to an appropriate scale. North orientation should be clearly presented and the scale shown graphically as well as noted. The drawing must be of such quality that a reduction thereof to one -half original scale remains legible. If recording of the survey with the King County Recorder is required, it will be prepared on 18 inch by 24 inch mylar and will comply with all provisions of Chapter 58.09 RCW. A photographic mylar of the drawing will be submitted to the City of Renton and, upon their review and acceptance per the specific requirements of the project, the original will be recorded with the King County Recorder. If recording is not required, the survey drawing shall be prepared on 22 inch by 34 inch mylar, and the original or a photographic mylar thereof will be submitted to the City of Renton. The survey drawings shall meet or exceed the requirements of WAC 332 - 130 -050 and shall conform to the City of Renton's Drafting Standards. American Public Works Association symbols shall be used whenever possible, and a legend shall identify all symbols used if each point marked by a symbol is not described at each use. An electronic listing of all principal points shown on the drawing shall be submitted with each drawing. The listing should include the point number designation (corresponding with that in the field notes), a brief description of the point, and northing, easting, and elevation (if applicable) values, all in ASCII format, on IBM PC compatible media. 1- 11.1(7) Precision Levels Vertical Surveys for the establishment of benchmarks shall satisfy all applicable requirements of Sections 1 -05 and 1 -11.1. Vertical surveys for the establishment of benchmarks shall meet or exceed the standards, Specifications and procedures of third order elevation accuracy established by the Federal Geodetic Control Committee. Benchmarks mush possess both permanence and vertical stability. Descriptions of benchmarks must be complete to insure both recoverability and positive identification on recovery. 1- 11.1(8) Radial and Station -- Offset Topography Topographic surveys shall satisfy all applicable requirements of Section 1 -11.1 herein. All points occupied or back sighted in developing radial topography or establishing baselines for station -offset topography shall meet the requirements of Section 1 -11.1 herein. The drawing and electronic listing requirements set forth in Section 1 -11.1 herein shall be observed for all topographic surveys. 1- 11.1(9) Radial Topography Elevations for the points occupied or back sighted in a radial topographic survey shall be determined either by, 1) spirit leveling with misclosure not to exceed 0.1 feet or Federal Geodetic Control Committee third order elevation accuracy Specifications, OR 2) trigonometric leveling with elevation differences determined in at least two directions for each point and with misclosure of the circuit not to exceed 0.1 feet. 1- 11.1(10) Station - -Offset Topography Elevations of the baseline and topographic points shall be determined by spirit leveling and shall satisfy Federal Geodetic Control Committee Specifications as to the turn points and shall not exceed 0.1 foot's error as to side shots. 50 10/22/2012 1- 11.1(11) As -Built Survey All improvements required to be "as- built" (post construction survey) per City of Renton Codes, TITLE 4 Building Regulations and TITLE 9 Public Ways and Property, must be located both horizontally and vertically by a Radial survey or by a Station offset survey. The "as- built" survey must be based on the same base line or control survey used for the construction staking survey for the improvements being "as- built ". The "as- built" survey for all subsurface improvements should occur prior to backfilling. Close cooperation between the installing Contractor and the "as- builting" surveyor is therefore required. All "as- built" surveys shall satisfy the requirements of Section 1- 11.1(1) herein, and shall be based upon control or base line surveys made in conformance with these Specifications. The field notes for "as- built" shall meet the requirements of Section 1- 11.1(4) herein, and submitted with stamped and signed "as- built" drawings which includes a statement certifying the accuracy of the "as- built ". The drawing and electronic listing requirements set forth in Section 1- 11.1(6) herein shall be observed for all "as- built" surveys. 1- 11.1(12) Monument Setting and Referencing All property or lot corners, as defined in 1- 11.1(5), established or reestablished on a plat or other recorded survey shall be referenced by a permanent marker at the corner point per 1- 11.2(1). In situations where such markers are impractical or in danger of being destroyed, e.g., the front corners of lots, a witness marker shall be set. In most cases, this will be the extension of the lot line to a tack in lead in the curb. The relationship between the witness monuments and their respective corners shall be shown or described on the face of the plat or survey of record, e.g., "Tacks in lead on the extension of the lot side lines have been set in the curbs on the extension of said line with the curb." In all other cases the corner shall meet the requirements of Section 1- 11.2(1) herein. All non - corner monuments, as defined in 1- 11.1(5), shall meet the requirements of Section 1- 11.2(2) herein. If the monument falls within a paved portion of a right -of -way or other area, the monument shall be set below the = ground- surface -and contained within a lidded case kept separate from the monument and flush with the pavement.surface, per Section 1- 11.2(3). In the case of right -of -way centerline monuments all points of curvature (PC), points of tangency (PT), street intersections, center points of cul -de -sacs shall be set. If the point of intersection (PI) for the tangents of a curve fall within the paved portion of the right -of -way, a monument can be set at the PI instead of the PC and PT of the curve. For all non corner monuments set while under contract to the City of Renton or as part of a City of Renton approved subdivision of property, a City of Renton Monument Card (furnished by the city) identifying the monument; point of intersection (PI), point of tangency (PT), point of curvature (PC), one - sixteenth corner, Plat monument, street intersection, etc., complete with a description of the monument, a minimum of two reference points and NAD 8-"l coordinates, and NAVD 88 elevation shall be filled out and filed with the city. 1 -11.2 Materials 1- 11.2(1) Property /Lot Corners Corners per 1- 11.1(5) shall be marked in a permanent manner such as 112 inch diameter rebar 24 inches in length, durable metal plugs or caps, tack in lead, etc., and permanently marked or tagged with the surveyor's identification number. The specific nature of the marker used can be determined by the surveyor at the time of installation. 1- 11.2(2) Monuments Monuments per 1- 11.1(5) shall meet the requirements as set forth in City of Renton Standard Plans page H031 and permanently marked or tagged with the surveyor's identification number. 1- 11.2(3) Monument Case and Cover Materials shall meet the requirements of Section 9 -22 and City of Renton Standard Plans page H031. 51 10/22/2012 2 -01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 2 -01.1 Description Section 2 -01.1 is supplemented as follows: The limits of clearing and grubbing (construction limits) shall be defined as being the construction limit lines as shown in the Plans. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, any trees abutting or adjacent to the limits of clearing and grubbing are damaged and require removal, the Contractor shall remove such trees. Any trees flagged by the Engineer to remain within the clearing and grubbing limits shall be left undamaged by the Contractor's operations. Any flagged trees, which are damaged, shall be replaced in kind at the Contractor's expense. Existing landscaping outside the construction limits, including but not limited to, sod, rockeries, beauty bark, decorative gravel or rock, bushes, and shrubbery shall be protected.from damage. The property owners shall be responsible for removing and /or relocating irrigation equipment, trees, shrubs, curbing, ornamental plants, and any other decorative landscaping materials within the construction limits that they wish to save. The Contractor shall give property owners 10 days' written notice prior to removing landscaping materials. All landscaping materials that remain in the construction limits after that time period shall be removed and disposed of, by the Contractor, in accordance with Section 2 -01 of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, and the Plans. The Contractor shall receive approval from the Engineer prior to removal. 2 -01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris Section 2 -01.2 is supplemented as follows: The Contractor shall dispose of all debris by Disposal Method No. 2 — Waste Site. 2 -01.5 Payment Section 2 -01.5 is supplemented as follows: The lump sum price for "Clearing and Grubbing" shall be full compensation for all Work described herein and shown in the Plans, including removing trees and shrubbery where shown in the Plans and directed by the Engineer. 2 -02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, and Curbs Section 2- 02.3(3) is revised and supplemented as follows: Item "1" is revised as follows: In removing pavement, sidewalks, driveways, and curbs, the Contractor shall haul broken -up pieces to some off - project site. The section is supplemented as follows: When an area where pavement, sidewalk, or driveway has been removed is to be opened to traffic before pavement patching has been completed, temporary mix asphalt concrete patch shall be required. Temporary patching shall be placed to a minimum depth of 2 inches immediately after backfilling and compaction are complete, and before the road is opened to traffic. MC cold mix or MC hot mix shall be used at the discretion of the Engineer. 2 -02.4 Measurement Section 2 -02.4 replaces the existing vacant section: Sawcutting existing cement and asphalt concrete pavements shall be measured by the linear foot along the sawcut, full depth. Wheel cutting of pavement will not be measured for separate payment, but shall be included in other items of Work. 52 10/22/2012 2 -02.5 Payment Section 2 -02.5 is supplemented by adding: "Saw Cutting ", per lineal foot. "Remove Sidewalk ", per square yard. "Remove Curb and Gutter ", per lineal foot. "Cold Mix ", -per ton "Remove Asphalt Concrete Pavement," per square yard. "Remove Cement Concrete pavement," per square yard. "Remove existing if per All costs related to the removal and disposal of structures and obstructions including saw cutting, excavation, backfilling, and temporary asphalt shall be considered incidental to and included in other items unless designated as specific bid items in the proposal. If pavements, sidewalks, or curbs lie within an excavation area and are not mentioned as separate pay items, their removal will be paid for as part of the quantity removed in excavation. If they are mentioned as a separate item in the proposal, they will be measured and paid for as provided under Section 2 -02.5, and will not be included in the quantity calculated for excavation. 2 -03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2 -03.3 Construction Requirements Section 2 -03.3 is supplemented by adding the following: Roadway excavation shall include the removal of all materials excavated from within the limits shown on the Plans. Suitable excavated material shall be used for embankments, while surplus excavated material or unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Earthwork quantities and changes will be computed, either manually or by means of electronic data processing equipment, by use of the average end area method. Any changes to the proposed Work as directed by the Engineer that would alter these quantities shall be calculated by the Engineer and submitted to the Contractor for -his review:and.-verificatio-m Any excavation or embankment beyond the limits indicated in the Plans, unless ordered by the Engineer, shall not be paid for. All Work and material required to return these areas to their original conditions, as directed by the Engineer, shall be provided by the Contractor at his sole expense. All areas shall be excavated, filled, and /or backfilled as necessary to comply with the grades shown on the Plans. In filled and backfilled areas, fine grading shall begin during the placement and the compaction of the final layer. In cut sections, fine grading shall begin within the final six (6) inches of cut. Final grading shall produce a surface, which is smooth and even, without abrupt changes in grade. Excavation for curbs and gutters shall be accomplished by cutting accurately to the cross sections, grades and elevations shown. Care shall be taken not to excavate below the specified grades. The Contractor shall maintain all excavations free from detrimental quantities of leaves, brush, sticks, trash, and other debris until final acceptance of the Work. Following removal of topsoil or excavation to grade, and before placement of fills or base course, the subgrade under the roadway shall be proof - rolled to identify any soft or loose areas which may warrant additional compaction or excavation and replacement. The Contractor shall provide temporary drainage or protection to keep the subgrade free from standing water. Acceptable excavated native soils shall be used for fill in the area requiring fills. Care shall be taken to place excavated material at the optimum moisture content to achieve the specified compaction. Any native material used for fill shall be free of organics and debris, and have a maximum particle size of 6 inches. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent the native materials from becoming saturated with water. The measures may include sloping to drain, compacting the native materials, and diverting runoff away from the materials. If the Contractor fails to take such preventative measures, any costs or delay related to drying the materials shall be at his own expense. 53 10/22/2012 If the native materials become saturated, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to dry the materials, to the optimum moisture content. If sufficient acceptable native soils are not available to complete construction of the roadway embankment, Gravel Borrow shall be used. If subgrade trimmer is not required on the project, all portions of Section 2 -03 shall apply as though a subgrade trimmer were specified. If sufficient acceptable native soils, as determined by the Engineer, are not available to complete construction of the roadway embankment, Gravel Borrow meeting the requirements of Section 9 -03.14 of the Standard Specifications, shall be used. 2 -03.4 Measurement Section 2 -03.4 is supplemented by adding the following: At the discretion of the Engineer, roadway excavation, borrow excavation, and unsuitable foundation excavation - by the cubic yard (adjusted for swell) may be measured by truck in the hauling vehicle at the point of loading. The Contractor shall provide truck tickets for each load removed. Each ticket shall have the truck number, time and date, and be approved by the Engineer. 2 -03.5 Payment Section 2 -03.5 is revised as follows: Payment for embankment compaction will not be made as a separate item. All costs for embankment compaction shall be included in other bid items involved. Payment will be made for the following bid items when they are included in the proposal: "Roadway Excavation Including Haul," per cubic yard "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material," per ton "Gravel Borrow Including Haul," per ton "Roadway Excavation Including Haul" shall be considered incidental and part of the bid item(s) provided for the installation of the utility mains and appurtenances. When the Engineer orders excavation below subgrade, then payment will be in accordance with the item "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material ". In this case, all items of Work other than roadway excavation shall be.paid at unit contract prices. The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Roadway Excavation Including Haul" shall be full pay for excavating, loading, placing, or otherwise disposing of the material. The unit contract price per ton for "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material" shall be full pay for excavating, loading, and disposing of the material. Payment for embankment compaction will not be made as a separate item. All costs for embankment compaction shall be included in other bid items involved. 2 -04 HAUL 2 -04.5 Payment Section 2 -04.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: All costs for the hauling of material to, from, or on the job site shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit price of other units of Work. 2 -06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 2 -06.5 Measurement and Payment Section 2 -06.5 is supplemented by adding the following: Subgrade preparation and maintenance including watering shall be considered as incidental to the construction and all costs thereof shall be included in the appropriate unit or lump sum contract bid prices. 54 10/22/2012 2 -09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 2 -09.1 Description Section 2 -09.1 is supplemented by adding the following: This Work also includes the excavation, haul, and disposal of all unsuitable materials such as peat, muck, swampy or unsuitable materials, including buried logs and stumps. 2- 09.3(1)D Disposal of Excavated Material Section 2- 09.3(1)D is revised as follows: The second paragraph is replaced with: All costs for disposing of excavated material within or external to the project limits shall be included in the unit contract price for structure excavation, Class A or B. The third paragraph is replaced with: If the Contract includes structure excavation, Class A or B, including haul, the unit contract price shall include all costs for loading and hauling the material the full required distance, otherwise all such disposal costs shall be considered incidental to the Work. 2 -09.4 Measurement Section 2 -09.4 is revised and supplemented as follows: Gravel backfill. Gravel backfill, except when used as bedding for culvert, storm sewer, sanitary sewer, manholes, and catch basins, will be measured by the cubic yard in place determined by the neat lines required by the Plans or by the ton as measured in conformance with Section 1 -09.2. 2 -09.5 Payment Section 2 -09.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: Payment will be made for the following bid items when they are included in the proposal: "Structure Excavation Class A ", per cubic yard. "Structure Excavation Class B ", per cubic yard. "Structure Excavation Class A Incl. Haul ", per cubic yard. "Structure Excavation Class B Incl. Haul ", per cubic yard. Payment for reconstruction of surfacing and paving, within the limits of structure excavation, will be at the applicable unit prices for the items involved. If the Engineer orders the Contractor to excavate below the elevations shown in the Plans, the unit contract price per cubic yard for "Structure Excavation Class A or B" will apply. But if the Contractor excavates deeper than the Plans or the Engineer requires, the Contracting Agency will not pay for material removed from below the required elevations. In this case, the Contractor, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, shall replace such material with concrete or other material the Engineer approves. The unit contract price per cubic yard for the bid items listed as 1 through 4. above shall be full pay for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and pumping, or shall be included in the unit bid price of other items of.Work if "Structure Excavation" or "Structure Excavation Ind Haul" are not listed as pay items in the Contract. "Shoring or Extra Excavation. Class B ", per square foot. The unit contract price per square foot shall be full pay for all excavation, backfill, compaction, and other Work required when extra excavation is used in lieu of constructing shoring. If select backfill material is required for backfilling within the limits of the structure excavation, it shall also be required as backfill material for the extra excavation at the Contractor's expense. Any excavation or backfill material being paid by unit price shall be calculated by the Engineer only for the neat line measurement of the excavation and shall not include the extra excavation beyond the neat line. If there is no bid item for shoring or extra excavation Class B on a square foot basis and the nature of the excavation is such that shoring or extra excavation is required as determined by the Engineer, then shoring or extra excavation shall be considered incidental to the Work involved and no further compensation shall be 55 10/22/2012 made. "Gravel Backfill (Kind) for (Type of Excavation) ", per cubic yard or per ton. "Controlled Density Fill ", per cubic yard. When gravel backfill is paid by the ton, the Contractor shall take care to assure to the satisfaction of the Engineer that such per ton backfill is only being used for the specified purpose and not for purposes where backfill is incidental or being paid by cubic yard. Evidence that per ton gravel backfill is not being used for its designated purpose shall be grounds for the Engineer to deny payment for such load tickets. 5 -04 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 5 -04.2 Materials Section 5 -04.2 is revised and supplemented as follows: Delete the second and fourth paragraphs of this section. The base course shall be untreated crushed surfacing. Asphalt concrete shall meet the grading requirements for the specified mix. Temporary patch shall be cold or hot mix. 5 -04.3 Construction Requirements Section 5 -04.3 is supplemented as follows: Shoulder Restoration The existing surfacing of disturbed asphalt shoulders shall be removed to a minimum depth of 6 inches below original street grade to provide for placement of the new subgrade and paving. The subgrade shall be constructed of 1% inch minus crushed su.rfa.ci.ng_ base_ co. urs- e.place.d_to_a_co- m.pa.cte.d thickness of 21/2 inches, followed by 5/8 -inch minus crushed surfacing top course placed -to a compacted thickness of 1% inches. HMA Class %:" shall then be placed and compacted in 2 -inch lifts up to a maximum 4 -inch thickness to match existing pavement thickness. Minimum thickness shall be 2 inches. The shoulder shall be replaced to the existing fog line in areas where the existing asphalt shoulder is seriously disturbed, or at the Engineer's discretion. Asphalt Concrete Patching and Overlay The Contractor shall maintain temporary hot mix asphalt patches daily during construction to the satisfaction of the governing road agency and the Engineer until said patch is replaced with a permanent hot patch. The permanent hot mix asphalt patch shall be placed and sealed with paving grade asphalt within 30 calendar days. Private Driveways Where a private driveway is damaged by either construction of the project or by the Contractor's use and activity on the road, it shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the property owner, the City, and to its original condition or better. Damaged asphalt- concrete driveways shall be replaced by saw cutting to a straight line and replacing a full width section. Damaged cement - concrete driveways shall be removed to the nearest joint (real or dummy) and replaced with a full width section. Damaged gravel driveways shall have crushed surfacing placed and compacted to a minimum depth of 4 inches. Curbs, Gutters and Sidewalks Existing curbs, gutters, and sidewalks damaged by construction of the project or the Contractor's use and activity, shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the property owner, the City, and to its original condition or better. 5- 04.3(5) Conditioning the Existing Surface Section 5- 04.3(5) is supplemented as follows: 56 1117 #10611POW The Contractor shall maintain existing surface contour during patching, unless otherwise instructed by the City Engineer or Inspector. 5- 04.3(5)A Preparation of Existing Surface Section 5- 04.3(5)A is supplem6hted as follows: The Contractor shall provide his own mechanical sweeping equipment. The sweeper will be on the project prior to the start of paving, to insure the streets to be paved are clean before the tack coat is applied. The sweeper will keep the streets clean ahead of the paving machine and clean the streets behind the empty trucks that have dumped'their loads into the paving machine. The sweeper must sweep all streets made dirty by the Contractor's equipment. If the paving machine is "walked" from one site to another, the sweeper must sweep U0 behind paving machine. The sweeper shall not leave the overlay site until given permission by the City's inspector. All utilities shall be painted with a biodegradable "soap" to prevent the tack and ACP from sticking to the lids. Diesel will not be used. After the application of soap, catch basins must be covered to prevent tack and ACP from getting into catch basins. Preparation of existing surface shall be done as outlined in this Section and a tack coat shall be applied at the rate of 0.02 to 0.08 gallons per square yard. Payment for preparation of the surface and application of the tack coat shall be considered incidental to the paving and no separate payment shall be made. The Contractor shall locate all utilities for access immediately after any paving and mark the location by means of painting a circle around the location and scooping a portion of asphalt 4" - 6" in diameter and the depth of the overlay from the center of the utility location. The Contractor shall locate and completely expose gas and water valves for access immediately after final rolling. The day following the start of application of ACP, utility adjustments must begin. The Contractor shall have an adjustment crew adjusting utilities every workable working day until adjustments are complete. During the adjustment of any utility, existing concrete bricks or grouting material that has been broken or cracked shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Utility adjustments must be completed within 15 working days after overlay is complete, and within the specified working days. Payment for utility adjustments includes all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the adjustments and is incidental to pay items for Asphalt Patch and Asphalt Overlay. 5- 04.3(7)A Mix Design Item 2 is deleted and replaced with: 2. Nonstatistical HMA Evaluation. The Contractor shall submit a certification that the mix design submitted meets the requirements of Sections 9- 03.8(2) and 9- 03.8(6). The Contractor must submit the mix design using DOT Form 350 -042 EF. Verification of the mix design by the Contracting Agency is not needed. The Project Engineer will determine anti -strip requirements for the HMA. 57 10/22/2012 The mix design will be the initial job mix formula (JMF) for the class of mix. Any additional adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Project Engineer and may be made per Section 9- 03.8(7). 5- 04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing —HMA Mixture Item 1 is deleted and replaced with: 1. General. Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical or commercial evaluation. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA, and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. The proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation. Item 7 is deleted. 5- 04.3(10)6 Control Replace Section 5- 04.3(10)6 with the following: Sub -base shall be compacted to 95% of the maximum density by the Modified Proctor Test Method, ASTM D 1557. Compact asphalt concrete patch and paving to 95% of maximum compaction. 5 -04.55 Payment 5- 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Mixture Section is deleted and replaced with: Statistical analysis of quality of gradation and asphalt content will be performed based on Section 1- 06.2 using the following price adjustment factors: Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor "f" All aggregate passing: 1 %2 ", 1 ", % ", %2 ", 3J8" and No. 4 sieves 2 All aggregate passing No. 8, No 16, No. 30, No. 50, No. 100 3 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt binder 52 A pay factor will be calculated for sieves listed in Section 9- 03.8(7) for the class of HMA and for the asphalt binder. 1. Nonstatistical Evaluation. Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the nonstatistical acceptance tolerance limits in Section 9- 03.8(7), the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1 -06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum 58 10/22/2012 of three sets of results for evaluation. 2. Commercial Evaluation. If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial acceptance tolerance limits in Section 9- 03.8(7), the lot shall be evaluated to determine the appropriate CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. For each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical or Commercial Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix factor (NCFM) will be determined. THE NCFM equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of the mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the composite pay factor. 5- 04.5(1)6 Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Compaction Section is deleted and replaced with: The maximum CPF of a compaction lot is 1.00 For each compaction lot of HMA when the CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) will be determined. THE NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCFF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons-and the unit contract price per ton of the mix. 5 -06 TEMPORARY RESTORATION IN PAVEMENT AREA Section 5 -06 is new Section with subsections: 5 -06.1 Description Pavement areas that have been removed by construction activities must be restored by the Contractor prior to the end of each working period, prior to use by vehicular traffic. Within paved streets, the Contractor may use temporary pavement to allow vehicular traffic to travel over the construction areas. Temporary pavement shall be placed around trench plates or others devices used to cover construction activities in a manner that provides a smooth and safe transition between surfaces. 5 -06.2 Materials The asphalt pavement for temporary patches shall be 2" of a hot mix asphalt composition determined by the Contractor to provide a product suitable for the intended application. The Contractor shall not use materials that are a safety or health hazard. Temporary pavement material that does not form a consolidated surface after compaction shall be considered unsuitable and shall be removed from the site. Unsuitable temporary pavement shall be disposed of offsite. 5 -06.3 Construction Requirements The Contractor shall maintain temporary hot mix asphalt patches daily during to the satisfaction of the governing road agency and the Engineer until said patch is replaced with permanent hot patch. The completed pavement shall be free from ridges, ruts, bumps, depressions, objectionable marks, or other irregularities. The 59 1.0/22/2012 permanent hot mix asphalt patch shall be placed and sealed with a paving asphalt within 30 calendar days. The Contractor shall immediately repair, patch, or remove any temporary pavement that does not provide a flat transition between existing pavement areas. All temporary asphalt pavement shall be removed from the site by the end of the project and shall not be used as permanent asphalt pavement or subgrade material. 7 -01 DRAINS 7 -01.2 Materials The second paragraph of Section 7 -01.2 is revised as follows: Drain pipes may be concrete, zinc coated (galvanized) corrugated iron with Asphalt Treatment I, aluminum coated (aluminized) corrugated iron with Asphalt Treatment I, zinc coated (galvanized) steel with Asphalt Treatment I, corrugated aluminum alloy, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), or corrugated polyethylene (PE) at the option of the Contractor unless the Plans specify the type to be used. 7 -01.3 Construction Requirements Section 7 -01.3 is revised as follows: The second paragraph is revised as follows: PVC drainpipe shall be jointed with a bell and spigot joint using a flexible elastomeric seal as described in Section 9 -04.8. The bell shall be laid upstream. PE or ABS drainpipe shall be jointed with snap -on, screw -on, or wraparound coupling bands as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing. The sixth paragraph is revised as follows: PVC under drain pipe shall be jointed using either the flexible elastomeric seal as described in- Section -9 =04..8 or solvent cement as described in Section 9 -04.9, at the option of the Contractor unless otherwise-specified.in the. - Plans. The bell shall be laid upstream. PE or ABS drainage tubing under drain pipe shall be jointed with snap -on, screw -on, or wraparound coupling bands, as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing. 7 -01.4 Measurement Section 7 -01.4 is supplemented adding the following: When the Contract does not include "Structure Excavation Class B" or "Structure Excavation Class B Including Haul" as a pay item all costs associated with these items shall be included in other contract pay items. 7 -02 CULVERTS 7 -02.2 Materials The second paragraph of Section 7 -02.2 is revised and supplemented as follows: Where steel or aluminum are referred to in this section in regard to a kind of culvert pipe, pipe arch, or end sections, it shall be understood that steel is zinc coated (galvanized) with Asphalt Treatment I or aluminum coated (aluminized) corrugated iron or steel, and aluminum is corrugated aluminum alloy as specified in Sections 9 -05.4 and 9 -05.5. Where plain or reinforced concrete, steel, or aluminum are referred to in Section 7- 02 it shall be understood that reference is also made to PVC. 7 -04 STORM SEWERS 7 -04.2 Materials The second paragraph of Section 7 -04.2 is revised as follows: Where steel or aluminum are referred to in this section in regard to a kind of storm sewer pipe, it shall be understood that steel is zinc coated (galvanized), Asphalt Treatment I Coated, corrugated iron or steel and .Q 10/22/2012 aluminum is corrugated aluminum alloy as specified in Sections 9 -05.4 and 9 -05.5. The Contractor shall require pipe suppliers to furnish certificates signed by their authorized representative, stating the Specifications to which the materials or products were manufactured. The Contractor shall provide 2 copies of these certifications to the Engineer for approval. Certificates showing nonconformance with the Contract shall be sufficient evidence for rejection. Approval of certificates shall be considered only as tentative acceptance of the materials and products, and such action by the Engineer will not relieve the Contractor of his /her responsibility to perform field tests and to replace or repair faulty materials, equipment, and /or workmanship and the Contractor's own expense. 7 -04.4 Measurement The first paragraph of Section 7 -04.4 is revised as follows: The length of storm sewer pipe will be the number of linear feet of completed installation measured along the invert and will include the length through elbows, tees, and fittings. The number of linear feet will be measured from the center of manhole or from the center of catch basin to center of catch basins and similar type structures. 7 -04.5 Payment The second and third paragraphs of Section 7 -04.5 are revised as follows: The unit contract price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe of the kind and size specified shall be full pay for all Work to complete the installation, including adjustment of inverts to manholes. When no bid item "Gravel Backfill for Pipe Bedding" is included in the Schedule of Prices, pipe bedding, as shown in the Standard Plans, shall be considered incidental to the pipe and no additional payment shall be made. Testing of storm sewer pipe, if required by the Engineer, shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract prices for other items. Cost of- conee- sting= pipe- to - structures- sha-lI be included in the various unit contract prices for storm sewer pipe, an:d no additional compensation -will be allowed. Abandonment and plugging of pipe shall be included in the lump sum contract price for "Removal of Structure and Obstruction ". No separate payment will be made. 7 -05 MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CATCH BASINS 7 -05.3 Construction Requirements Section 7 -05.3 is supplemented by adding the following: All manholes shall have eccentric cones and shall have ladders. Sanitary sewer pipe to manhole connections shall be "Kor -n -Seal" boot or approved equal. 7- 05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade Section 7- 05.3(1) is replaced with: Where shown in the Plans or where directed by the Engineer, the existing manholes, catch basins, or inlets shall be adjusted to the grade as staked or otherwise designated by the Engineer. The existing cast iron ring and cover on manholes and the catch basin frame and grate shall first be removed and thoroughly cleaned for reinstalling at the new elevation. From that point, the existing structure shall be raised or lowered to the required elevation. The Contractor shall construct manholes so as to provide adjustment space for setting cover and casting to a finished grade as shown on the Construction Plans. Manhole ring and covers shall be adjusted to the finished elevations per standard detail 400.1, prior to final acceptance of the Work. Manholes in unimproved areas shall be adjusted to 6" above grade. 61 10/22/2012 In unpaved streets: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures in areas to be surfaced with crushed rock or gravel shall be constructed to a point approximately eight inches below the subgrade and covered with a temporary wood cover. Existing manholes shall be cut off and covered in a similar manner. The Contractor shall carefully reference each manhole so that they may be easily found upon completion of the street Work. After placing the gravel or crushed stone surfacing, the manholes and manhole castings shall be constructed to the finished grade of the roadway surface. Excavation necessary for bringing manholes to grade shall center about the manhole and be held to the minimum area necessary. At the completion of the manhole, adjustment, the void around the manhole shall be backfilled with materials which result in the section required on the typical roadway section, and be thoroughly compacted. In cement concrete pavement: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures shall be constructed and adjusted in the same manner as outlined above except that the final adjustment shall be made and cast iron frame be set after forms have been placed and checked. In placing the concrete pavement, extreme care shall be taken not to alter the position of the casting in any way. In asphalt concrete pavement: manholes shall not be adjusted until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each manhole shall be carefully relocated from references previously established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted area and base material be removed to permit removal of the cover. The manhole shall then be brought to proper grade utilizing the same methods of construction as for the manhole itself. The cast iron frame shall be placed on the concrete blocks and wedged up to the desired grade. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be cut and removed to a neat circle, the diameter of which shall be equal to the outside diameter of the cast iron frame plus two feet. The base materials and crushed rock shall be removed and Class 3000 or Commercial Portland Cement Concrete shall be placed so that the entire volume of the excavation is replaced up to but not to exceed 2 inches of the finished pavement surface. On the day following placement of the concrete, the edge of the asphalt concrete pavement, and the outer edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement. Asphalt Class G concrete shall then be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The complete patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density, and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and the existing pavement shall then be carefully painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. The inside throat of the manhole shall be thoroughly mortared and plastered. Adjustment of inlets: The final alignment and grade of cast iron frames for new and old inlets to be adjusted to grade will be established from the forms or adjacent pavement surfaces. The final adjustment of the top of the inlet will be performed in similar manner to the above for manholes. On asphalt concrete paving projects using curb and gutter section, that portion of the cast iron frame not embedded in the gutter section shall be solidly embedded in concrete also. The concrete shall extend a minimum of six inches beyond the edge of the casting and shall be left 2 inches below the top of the frame so that the wearing course of asphalt concrete pavement will butt the cast iron frame. The existing concrete pavement and edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement. Adjustments in the inlet structure shall be constructed in the same manner and of the same material as that required for new inlets. The inside of the inlets shall be mortared and plastered. Monuments and cast iron frame and cover: monuments and monument castings shall be adjusted to grade in the same manner as for manholes. Valve box castings: adjustments of valve box castings shall be made in the same manner as for manholes. 7- 05.3(2) Abandon Existing Manholes Section 7- 05.3(2) is revised as follows: Where it is required that an existing manhole be abandoned, the structure shall be broken down to a depth of at least 4 feet below the revised surface elevation, all connections plugged, the manhole base shall be fractured to prevent standing water, and the manhole filled with sand and compacted to 90 percent density as specified in Section 2- 03.3(14)C. Debris resulting from breaking the upper part of the manhole may be mixed with the sand subject to the approval of the Engineer. The ring and cover shall be salvaged and all other surplus material disposed of. 7- 05.3(2)A Abandon Existing Sanitary Sewer Pipes Section 7- 05.3(2)A is a new section: 62 10/22/2012 Where it is required that an existing sanitary sewer pipe be abandoned (or portions of pipe installed as part of this project which are to be abandoned as shown on the Plans), both ends of the abandoned pipe and all lateral connections to the pipe shall be plugged with 3,000 psi cement concrete and the pipe shall be filled with cement -based grout. A cement -based grout shall be used to fill the void. of the abandoned sewer pipe. The grouting material must have a strength of at least 100 psi and shall have flow characteristics appropriate for filling a sanitary sewer. The grout mix designed and method of installation shall be approved by the Engineer prior to beginning the operation (See Section 9- 03.22). 7- 05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes Section 7- 05.3(3) is supplemented'by adding the following: Where shown on the Plans, new drain pipes shall be connected to existing line, catch basin, curb inlets and /or manholes. The Contractor shall be required to core drill into the structure, shape the new pipe to fit and re- grout the opening in a workmanlike manner. Where directed by the Engineer or where shown on the Plans, additional structure channeling will be required. Connections to existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be core drilled. Couplings shall be equal to "Kor -n -Seal" boots. Existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be cleaned, repaired, and re- channeled as necessary to match the new pipe configuration and as shown on the Construction Plans. A "connection to existing" item will be allowed at any connection of a new line to an existing structure, or the connection of a new structure to a existing line. No "connection to existing" will be accepted at the location of new installation, relocation and adjustment of line manholes, catch basins, or curb inlets. Any damage to existing pipe or structure that is to remain in place resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be repaired or replaced at her /his own expense. The unit bid price per each shall.- be:full_compe.nsation -for all labor, materials and equipment required. 7- 05.3(5) Manhole Coatings Section 7 -05.5 is an added new section: All new sanitary sewer manholes shall be coated as specified below. The following coating system Specifications shall be used for coating (sealing) all interior concrete surfaces of sanitary sewer manholes. Coating Material: High Solids Urethane Surfaces: Concrete Surface Preparation: In accordance with SSPC SP -7 (Sweep of brush off blast) Application: Shop /Field The drying time between coats shall not exceed 24 hours in any case System Thickness: 6.0 mils dry film Coatings: Primer: One coat of Wasser MC- Aroshield (2.0 mils DFT) Finish: Two or more coats of Wasser MC- Aroshield (min. 4.0 mils DFT) Color: White 7 -05.4 Measurement Section 7 -05.4 is revised and supplemented as follows: Manholes will be measured per each. Measurement of manhole heights for payment purposes will be the distance from finished rim elevation to the invert of the lowest outlet pipe. Adjustments of new structures and miscellaneous items such as valve boxes shall be considered incidental to the unit contract price of the new item and no further compensation shall be made. Connection to existing pipes and structures shall be measured per each. 63 10/22/2012 7 -05.5 Payment Section 7 -05.5 is supplemented as follows: "Adjust Existing " per each. The unit contract price per each for "Adjust Existing shall be full pay for all costs necessary to make the adjustment including restoration of adjacent areas in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. If no bid item for Structure Excavation Class A or Structure Excavation Class B is included in the schedule .of prices then the Work will be considered incidental and its cost should be included in the cost of the pipe. "Connect to Existing Catch Basin," per each. "Connect Structure to existing pipe," per each. 7 -08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 7 -08.3 Construction Requirements 7- 08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe Section 7- 08.3(1)C is supplemented by adding the following: Pipe bedding for PVC sewer pipe shall consist of clean, granular pea gravel consistent with Section 9- 03.12(3). It shall be placed to a depth of 6" over and 6" under the exterior walls of the pipe. Hand compaction of the bedding materials under the pipe haunches will be required. Hand compaction shall be accomplished by using a suitable tamping tool to firmly tamp bedding material under the haunches of the pipe. Care shall be taken to avoid displacement of the pipe during the compaction effort. Pipe bedding shall be considered incidental to the pipe and no further compensation shall be made. 7- 08.3(1)D Pipe Foundation Section 7- 08.3(1)D is a new section: Pipe foundation in poor soil: When soft or unstable material is encountered at the subgrade which, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not uniformly support the pipe, such material shall be excavated to an additional depth as required by the Engineer and backfilled with foundation gravel material placed in maximum 12 -inch lifts. Foundation gravel shall be ballast and conform to the requirements of Section 9- 03.9(1) of the Standard Specifications. Corrections faulty grade: Excess excavation below grade shall be backfilled with foundation gravel as specified above and thoroughly compacted to the required grade line. 7- 08.3(2)A Survey Line and Grade Section 7- 08.3(2)A is replaced with: Survey line and grade control shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1 -05.4, 1 -05.5 and 1 -11 in a manner consistent with accepted practices. The Contractor shall transfer line and grade into the trench where they shall be carried by means of a laser beam. Any other procedure shall have the written approval of the Engineer. 7- 08.3(2)B Pipe Laying —General Section 7- 08.3(2)B is supplemented by adding the following: Checking of the invert elevation of the pipe may be made by calculations from measurements on the top of the pipe, or by looking for ponding of 112" or less, which indicates a satisfactory condition. At manholes, when the downstream pipe(s) is of a larger size, pipe(s) shall be laid by matching the (eight- tenths) flow elevation, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 64 1.0/22/2012 All pipe, fittings, etc. shall be carefully handled and protected against damage, impact shocks, and free fall. All pipe handling equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer. Pipe shall not be placed directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner, which will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at the trench site or elsewhere. No pipe shall be installed where the lining or coating show defects that may be harmful as determined by the Engineer. Such damaged lining or coating shall be repaired, or a new undamaged pipe shall be furnished and installed. The Contractor shall inspect each pipe and fitting prior to installation to insure that there are not damaged portions of the pipe. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe shall be repaired or replaced. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe before lowering into position in the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean during and after laying. All openings in the pipeline shall be closed with watertight expandable type sewer plugs at the end of each day's operation, or whenever the pipe openings are left unattended. The use of burlap, wood, or other similar temporary plugs will not be permitted. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the Engineer may change the alignment and /or the grades. Except for short runs, which may be permitted by the Engineer, pipes shall be laid uphill on grades that exceed 10 percent. Pipe, which is laid on a downhill grade, shall be blocked and held in place until sufficient support is furnished by the following pipe to prevent movement. Unless otherwise required, all pipe shall be laid straight between the changes in alignment, and at uniform grade between changes in grade. For concrete pipes with elliptical reinforcement,-,the pipe shall be placed with the minor axis of the reinforcement in a vertical position. Immediately after the pipe joints have been made, proper gasket placement shall be checked with a feeler gage as approved by the pipe manufacturer to verify proper gasket placement. 7- 08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints Section 7- 08.3(2)E is supplemented as follows: Care shall be taken by the Contractor to avoid over pushing the pipe and damaging the pipe or joint system. Any damaged pipe shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 7- 08.3(2)H Sewer Line Connections Section 7- 08.3(2)H is supplemented by adding the following: All connections not occurring at a manhole or catch basin shall be done utilizing pre- manufactured tee connectors or pipe sections approved by the Engineer. Any other method or materials proposed for use in making connections shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, all connections of lateral sewers to existing mains shall be made through a cast iron saddle secured to the sewer main with stainless steel bands. When the existing main is constructed of PVC, plain or reinforced concrete, cast or ductile iron pipe, the existing main shall be core drilled. When the existing main is constructed of vitrified clay, the main shall be re- sectioned with flexible couplings, Fernco or approved equal. Connections (unless booted connections have been provided for) to existing concrete manholes shall be per Section 7- 05.3(3). 7- 08.3(2)) Placing PVC Pipe Section 7- 08.3(2)J is an added new section: In the trench, prepared as specified in Section 7- 02.3(1) PVC pipe shall be laid beginning at the lower end, with the bell end upgrade. Pea gravel will be used as the bedding material and extend from 6" below the bottom of the pipe to 6" above the top of the pipe. When it is necessary to connect to a structure with a mudded joint a rubber gasketed concrete adapter - collar will be used at the point of connection. 7- 08.3(3)A BackfiIling Sanitary Sewer Trenches Section 7- 08.3(3)A is a new section supplementing 7- 08.3(3) To the maximum extent available, suitable material obtained from trench excavation shall be used for trench M 10/22/2012 backfill. All material placed as trench backfill shall be free from rocks or stones larger than 6 inches in their greatest dimension, brush, stumps, logs, roots, debris, and organic or other deleterious materials. No stones or rock shall be placed in the upper three feet of trench backfill. Rock or stones within the allowable size limit incorporated in the remainder of fills shall be distributed so that they do not congregate or interfere with proper compaction If the native material is considered by the Engineer as unsuitable for backfill, or where unsuitable material is requested by the Engineer to be removed or over - excavated from trench excavations, then Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Sewer material conforming to the requirements of Section 9 -03.19 shall be used. All native or imported backfill material shall be compacted to 95% of maximum dry density per ASTM D 1557 unless otherwise specified herein or on the Plans. Backfill within paved areas shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined by the modified proctor compaction test, ASTM D1557. This includes the foundation, backfill, and base course materials. Maximum lift thickness of backfill shall not exceed 24 inches between the top of the bedding and 4 feet below grade and 12 inches from 4 feet below grade to the base of the subgrade. The Engineer may be on- site to collect soil samples and to test compaction. The Contractor shall provide site access at all times for compaction testing and sample collection. Areas of the trench which fail to meet the compaction requirements shall be removed and replace and re- compacted at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for any settlement of backfill, sub -base, and pavement that may occur during the period stipulated in the Contract conditions. All repairs necessary due to settlement shall be made by the Contractor at his expense. Backfill in unimproved areas shall be compacted to at least-9-0-percent-of maximum -dry -- density -as- determined by the modified proctor compaction test, ASTM D1557. The Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of any excess excavated material. 7 -08.4 Measurement The first paragraph of Section 7 -08.4 is revised as follows: Gravel backfill for foundations, or gravel backfill for pipe zone bedding when used for foundations, shall be measured by the cubic yard, including haul, as specified in 2 -09, or by the ton. 7 -08.5 Payment Section 7 -08.5 is replaced with: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class ", per cubic yard or ton. "Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding ", per cubic yard or ton. All costs associated with furnishing and installing bedding and backfill material within the pipe zone in the installation of culvert, storm sewer, and sanitary sewer pipes shall be included in the unit contract price for the type and size of pipe installed. "Plugging Existing Pipe ", per each. "Commercial Concrete ", per cubic yard. "Structure Excavation Class B ", per cubic yard. "Structure Excavation Class B Incl. Haul ", per cubic yard. Unless specifically identified and provided as separate items, structure excavation, dewatering and backfilling shall be incidental to pipe installation and no further compensation shall be made. All costs in jointing dissimilar pipe with a coupling or concrete collar shall be included in the unit contract price per foot for the size and type of pipe being jointed. "Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B ", per square foot. If this pay item is not in the Contract, then it shall be incidental. We 10/22/2012 7 -09 PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR WATER MAINS 7- 09.3(15)A Ductile Iron Pipe The first paragraph of Section 7- 09.3(15)A is revised as follows: Long radius (500 feet or more) curves, either horizontal or vertical, may be laid with standard pipe by deflecting the joints. If the pipe is shown curved in the Plans and no special fittings are shown, the Contractor can assume that the curves can be made by deflecting the joints with standard lengths of pipe. If shorter lengths are required, the Plans will indicate maximum lengths that can be used. The amount of deflection at each pipe joint when pipe is laid on a horizontal or vertical curve shall not exceed one half of the manufacturer's printed recommended deflections. 7- 09.3(15)6 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4 inches and Over) Section 7- 09.3(15)8 is supplemented as follows: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe shall not be used for water mains and appurtenances. 7- 09.3(17) Laying Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings with Polyethylene Encasement The title and text of section 7- 09.3(17) has been revised as follows: The Contractor shall lay ductile iron pipe with a polyethylene encasement. Pipe and polyethylene encasement shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C105. The polyethylene encasement shall also be installed on all appurtenances, such as pipe laterals, couplings, fittings, and valves, with 8 -mil polyethylene plastic in accordance with Section 4 -5 of ANSI 21.5 or AWWA C105. The polyethylene wrap shall be tube type and black color. Any damage that occurs to the wrap shall be repaired in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C105/A21.5 -93. Installation of the polyethylene encasement shall be considered incidental to the installation of the pipe and no additional payment shall be allowed. 7- 09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains Section 7- 09.3(19)A is revised and supplemented as follows: The Contractor may be required to perform the connection during times other than normal working hours. The Contractor shall not operate any valves on the existing system. Water system personnel will operate all valves on the existing system for the Contractor when required. No Work shall be performed on the connections unless a representative of the water department is present to inspect the Work. When not stated otherwise in the special provisions or on the plans, all connections to existing water mains will be done by City forces as provided below: City Installed Connections: Connections to existing piping and tie -ins are indicated on the drawings. The Contractor must verify all existing piping, dimensions, and elevations to assure proper fit. Connections to the existing water main shall not be made without first making the necessary arrangements with the Engineer in advance. A two -week advance notice shall be required for each connection which requires a cutting of the existing water mains or a shut -down of the existing water mains. The City reserves the right to re- schedule the connection if the Work area is not ready at the scheduled time for the connection. Work shall not be started until all the materials, equipment and labor necessary to properly complete the Work are assembled on site. The Contractor shall provide all saw- cutting, removal and disposal of existing surface improvements, 67 10/22/2012 excavation, haul and disposal of unsuitable materials, shoring, de- watering, foundation material, at the connection areas before the scheduled time for the connection by the City. The Contractor shall provide all materials necessary to install all connections as indicated on the construction plans, including but not limited to the required fittings, couplings, pipe spools, shackle materials to complete the connections. The Contractor shall provide and install concrete blocking, polywrap the piping at the connections, backfill and surface restoration at the locations shown on the plans for the connections to the existing water mains. The City will cut the existing main and assemble all materials. 7- 09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead -Man Block Section 7- 09.3(21) has been supplemented by adding the following: ( * * * * * *) Provide concrete blocking at all. hydrants, fittings and horizontal or vertical angle points. Conform to the City of Renton Standard Details for general blocking, and vertical blocks herein. All fittings to be blocked shall be wrapped with 8 -mil polyethylene plastic. Concrete blocking shall be properly formed with plywood or other acceptable forming materials and shall not be poured around joints. The forms shall be stripped prior to backfilling. Joint restraint (shackle rods), where required, shall be installed in accordance with Section 7- 11.3(15). Provide concrete dead -man blocks at locations shown on the plans. The dead -man block shall include reinforcing steels, shackle rods, installation and removal of formwork. Blocking shall be commercial concrete (hand -mixed concrete is not allowed) and poured in place. 7- 09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test Section 7- 09.3(23) is supplemented and revised as follows: ( * * * * * *) A hydrant meter and a backflow prevention device will be used when drawing water from the City system. These may be obtained from the City by completing the required forms and making the required security deposits. There will be a charge for the water used. Before applying the specified. test _pr_essur_e,_airsha- I.I_b.e_ expelled completely from the pipe, valves and hydrants. if permanent air vents are not located at -all high points, the contractor shall install corporation cocks at such points so that the air can -be expelled -as the line is filled with water. After all the air has been expelled, the corporation cocks shall be closed and the test pressure applied. At the conclusion of the pressure test, the corporation cocks shall be removed and plugged. The quantity of water required to restore the pressure shall be accurately determined by either 1) pumping from an open container of suitable size such that accurate volume measurements can be made by the Owner or, 2) by pumping through a positive displacement water meter with a sweep unit hand registering 1 gallon per revolution. The meter shall be approved by the Engineer. Acceptability of the test will be determined by two factors, as follows: 1. The quantity of water lost from the main shall not exceed the number of gallons per hour as listed in the following table. 2. The loss in pressure shall not exceed 5 psi during the 2 hour test period. All water used to perform hydrostatic pressure shall be charged a usage fee. Allowable leakage per 1000 ft. of pipeline* in GPH *If the pipeline under test contains sections of various diameters, the allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size. For those diameters or pressures not listed, the formula below shall be used: Nominal Pipe Diameter in inches PSI 6" 8" 10" 12" 16" 20" 24 ", 450 0.95 1.27 1.59 1.91 2.55 3.18 3.82 400 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.60 350 0.84 1.12 1.40 1.69 2.25 2.81 3.37 275 0.75 1.00 1.24 1.49 1.99 2.49 2.99 250 0.71 0.95 1.19 1.42 1.90 2.37 2.85 225 0.68 0.90 1.13 1.35 1.80 2.25 2.70 200 0.64 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.70 2.12 2.55 *If the pipeline under test contains sections of various diameters, the allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size. For those diameters or pressures not listed, the formula below shall be used: 10/22/2012 The quantity of water lost from the main shall not exceed the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula L =N P 7400 in which: L = Allowable leakage, gallons /hour N = No.. of joints in the length of pipeline tested D = Nominal diameter of the pipe in inches . P = Average test pressure during the leakage test, psi The paragraph stating that "There shall not be an appreciable or abrupt loss in pressure during the 15 minute test ep riod." Is deleted. 7- 09.3(24)A Flushing and "Poly- pigging" Section 7- 09.3(24)A shall be revised and supplemented as follows: Sections of pipe to be disinfected shall first be poly - pigged to remove any solids or contaminated material that may have become lodged in the pipe. If the main cannot be "poly- pigged ", then a tap shall be provided large enough to develop a velocity of at least 2.5 fps in the main. The "Poly -pig" shall be equal to Girard Industries Aqua- Swab -AS, 2lb /cu -ft density foam with 90A durometer urethane rubber coating on the rear of the "Poly -pig" only. The "Poly -pig" shall be cylinder shaped with bullet nose or squared end. The paragraph stating: "Where dry calcium hypochlorite is used for disinfection of the pipe, flushing shall be done after disinfection." is deleted. ;Dech-lo-rination- of. -atl water- used -for disinfection shall be accomplished in accordance with the City of Renton .Standard -Details.. Water containing chlorine residual in excess of that carried in the existing water system, shall not be disposed into the storm drainage system or any water way. 7- 09.3(24)D Dry Calcium Hypochlorite Section 7- 09.3(24)D has been replaced with: Dry calcium hypochlorite shall not be placed in the pipe as laid. 7- 09.3(24)K Retention Period Section 7- 09.3(24)K has been revised as follows: Treated water shall be retained in the pipe at least 24 hours but no longer than 48 hours. After this period, the chlorine residual at pipe extremities and at other representative points shall be at least 25 mg /I. 7- 09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing Section 7- 09.3(24)N has been revised as follows: Before placing the lines into service, a satisfactory report shall be received from the local or State health department or an approved testing lab on samples collected from representative points in the new system. Samples will be collected and bacteriological tests obtained by the Engineer. 7- 09.3(25) Joint Restraint Systems Section 7- 09.3(25) is a new additional section: General: Where shown on the plans or in the specifications or required by the Engineer, joint restraint system (shackle rods) shall be used. All joint restraint materials used shall be those manufactured by Star National Products, 1323 Holly Avenue, PO Box 258, Columbus Ohio 43216, unless an equal alternate is approved in writing by the Engineer. 69 10/22/2012 Materials: Steel types used shall be: High strength low -alloy steel (cor -ten), ASTM A242, heat - treated, superstar "SST" series. High strength low -alloy steel (cor -ten), ASTM A242, superstar "SS" series. Items to be galvanized are to meet the following requirements: ASTM A153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. ASTM A123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes. Joint restrainer system components: Tiebolt: ASTM A242, type 2, zinc plated or hot -dip galvanized. SST 7:5/8" for 2" and 3" mechanical joints, 344" for 4" to 12" mechanical joints, ASTM A325, type 3D, except tensile strength of full -body threaded section shall be increased to 40,000 lbs. minimum for 5/8" and 60,000 lbs. minimum for 3/4" by heat treating (quenching and tempering) to manufacturer's reheat and hardness specifications. SST 753: 3/4" for 14" to 24" mechanical joints. same ASTM specification as SST 7. SST 77: 3/4" same as SST 7, except 1" eye for 7/8" rod. same ASTM specification as SST 7. Tienut: heavy hex nut for each tiebolt: SS8: 5/8" and 3/4 ", ASTM A563, grade C3, or zinc plated. S8: 5/8" and 3/4 ", ASTM A563, grade A, zinc plated or hot -dip galvanized. Tiecoupling: used to extend continuous threaded rods and are provided with a center stop to aid installation, zinc plated or hot -dip galvanized. SS10: for 5/8" and 3/4" tierods, ASTM A563, grade C3. S10: for 5/8" and 3/4" tierods, ASTM A563, grade A. Tierod: continuous threaded rod for cutting to desired lengths, zinc plated or hot -dip galvanized. S512.: 5/8" and 3/4" diameter, ASTM A242, type 2; ANSI 131.1. S12: 5/8" and 3/4" diameter, ASTM A36, A307. Tiewasher: round flat washers, zinc plated or hot -dip galvanized. SS17: ASTM A242, F436. S17: ANSI 1318.22.1. Installation: Install the joint restraint system in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions so all joints are mechanically locked together to prevent joint separation. Tiebolts shall be installed to pull against the mechanical joint body and not the MJ follower. Torque nuts at 75 -90 foot pounds for 3/4" nuts. Install tiecouplings with both rods threaded equal distance into tiecouplings. Arrange tierods symmetrically around the pipe. Pipe Diameter Number of 3/4" Tie Rods Required 4" ................ ..............................2 6" ................ ..............................2 811 ........... ..............................3 10" ............... ..............................4 12" ............... ..............................6 14" ............:.. ..............................8 1611 ............... ..............................8 18" ............... ..............................8 20" ................ .............................10 24" ................ .............................14 30" .............. ............................... (16 -7/8 "rods ) 36 .. .............. ............................... (24 -7/8 "rods ) Where a manufacturer's mechanical joint valve or fitting is supplied with slots for "T" bolts instead of holes, a 70 10/22/2012 flanged valve with a flange by mechanical joint adapter shall be used instead, so as to provide adequate space for locating the tiebolts. Where a continuous run of pipe is required to be restrained, no run of restrained pipe shall be greater than 60 feet in length between fittings. Insert long body solid sleeves as required on longer runs to keep tierod lengths to the 60 foot maximum. Pipe used in continuously restrained runs shall be mechanical joint pipe and tiebolts shall be installed as rod guides at each joint. Where poly wrapping is required all tiebolts, tienuts, tiecouplings, tierods, and tiewashers, shall be galvanized. All disturbed sections will be painted, to the Inspector's satisfaction, with koppers bitomastic no. 300 -m, or approved equal. Where poly wrapping is not required all tiebolts, tienuts, tiecouplings, tierods and tiewashers may be galvanized as specified in the preceding paragraph or plain and painted in the entirety with koppers bitumastic no. 800 -m, or approved equal. Tiebolts, tienuts, tiecouplings, tierods, and tiewashers shall be considered incidental to installation of the pipe and no additional payment shall be made. 7 -09.4 Measurement Measurement and Payment Schedule for installation of water mains and appurtenances is shown in Section 1 -09.14 Section 7 -09.4 is revised as follows: Measurement of bank run gravel for trench backfill will be by the cubic yard measured by the calculation of neat lines based on maximum trench width per Section 2 -09.4 or by the ton, in accordance with Section 1 -09. Measurement for payment of concrete thrust blocking and dead -man blocks will be per cubic -yard when these items are included as separate pay items. If not included as separate pay items in the contract, then thrust blocking and dead -man blocks shall be considered incidental to the installation of the water main and no further compe .nsation_sha:ll- b_e.ma-de.. Measurement for payment for connections to existing water mains will be per each for each connection to existing water main(s) as shown on the Plans. 7 -09.5 Payment Measurement and Payment Schedule for installation of water mains and appurtenances is shown in Section 1 -09.14 Section 7 -09.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: "Furnish and Install Ductile Iron Water Main & Fittings ", per lineal foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for each size and kind of "Furnish and Install Ductile Iron Water Main & Fittings" shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. "Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead -Man Anchor Blocks ", per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Concrete Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead -Man Anchor Blocks " shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. "Connection to Existing Water Mains ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Connection to Existing Water Mains" shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. "Select Imported Trench Backfill ", per cubic yard or ton. The unit contract price per cubic yard or ton for "Select Imported Trench Backfill" shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. 71 10/22/2012 "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material ", per ton or cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard or ton for "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material" shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. 7 -12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS 7- 12.3(1) Installation of Valve Marker Post Section 7- 12.3(1) has been revised as follows: Where required, a valve marker post shall be furnished and installed with each valve. Valve marker posts shall be placed at the edge of the right -of -way opposite the valve and be set with 18 inches of the post exposed above grade. The rest of this section is deleted. 7- 12.3(2) Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade Section 7- 12.3(2) is a new section: Valve boxes shall be adjusted to grade in the same manner as for manholes, as detailed in Section 7- 05.3(1) of the City of Renton Standard Details. Valve box adjustments shall include, but not be limited to, the locations shown on the Plans. Existing roadway valve boxes shall be adjusted to conform to final finished grades. The final installation shall be made in accordance with the applicable portions of Section 7 -12. In the event that the existing valve box is plugged or blocked with debris, the Contractor shall use whatever means necessary to remove such debris, leaving the valve installation in a fully operable condition. The valve box shall be set to an elevation tolerance of one - fourth inch (1/4 ") to one -half inch (112 ") below finished grade. 7 -12.4 Measurement Measurement and Payment Schedule for installation of water mains and appurtenances is shown in Section 1 -09.14 Section 7 -12.4 is supplemented by adding the following: Adjustment of existing valve boxes to grade shall be measured per each, if included as a separate pay item in the Contract; if not a separate pay item but required to complete the Work, then value box adjustment shall be considered incidental. Hydrant auxiliary gate valve will be included in the measurement for hydrant assembly and will not be included in this measurement item. 7 -12.5 Payment Measurement and Payment Schedule for installation of water mains and appurtenances is shown in Section 1 -09.14 Section 7 -12.5 is replaced with the following: "Furnish and Install -Inch Gate Valve Assembly ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Furnish and Install bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. "Air- Release /Air- Vacuum Valve Assembly," per each. -Inch Gate Valve Assembly" shall be full pay for the 1 The unit contract price per for air- release /air- vacuum valve assembly shall be for all, labor, equipment and material to complete the installation of the assembly including but not limited to, excavating, tapping the main, laying and jointing the pipe and fittings and appurtenances, backfilling, testing, flushing, and disinfection, 72 10/22/2012 meter box and cover, at location shown on the plans, and per the City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. "Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade (RC)," per each. The contract bid price for "Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade" above shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the Work as defined in the Contract Documents, including all incidental Work. If not included as a separate pay item in the Contract, but required to complete other Work in the Contract, then adjustment of valve boxes shall be considered incidental to other items of Work and no further compensation shall be made. 7 -14 HYDRANTS 7- 14.3(1) Setting Hydrants Paragraph four and five of Section 7- 14.3(1) is revised and the section is supplemented as follows: After all installation and testing is complete, the exposed portion of the hydrant shall be painted with two field coats. The type and color of paint will be designated by the Engineer. Any hydrant not in service shall be identified by covering with a burlap or plastic bag approved by the Engineer. Hydrants shall be installed in accordance with AWWA specifications C600 -93, Sections 3.7 and 3.8.1 and the City of Renton Standard Details. Hydrant and guard posts shall be painted in accordance with the standard details. Upon completion of the project, all fire hydrants shall be painted to the City of Renton specifications and guard posts painted with two coats of preservative paint NO. 43-655 Safety Yellow or approved equal. Fire hydrants shall be of such length as to be suitable for installation with connections to 6 ", 8" AND 10" piping in trenches 3 - 112 feet deep unless otherwise specified. The hydrant shall be designed for a 4 -1/2 foot burial where 12" and larger pipe is shown unless otherwise noted on the plan. Fire hydrant assembly shall include:: cast-iron or ductile i:rontee�('MJ -x FL), -6" -gate valve (FL x MJ), 6" DI spool (PE x PE), 5 -1/4" MVO fire hydrant (MJ connection),." x 5 "= Sto:r_trad-apter, cast iron valve box and cover, 3/4" shackle rods and accessories, concrete blocks and two concrete guard posts (only if hydrants are outside of right -of -way). Joint restraint (Shackle Rods) shall be installed in accordance.with Section 7- 11.3(15). 7- 14.3(3) Resetting Existing Hydrants Section 7- 14.3(3) is supplemented by adding the following: All hydrants shall be rebuilt to the approval of the City (or replaced with a new hydrant). All rubber gaskets shall be replaced with new gaskets of the type required for a new installation of the same type. 7- 14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants Section 7- 14.3(4) is supplemented by adding the following: All hydrants shall be rebuilt to the approval of the City (or replaced with a new hydrant). All rubber gaskets shall be replaced with new gaskets of the type required for a new installation of the same type. 7 -14.5 Payment Measurement and Payment Schedule for installation of water mains and appurtenances is shown in Section 1 -09.14 Section 7 -14.5 is revised as follows: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "Furnish and Install Hydrant Assembly ", per each. The unit contract price per each for " Furnish and Install Hydrant Assembly ", shall be full pay for the bid item as 73 10/22/2012 described in Section 1- 09.14. "Resetting Existing Hydrants ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Resetting Existing Hydrant" shall be full pay for all Work to reset the existing hydrant, including rebuilding (or replacement with a new hydrant), shackling, blocking, painting, and guard posts and reconnecting to the main. The new pipe connecting the hydrant to the main shall be considered incidental and no additional payment shall be made. Guard posts, shown on the Plans shall be incidental to the contract. "Moving Existing Hydrants ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Moving Existing Hydrant" shall be full pay for all Work to move the existing hydrant, including new tee, rebuilding (or replacement with a new hydrant), shackling, blocking, painting, and guard posts and reconnecting to the main. The new pipe connecting the hydrant to the main shall be considered incidental and no additional payment shall be made. Guard posts, shown on the Plans shall be incidental to the contract. 7 -15 SERVICE CONECTIONS 7 -15.3 Construction Details Section 7 -15.3 is supplemented as follows: Pipe materials used to extend or replace existing water service lines shall be copper. Where installation is in existing paved streets, the service lines shall be installed by a trenchless percussion and impact method (hoe- hogging). If the trenchless percussion and impact method fails, regular open trench methods may be used. 7 -15.5 Payment Measurement and Payment Schedule for installation of water mains and appurtenances is shown in Section 1 -09.14 Section 7 -15.5 is revised as follows: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for the following bid item when it is included in the proposal: "Furnish and Install In. Water Service Connection ", per each. The unit contract price per each for " Furnish and Install In. Water Service Connection ", shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. 7 -17 SANITARY SEWERS 7 -17.2 Materials Section 7 -17.2 is replaced with the following: Pipe Gravity sewer pipe shall be as specified herein and as shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall provide two copies of the pipe manufacturer's technical literature and tables of dimensional tolerances to the Engineer. Any pipe found to have dimensional tolerances in excess of those prescribed or having defects, which prevent adequate joint seal or any other damage, shall be rejected. If requested by the Engineer, not less than three nor more than five lengths of pipe for each size, selected from stock by the Engineer, shall be tested as specified for maximum dimensional tolerance of the respective pipe. Material for PVC sewer pipe shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 05.12. 74 10/22/2012 All pipe shall be clearly marked with type, class, and thickness. Lettering shall be legible and permanent under normal conditions of handling and storage. 7 -17.3 Construction Requirements 7- 17.3(1) Protection of Existing Sewerage Facilities Section 7- 17.3(1) is supplemented by adding the following: When extending an existing sewer, the downstream system shall be protected from construction debris by placing a screen or trap in the first existing manhole downstream of the connection. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to maintain this screen or trap until the new system is placed in service and then to remove it. Any construction debris, which enters the existing downstream system, shall be removed by the Contractor at his expense, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. When the first manhole is set, its outlet shall be plugged until acceptance by the Engineer. 7- 17.3(2)H Television Inspection Section 7- 17.3(2)H is supplemented by adding the following: Once the television inspection has been completed the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the written reports of the inspection plus the videotapes. Said videotapes are to be in color and compatible with the City's viewing and recording systems. The City will accept video submittals on DVD viewable on a standard player or a CD or DVD compatible with Cues DataCAP 4.0. 7 -17.4 Measurement Section 7 -17.4 is supplemented as follows: Measurement of 'Bank Run Gravel for Trench Ba.ckfill Sewer" will be determined by the cubic yard in place, measured by the neat line dimensions shown in the Plans, or by the ton on truck tickets. 7 -17.5 Payment Measurement and Payment Schedule for installation of sanitary sewer mains and appurtenances is shown in Section 1 -09.14 Section 7 -17.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "Furnish and Install In. sewer pipe ", per linear foot. The unit contract price per each for " Furnish and Install In. sewer pipe ", shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. "Furnish and Install In. side sewer pipe ", per linear foot. The unit contract price per each for " Furnish and Install In. side sewer pipe ", shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1- 09.14. "Testing Sewer Pipe ", per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Testing Sewer Pipe" shall be full pay for all labor, material and equipment required to conduct the leakage tests required in Section 7- 17.3(2). If no unit price for "Testing Sewer Pipe" is included it shall be considered incidental to the pipe items. "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Material ", per cubic yard or ton. The unit contract price per cubic yard or ton for "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Material" shall be full pay for all Work to remove unsuitable material and replace and compact suitable material as specified in Section 7- 08.3(1)A. 75 10/22/2012 "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Sewer ", per cubic yard or ton. The unit contract price per cubic yard or ton for "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Sewer" shall be full pay for all Work to furnish, place, and compact material in the trench. "Television Inspection ", per linear foot. 8 -09 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS 8 -09.5 Payment Section 8 -09.5 has been revised as follows: Payment will be made for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "Raised Pavement Marker Type 1 ", per each. "Raised Pavement Marker Type 2 ", per each. "Raised Pavement Marker Type 3- In. ", per each. "Recessed Pavement Marker ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Raised Pavement Marker Type 1 ", "Raised Pavement Marker Type 2 ", and "Raised Pavement Marker Type 3- In." and "Recessed Pavement Marker" shall be full pay for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for furnishing and installing the markers in accordance with these Specifications, including all cost involved with traffic control unless traffic control is listed in the Contract as a separate pay item. 8 -13 MONUMENT CASES 8 -13.1 Description Section 8 -13.1 is revised and supplemented as follows: This Work shall consist of furnishing and placing monument cases and covers, in accordance with the Standard Plans and these Specifications, in conformity with the lines and locations shown in the Plans or as staked by the Engineer or by the Contractor supplied Surveyor. 8 -13.3 Construction Requirements Paragraphs 2 and 3 of Section 8 -13.3 is revised and supplemented as follows: The monument will be furnished and set by the Engineer or by the Contractor supplied Surveyor. When existing monuments will be impacted by a project, the Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that a registered surveyor references the existing monuments prior to construction. After construction is complete, the monuments shall be re- established by the Surveyor in accordance with RCW58.09.130. 8 -13.4 Measurement Section 8 -13.4 is supplemented by adding the following: All costs for surveying and resetting existing monuments impacted by construction shall be considered incidental to the Contract unless specifically called out to be paid as a bid item. 8 -13.5 Payment Section 8 -13.5 is supplemented by adding the following: "Reset Existing Monument" per each. Resetting an existing monument impacted by construction shall be incidental unless included as a pay item in the Schedule of Prices. 01 1I17I►I► MIDA 8 -14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 8- 14.3(4) Curing Section 8- 14.3(4) is replaced with: The curing materials and procedures outlined in Section 5- 05.3(13) of the Standard Specifications shall prevail, except that white pigmented curing compound shall not be used on sidewalks. The curing agent shall be applied immediately after brushing and be maintained for a period of 5 days. The Contractor shall have readily available sufficient protective covering, such as waterproof paper or plastic membrane, to cover the pour of an entire day in the event of rain or other unsuitable weather. During the curing period, all traffic, both pedestrian and vehicular, shall be excluded. Vehicular traffic shall be excluded for such additional time as the Engineer may specify. The Contractor shall be responsible for barricading, patrolling, or otherwise protecting the newly placed concrete to prevent damage. Damaged, vandalized, discolored, stained, or unsightly concrete shall, be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 8 -14.4 Measurement Section 8 -14.4 is supplemented by adding the following: When the Contract contains a pay item for "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete," the per each measurement shall include all costs for the complete installation per the Plans and standard details including expansion joint material, curb and gutter and ramped sidewalk section. Sawcutting, removal and disposal of excavated materials including existing pavement and sidewalk, crushed surfacing base materials and all other Work, materials and equipment required per Section 8 -14, shall be included in the per each price for "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete" unless any of these other items are listed and specified to be paid as separate pay items. If the Contract does not provide a pay item for "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete," but the Plans call for such installation, then q. ua•ntities--sh-a II be measured with and paid for under the bid items for Curb and Gutter and for -Ceme -nt Concr-ete-Sid:ewa.lk. When cu -rb ramps are to be constructed of asphalt concrete, the payment shall be included in the pay item for "Miscellaneous and /or Driveway Asphalt Concrete." 8 -14.5 Payment Section 8 -14.5 is supplemented by adding the following: "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete," per each. Payment for excavation of material not related to the construction of the sidewalk but necessary before the sidewalk can be placed, when and if shown in the Plans, will be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 -03. Otherwise, the Contractor shall make all excavations including haul and disposal, regardless of the depth required for constructing the sidewalk to the lines and grades shown, and shall include all costs thereof in the unit contract price per square yard for "Cement Concrete Sidewalk" and the per each contract price for "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete." 8 -17 IMPACT ATTENUATOR SYSTEMS 8 -17.5 Payment Section 8 -17.5 is supplemented by the following: If no pay item is included for temporary impact attenuators then all costs to provide and install shall be considered a part of the pay item for "Traffic Control." 8 -20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 8- 20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings Paragraph four of Section 8- 20:2(1) is revised and supplemented with the following: 77 10/22/201.2 The Contractor shall submit for approval six sets of shop drawings for each of the following types.of standards called for on this project: 1. Light standards with or without pre- approved Plans. 2. Signal standards with or without pre- approved Plans. 3. Combination Signal and lighting standards. 4. Metal Strain Poles. Paragraph five of Section 8- 20.2(1) is deleted. Paragraph six of Section 8- 20.2(1) is deleted. Section 8- 20.2(1) is supplemented as follows: The Contractor also shall submit either on the signal standard shop drawings or attached to the signal standard shop drawings all dimensions to clearly show the specific mast arm mounting height and signal tenon locations for each signal pole to be installed. 8 -22 =PAVEMENT MARKING 8 -22.1 Description The following item in Section 8 -22.1 is revised as follows: Crosswalk Stripe A SOLID WHITE line, 8 inches wide and 10 -feet long, installed parallel to another crosswalk stripe and parallel to the direction of traffic flow and centered in pairs on lane lines and the center of lanes. See detail sheet. Skip Center Line (Replacement) A BROKEN YELLOW line 4 inches wide. The broken or "skip" pattern shall be based on a 24 -foot unit consisting of a 9 -foot line and a 15 -foot gap. Skip center strip is used as centerline delineation on two -lane or three -lane, two -way highways. Double Yellow Center Line (Replacement) Two SOLID YELLOW lines, each 4 inches wide, separated by a 4 -inch space. Double yellow center stripe is used as centerline delineation on multilane, two -way highways and for channelization. Approach Line (New) A SOLID WHITE line, 8 inches wide, used to separate left and right turning movements from through movements, to separate high occupancy vehicle lanes from general - purpose lanes, for islands, hash marks, and other applications. Hash mark stripes shall be placed on 45- degree angle and 10 feet apart. Lane Line (Replacement) A BROKEN WHITE line, 4 inches wide, used to delineate adjacent lanes traveling in the same direction. The broken or "skip" pattern shall be based on a 24 -foot unit consisting of a 9 -foot line and a 15 -foot gap. Two Way Left Turn Line (Replacement) A SOLID YELLOW line, 4 inches wide, with a BROKEN YELLOW line, 4 inches wide, separated by a 4 -inch space. The broken or "skip" pattern shall be based on a 24 -foot unit consisting of a 9 -foot line and a 15 -foot space. The solid line shall be installed to the right of the broken line in the direction of travel. Crosswalk Line (Replacement) A SOLID WHITE line, 8 inches wide and 10 feet long, installed parallel to another crosswalk stripe and parallel to the direction of traffic flow and centered in pairs on lane lines and the center of lanes. See detail sheet. Stop Line (Replacement) A SOLID WHITE line 12, 18, or 24 inches wide as noted on the Contract Plans. 8- 22.3(5) Installation Instructions Section 8- 22.3(5) is revised as follows: A manufacturer's technical representative need not be present at the initial material installation to approve the installation procedure. 78 10/22/2012 8 -22.5 Payment Section 8 -22.5 is supplemented as follows: ( * * * * * *) "Approach Stripe," per linear foot. "Remove Paint Line ....." wide," per linear foot.* Remove Plastic Line ......" Wide," per linear foot.* "Remove existing traffic markings, "per Lump Sum.* *The linear foot contract price for "Remove Paint Line" and "Remove Plastic Line" and the lump sum contract price for "Remove existing traffic markings" shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, tools, material, and equipment necessary for removal of existing traffic markings as per the Plans, Specifications and detail sheets. If these pay items do not appear in the contract schedule of prices, then the removal of old or conflicting traffic markings required to complete the channelization of the project as shown on the Plans or detail sheets shall be considered incidental to other items in the Contract and no further compensation shall be made. 8 -23 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS 8 -23.5 Payment Section 8 -23.5 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) If no pay item is included in the Contract for installation, or for removal of temporary pavement markings, then all costs associated with these items are considered incidental to other items in the Contract or included under "Traffic Control," if that item is included as a bid item. 9- 03.8(7) -HMA- Toler-a:nces=and Adjustments Item 1 is.deleted=an,d replaced with: (******) 1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances. After the 1MF is determined as required in 5- 04.3(7)A, the constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the following tolerances: Nonstatistical Commercial Evaluation Evaluation Aggregate, percent passing 1 ", W, % ", and 3/8" sieves U.S. No. 4 sieve U.S. No. 8 sieve U.S. No. 16 sieve U.S. No. 30 sieve U.S. No. 50 sieve U.S. No. 100 sieve U.S. No. 200 sieve Asphalt Binder VMA V FA Va ±6% ±8% ±6% ±8% ±6% ±8% ±4% ±6% ±4% ±6% ±4% ±6% ±3% ±5% ±2.0% ±3.0% ±0.5% ±0.7% 1.5% below minimum value in 9- 03.8(2) minimum and maximum as listed in 9- 03.8(2) 2.5% minimum and 5.5% maximum These tolerance limits constitute the allowable limits as described in Section 1 -06.2. The tolerance limit for aggregate shall not exceed the limits of the control point's section, except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100% passing will be 99 -100. 79 10/22/2012 9 -05 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS 9 -05.4 Steel Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arch (RC) Section 9 -05.4 is revised as follows: Steel culvert pipe and pipe arch shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 36, Type I and Type II. Welded seam aluminum coated (aluminized) corrugated steel pipe and pipe arch with metallized coating applied inside and out following welding is acceptable and shall be asphalt treatment coated. 9- 05.7(2) Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe (RC) Section 9- 05.7(2) is replaced by the following: Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C -76 and shall be Class IV. Cement used in the manufacture of reinforced concrete pipe shall be Type II in conformance with ASTM C150. No admixture shall be used unless otherwise specified. 9- 05.7(2)A Basis for Acceptance (RC) Section 9- 05.7(2)A is supplemented by the following: All pipe shall be subject to (1) a three - edge- bearing strength (D -load) test in accordance with ASTM C76; and (2) a hydrostatic test of rubber gasket joints in accordance with ASTM C361 or AWWA C302 except test pressure shall be 5 psi. 9- 05.7(3) Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints (RC) Section 9- 05.7(3) is replaced by the following: Joint assembly design shall be reinforced concrete bell and spigot type incorporating a fully retained single rubber gasket in accordance with ASTM C361 or AWWA C302. Rubber gasket material shall be neoprene. 9- 05.7(4) Testing Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints (RC) Section 9- 05.7(4) is supplemented by the following: Hydrostatic testing of rubber gasket joints shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C361 or AWWA C302 except test pressure shall be 5 psi. 9 -05.9 Steel Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe (RC) Section 9 -05.9 is replaced with: The manufacturer of spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall furnish the Engineer a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance stating that the materials furnished comply in all respects with these Specifications. The Engineer may require additional information or tests to be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the City. Unless otherwise specified, spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall be furnished with pipe ends cut perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. Pipe ends shall be cut evenly. Spiral rib pipe shall be fabricated either by using a continuous helical lock seam or a continuous helical welded seam paralleling the rib. Steel spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall be manufactured of metallic coated (aluminized or galvanized) corrugated steel and inspected in conformance with Section 9 -05.4. The size, coating, and metal shall be as shown in the Plans or in the Specifications. For spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be essentially rectangular and shall be 3/4 inch plus two times the wall thickness (2t) plus or minus 1%8 inch (measured outside to outside) and a minimum of 0.95 inch high (measured as the minimum vertical distance from the outside of pipe wall immediately adjacent to the lockseam or stiffener to the top surface of rib). The maximum spacing of the ribs shall be 11.75 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be a minimum of 0.10 inch and a maximum of 0.17 inch. If the sheet between adjacent ribs does not contain a lockseam, a stiffener shall be included midway between ribs, having a nominal radius of 0.25 inch and a minimum height of 0.20 inch toward the outside of the pipe. Pipe shall be fabricated with ends that can be effectively jointed with coupling bands. 80 10/22/2012 When required, spiral rib or narrow pitch spiral rib pipe shall be bituminous treated or paved. The bituminous treatment for spiral rib pipe shall conform to the requirements of Sections 9- 05.4(3) and 9- 05.4(4). For narrow pitch spiral rib sewer pipe, the helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be .375 inch + 1/8 inch wide (measured outside to outside) and a minimum of .4375 inch high (measured as the minimum vertical distance of ribs shall be 4.80 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be 0.0625 inch with an allowable tolerance of+ 10 percent. 9 -05.12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Section 9- 05.12(3) is a new additional section: 9- 05.12(3) CPEP Sewer Pipe Section 9- 05.12(3) is a new additional section: CPEP - Smooth interior pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from high density polyethylene resin which shall meet or exceed the requirements of Type 111, Category 4 or 5, Grade P33 or P34, Class C per ASTM D1248. In addition, the pipe shall comply with all material and stiffness requirements of AASHTO M294. 9 -05.14 ABS Composite Sewer Pipe Section 9 -05.14 is deleted 9 -05.17 Aluminum Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe Section 9 -05.17 is replaced with: Unless otherwise specified, spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall be furnished with pipe ends cut perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. Pipe ends shall be cut evenly. Spiral rib pipe shall be fabricated by using a continuous helical lock seam with a seam- gasket: For spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be I/4 inch wide by 3/4 inch deep with a nominal spacing of 7 -1/2 inches center to center. Pipe shall be fabricated with ends that can be effectively jointed with coupling bands. For narrow pitch spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be 0.375 inch + 1/8 inch wide (measured outside to outside) and a minimum spacing of ribs shall be 4.80 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be 0.0625 inch with an allowable tolerance of + 10 percent. For wide pitch spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be 3/4 inch + 1/8 inch wide (measured outside to outside) and a minimum of 0.95 inch high (measured as the minimum vertical distance from the outside of pipe wall to top surface of the rib). The maximum spacing of ribs shall be 11.75 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be 0.0625 inch with an allowable tolerance of+ 10 percent. 9 -05.22 High Density Polyethylene Piping Section 9 -05.22 is a new section: DRISCOPLEXTm 4100 High- density Polyethylene Piping 1 General Terms and Conditions 1.1 Scope - This Specification covers requirements for DriscoPlexTm 4100 PE 3408 high- density polyethylene 81 10/22/2012 piping. All Work shall be performed in accordance with these Specifications. 1.2 Engineered and Approved Plans - Construction shall be performed in accordance with Engineered Construction Plans for the Work prepared under the direction of a Professional. Engineer. 1.3 Referenced Standards - Where all or part of a federal, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc., Standard Specification is incorporated by reference in these Specifications, the reference standard shall be the latest edition and revision. 1.4 Licenses and Permits —The Contractor shall-be'licensed and bonded. 1.5 Inspections - All Work shall be inspected by an Authorized Representative of the City who shall have the authority to halt construction if, in his opinion, these Specifications or standard construction practices are not being followed. Whenever any portion of these Specifications is violated, the Engineer shall, by written notice, order further construction to cease until all deficiencies are corrected. 2 Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings 2.1 Qualifications of Manufacturers - The manufacturer shall have manufacturing and quality assurance facilities capable of producing and assuring the quality of the pipe and fittings required by these Specifications. The manufacturer's production facilities shall be open for inspection by the City or his Authorized Representative. The Project Engineer shall approve qualified manufacturers. 2.2 Materials - Black PE materials used for the manufacture of polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be PE 3408 high density polyethylene, meeting ASTM D 3350 cell classification 345464C and shall be listed in the name of the pipe and fitting manufacturer in PPI (Plastics Pipe Institute) TR -4, with a standard grade HDB rating of 1600 psi at 73 °F. Color material, when used, shall be the same except for meeting ASTM D 3350 cell classification 345464E. The material shall be listed and approved for potable water in accordance with NSF Standard 61. When requested on the order, the manufacturer shall certify that the materials used to manufacture pipe and fittings meet these requirements. 2.3 Interchangeability of Pipe and Fittings - The same qualified and approved manufacturer shall produce polyethylene pipe and fittings. Products such as fittings or flange adapters made by sub- contractors or distributors are prohibited. 2.4 Polyethylene Fittings & Custom Fabrications - Polyethylene fittings and custom fabrications shall be molded or fabricated by the approved pipe manufacturer. All fittings and custom fabrications shall be pressure rated for the same internal pressure rating as the mating pipe. 2.5 Molded Fittings - Molded fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with ASTM D 3261 and shall be so marked. Molded fittings shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C906. 2.6 Fabricated Fittings - Fabricated fittings shall be made by heat fusion joining specially machined shapes cut from pipe, polyethylene sheet stock or molded fittings. Fabricated fittings shall be rated for internal pressure service at least equal to the full service pressure rating of the mating pipe. Fabricated fittings shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C906. 2.7 Polyethylene Flange Adapters - Flange adapters shall be made with sufficient through -bore length to be clamped in a butt fusion - joining machine without the use of a stub -end holder.. The sealing surface of the flange adapter shall be machined with a series of small v- shaped grooves (serrations) to promote gasketless 82 10/22/2012 sealing, or restrain the gasket against blowout. 2.8 Back -up Rings & Flange Bolts - Flange adapters shall be fitted with back -up rings that are pressure rated equal to or greater than the mating pipe. The back -up ring bore shall be chamfered or radiused to provide clearance to the flange adapter radius. Flange bolts and nuts shall be Grade 3 or higher. 9 -08 PAINTS 9 -08.8 Manhole Coating System Products Section 9 -08.8 is a new section and subsections: 9- 08.8(1) Coating Systems Specification A. High Solids Urethane Coating System: C1 Coating Material: High Solids Urethane Surfaces: Concrete Surface In accordance with SSPC Preparation: SP -7 (Sweep or brush off blast) Application: Shop /Field: The drying time between coats shall not exceed 24 hours in any case System Thickness: 6.0 mils dry film Coatings: Primer: One coat of Wasser MC- Aroshield high solids urethane (2:.0- DFT) Finish: Two or more coats of Wasser MC- Aroshield (min. 4.0 DFT) Color: White 9 -23 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS AND ADMIXTURES 9 -23.9 Fly Ash (RC) Section 9 -23.9 is revised as follows: Fly ash shall not be used around water lines. 9 -30 WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS 9- 30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe (RC) Section 9- 30.1(1) is revised as follows: Ductile iron pipe shall be centrifugally cast and meet the requirements of AWWA C151. Ductile iron pipe shall have a cement- mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104. All other ductile iron pipe shall be Standard Thickness Class 52 or the thickness class as shown in the Plans. 9- 30.3(1) Gate Valves (3 inches to 12 inches) Section 9- 30.3(1) is replaced with: Valves shall be designed for a minimum water operating pressure of 200 PSI. Gate valves shall be Iowa List 14, Mueller Company No. A2380, Kennedy, or M &H. 83 10/22/2012 Approval of valves other than models specified shall be obtained prior to bid opening. All gate valves less than 12" in diameter shall include an 8" x 24" cast iron gate valve box and extensions, as required. All 12" diameter and larger gate valves shall be installed in a vault. See the City of Renton Standard Details for 12" gate valve assembly vault and 1" bypass installation. Gate valves shall conform to AWWA C500 and shall be iron body, bronze- mounted, double disc with bronze wedging device and O -ring stuffing box. Resilient Seated Gate Valves: Resilient seated gate valves shall be manufactured to meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA Standard C509 latest revisions. All external and internal ferrous metal surfaces of the gate valve shall be coated for corrosion protection with fusion bonded epoxy. The epoxy coating shall be factory applied to all valve parts prior to valve assembly and shall meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA Standard C -550 latest revision. Valves shall be provided with two (2) internal 0 -ring stems seals. The valves shall be equipped with one (1) anti - friction washer. The resilient gate valve shall have rubber sealing surfaces to permit bi- directional flow. The stem shall be independent of the stem nut or integrally cast. Manufacturers of Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall provide the City on request that the valve materials meet the City specifications. Valves shall be designed for a minimum water operating pressure of 200 psi. End connections shall be mechanical joints, flanged joints or mechanical by flanged joints as shown on the project plans. Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall be U.S. Metroseal 250, Clow, M &H Style 3067, Mueller Series 2370, Kennedy. Approval of valves other than model specified shall be obtained prior to bid opening. All gate.valves less than 12 inches in diameter shall include an 8"x24" cast iron gate valve box and extensions, as required. All 12 inch diameter and larger resilient seated gate valves shall have a 1 inch by -pass assembly and shall be installed in a concrete vault per City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. 9- 30.3(3) Butterfly Valves Section 9- 30.3(3) is supplemented by adding the following: Butterfly valves shall be Dresser 450 or Pratt Groundhog. 9- 30.3(5) Valve Marker Posts Section 9- 30.3(5) has been deleted and replaced with the following: The valve markers shall be fabricated and installed in conformance with the Standard Drawings. Valve markers shall be carsonite composite utility marker .375 "x 6' -0" or approved equal with blue label "water." 9- 30.3(7) Combination Air Release /Air Vacuum Valves Section 9- 30.3(7) has been supplemented as follows: Air and vacuum release valves shall be APCO- Valve and Primer Corp, "Heavy- Duty," combination air release valve, or equal. Installation shall be per the City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. 84 10/22/2012 Piping and fitting shall be copper or brass. Location of the air release valve as show on the plans is approximate. The installation shall be set at the high point of the line. 9- 30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly Section 9- 30.3(8) is revised as follows: Tapping sleeves shall be cast iron, ductile iron epoxy- coated steel, or other approved material. 9- 30.3(9) Blow -Off Assembly Section 9- 30.3(9) is a new section: Permanent blow -off assembly shall be #78 Kupferle Foundry Co. or approved equal. Installation of blow -off permanent blow -off assembly shall be per City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. Pipe and fittings shall be galvanized. Blow -off assembly shall be installed at location(s) shown on the plans. Temporary blow - off assembly on new dead -end water main shall be installed at location shown on the plans. Temporary blow -off assemblies for testing and flushing of the new water mains will not be included under this item and shall be considered incidental to the contract and no additional payment shall be made. 9 -30.5 Hydrants Section 9 -30.5 is supplemented by adding the following: Fire hydrants shall be Iowa, Corey Type (opening with the pressure) or approved equal conforming to AWWA C- 502-85. Approval must be obtained prior to bid opening. Compression type fire hydrants (opening against pressure) shall be Clow.Medallion, M &H 929, Mueller Super Ce.ntu:r-ion_2.0- 0,.confor-ming to AWWA C- 502 -85. '9= 30 �5(1) -End Connections (RC) Section 9- 30.5(1) is supplemented by adding the following: Hydrants shall be constructed with mechanical joint connection unless otherwise specified in bid proposal description. 9- 30.5(2) Hydrant Dimensions Section 9- 30.5(2) is replaced with the following: Fire hydrants shall be Corey type (opening with the pressure) or compression type (opening against pressure) conforming to AWWA C- 502 -85 with a 6 inch mechanical joint inlet and a main valve opening (M.V.0.) of 5 1/4 inches, two 2 1/2 inch hose nozzles with National Standard Threads 7 1/2 threads per inch and one 4 inch pumper nozzles with the new Seattle Pattern 6 threads per inch, 60 degrees V. Threads, outside diameter of male tread 4.875 and root diameter 4.6263. Hydrants shall have a 1 -1/4" pentagon operating nut opened by turning counter clockwise (left). The two 2 -1/2" hose nozzles shall be fitted with cast iron threaded caps with operating nut of the same design and proportions as the hydrant stem nut. Caps shall be fitted with suitable neoprene gaskets for positive water tightness under test pressures. The 4" pumper nozzle shall be fitted with a Stortz adapter, 4" Seattle Thread x 5" Stortz. Stortz adapter shall be forged and /or extruded 6061 -T6 aluminum alloy, hardcoat anodized. Threaded end portion shall have no lugs and 2 set screws 180 degrees apart. Stortz face to be metal, no gasket to weather. Stortz cap to have synthetic molded rubber gasket, and shall be attached to hydrant adapter with 1/8" coated stainless steel 85 10/22/2012 aircraft cable. Fire hydrants shall be installed per City of Renton Standard Details for fire hydrants, latest revisions. 9- 30.6(3)6 Polyethylene Pipe Section 9- 30.6(3)6 has been modified as follows: Polyethylene pipe shall not be used. 9- 30.6(4) Service Fittings Section 9- 30.6(4) has been revised as follows: Fittings used for copper tubing shall be compression type with gripper ring. 9- 30.6(5) Meter Setters Section 9- 30.6(5) has been supplemented as follows: Meter setters shall be installed per the City of Renton Standard Details for water meters, latest revision. SECTION 10 REMOVAL OF UTILITY LOCATE MARKINGS FROM SIDEWALKS REQUIRED The permittee will be required to remove utility locate marks on sidewalks only within the Downtown Core Area. The permittee shall remove the utility locate marks within 14 days of job completion. :: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF RENTON 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades Table of Contents Division1 General ...................................................................................... ............................... 1 -1 1.10 General .................................................................................................. ............................... 1 -1 1.11.01 Project Description ....................................................................... ............................1 -1 1. 11.03 Electronic Data ........................................................................... ............................... 1 -1 1.13 Permits and Licenses ....................................................................... ............................... 1 -1 1.15 Warranty ............................................................................................. ............................... 1 -2 1.30 Administrative ...................................................................................... ............................... 1 -2 1.31 Responsibilities ................................................................................ ............................... 1 -2 1.31.1 Contractor's Responsibility ......................................................... ............................... 1 -2 1.31.1.1 Construction Inspection Scheduling ...................................... ............................... 1 -3 1.31.1.3 Contractor Provided Schedule and Non - working Day Approval ..................... 1 -3 1.31.2 Owner Inspector's Responsibility .............................................. ............................... 1 -3 1.33 Submittals ......................................................................................... ............................... 1 -4 1.33.1 Submittal and Shop Drawings .................................................... ............................... 1 -4 1.33.2 Substitutions ..................................................................................... ............................1 -5 1.33.2.1 Prior to Bid Opening .................................................................... ............................... 1 -5 1.33.2.2 After Contract Execution ......................................................... ............................... 1 -6 1.40 Quality Control ..................................................................................... ............................... 1 -6 1.42 Reference Specifications ................................................................. ............................... 1 -6 1.50 Construction Support .......................................................................... ............................... 1 -6 1.51 Temporary Utilities ......................................................................... ............................... 1 -6 1.52 Temporary Facilities ........................................................................ ............................... 1 -7 1.59 Site Control ....................................................................................... ............................... 1 -7 1.70 Execution and Closeout ...................................................................... ............................... 1 -7 1.75 Testing, Startup and Operation ..................................................... ............................... 1 -7 1.75.1 Schedule ......................................................................................... ............................... 1 -7 1.75.2 Testing ............................................................................................ ............................... 1 -7 1.75.3 Scheduling of Owner /Engineer Review for Testing .............. ............................... 1 -8 1.75.6 Electrical and Control Systems Testing .................................... ............................... 1 -8 1.75.30 Startup ............................................................................................. ............................1 -9 1.77 Cleaning ............................................................................................ ............................... 1 -9 1.77.2 Site and Facility Cleanup ............................................................. ............................... 1 -9 CITY OF RENTON 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades Table of Contents 1.79 Training and Documentation ........................................................ ............................... 1 -9 1.79.1 Training ............................................................................................. ............................1 -9 1.79.2 Operation and Maintenance Manuals .......................................... ...........................1 -10 1.79.3 As -Built Drawings .......................................................................... ...........................1 -11 Division 2 Sitework Not Used ................................................................... ............................... 2 -1 Division3 Concrete Not Used .................................................................. ............................... 3 -1 Division4 Masonry Not Used ................................................................... ............................... 4 -1 Division 5 Fabricated Metalwork and Structural Plastics Not Used ... ............................... 5 -1 Division 6 Carpentry Not Used ................................................................ ............................... 6 -1 Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection Not Used ....................... ............................... 7 -1 Division 8 Openings Not Used ................................................................. ............................... 8 -1 Division 9 Finishes Not Used ................................................................... ............................... 9 -1 Division 10 Specialties Not Used .................................................................. ...........................10 -1 Division 11 Equipment Not Used ................................................................ ...........................11 -1 Division 12 Furnishings Not Used ............................................................... ...........................12 -1 Division 13 Special Construction Not Used ............................................... ...........................13 -1 Division 14 Conveying Systems Not Used .................................................. ...........................14 -1 Division 15 Mechanical Not Used ................................................................ ...........................15 -1 Division16 Electrical ...................................................................................... ...........................16 -1 16.00 General .................................................................................................. ...........................16 -1 16.05 Common Work for Electrical ......................................................... ...........................16 -1 16.15 Electrical Grounding ........................................................................... ...........................16 -5 16.15.1 Common Work for Electrical Grounding ................................ ...........................16 -5 16.30 Panel Components ............................................................................... ...........................16 -5 16.3 1.10 Indicating Pilot L1 hts 16 -5 16.32 Panel Switches .................................................................................. ...........................16 -5 16.32.2 Selector Switch .............................................................................. ...........................16 -5 16.32.5 Pushbuttons .................................................................................. ...........................16 -5 16.33 Panel Relays ...................................................................................... ...........................16 -6 16.35 Other Panel Components .............................................................. ...........................16 -6 16.35.5 Terminal Blocks ............................................................................ ...........................16 -6 16.60 Conductors ........................................................................................... ...........................16 -6 ii J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades Table of Contents 16.61 Low Voltage Wire and Cable ......................................................... ...........................16 -6 16.70 Conduit, Raceways, Boxes and Fittings ............................................ ...........................16 -8 16.71 Raceways ........................................................................................... ...........................16 -8 16.72 Boxes and Enclosures ........................................................................ ..........................16 -10 16.72.2 Outlet and Junction Boxes ......................................................... ..........................16 -10 16.72.3 Watertight Enclosures ................................................................ ..........................16 -10 16.95 Testing .................. ........................................................................................................... 16 -11 16.95.1 Common Work for Testing ......................................... ........................................ 16 -11 Division 17 Automatic Control ................................................................. ............................... 17 -1 17.00 General .................................................................................................. ...........................17 -1 17.05 Common Work for Automatic Control ....................................... ...........................17 -1 17.06 Contractor ........................................................................................ ...........................17 -6 17.07 Owner and System Integrator's Responsibility (System Integrator Contracted Directlyby Owner) .................................................................................... ...........................17 -8 17.08 System Description .......................................................................... ............................... 17 -9 17.10 Panels ............................................. : ................................................................................ 17 -12 17.11 Panel Certifications ............................ 17 -12 17.12 Equipment Panels .......................................................................... ..........................17 -12 17.20 Panel Components .............................................................................. ..........................17 -13 17.20.3 Terminal Blocks ........................................................................... ..........................17 -13 17.21 Power Supply and Protection ....................................................... ..........................17 -13 17.21.2 Normal Power Supply ..................................... ..................................................... 17 -13 17.21.3 Backup Power Supply ................................................................. ..........................17 -14 17.21.5 Line Protection Units — Low Current ...................................... ..........................17 -14 17.21.6 Line Protection Units — High Current ..................................... ..........................17 -15 17.21.7 Voltage Transducer ..................................................................... ..........................17 -15 17.22 Wire and Cable ................................................................................ ..........................17 -16 17.22.2 Wiring ............................................................................................ ..........................17 -16 17.22.3 Cables ............................................................................................ ..........................17 -16 17.24 Switches and Relays .................................................................:..... ..........................17 -18 17.24.2 Selector Switch ............................................................................. ..........................17 -18 17.24.3 Pushbuttons ................................................................................. ..........................17 -18 iii J: \I)ata \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades Table of Contents 17.24.4 Relays ............................................................................................ ..........................17 -18 17.25 Indicating Lights and Readouts .................................................... ..........................17 -19 17.25.2 Pilot Lights ................................................................................... ..........................17 -19 17.30 Intelligent Control Units .................................................................... ..........................17 -19 17.31 Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) ..................................... ..........................17 -19 17.31.2 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System ...................... ..........................17 -19 17.40 Remote Communication Devices ..................................................... ..........................17 -22 17.40.1 Common Work for Communications Equipment ................. ..........................17 -22 17.40.2 SCADA Radio Equipment ........................................................ ..........................17 -23 17.40.3 Facility Network Equipment ..................................................... ..........................17 -24 . 17.80.1 General Implementation Process .............................................. ..........................17 -25 17.80.2 MTU (City Maintenance Shops) - Implementation Process . ..........................17 -26 17.80.3 Radio Repeater (West Hill Reservoir) - Implementation Process ............ <;.:..17 -27 17.80.4 Radio Repeater (Hazen Reservoir) - Implementation Process ....................... 17 -27 17.80.5 Existing Control Panel Upgrades - Implementation Process .........................17 -28 17.80.6 Fabrication of Duplex Lift Station Control Panels - Implementation Process 17- 29 17.90 Testing, Startup and Training ............................................................ ..........................17 -29 17.90.1 Common Work for Testing, Startup and Training ................ ..........................17 -29 17.91 Tests and Inspections .................................................................... ..........................17 -30 17.92 Startup .............................................................................................. ..........................17 -32 17.93 Training ............................................................................................ ..........................17 -33 17.94 Documentation ............................................................................... ..........................17 -33 17.94.2 Operations and Maintenance Manuals ..................................... ..........................17 -33 Division 18 Measurement and Payment ....................................................... ...........................18 -1 18.0 General .................................................................................................... ...........................18 -1 Bid Item No. 1 - Mobilization, Demobilization, Site Preparation and Clean- up .............18 -1 Bid Item No. 2 - Electrical Installation at City Shops ............................... ...........................18 -1 Bid Item No. 3 — MTU Control Panel and Radio Control Panel Equipment at City Shops ........................................................................................................................... ...........................18 -1 Bid Item No. 4 — Electrical Installation at West Hill Reservoir Radio Repeater .............18 -1 Bid Item No. 5 — West Hill Reservoir Radio Repeater Equipment ........ ...........................18 -2 IV J: \Data \REN \112 -022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. CITY OF RENTON 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades Table of Contents Bid Item No. 6 — Electrical Installation At Hazen Reservoir Radio Repeater .................18 -2 l�l Bid Item No. 7 — Hazen Reservoir Radio Repeater Equipment ............. ...........................18 -2 Bid Item No. 8 — Existing Lift Station Control Panel Modifications ..... ...........................18 -2 ��. Bid Item No. 9 — Indoor Duplex Lift Station Telemetry Control Panel Equipment .....18 -2 Bid Item No. 10 — Outdoor Duplex Lift Station Telemetry Control Panel Equipment 18 -2 !J v J:\ Data \REN \112- 022' \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specificarions.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM j� © 2012 RI-12 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 1- General submittals will be reviewed as promptly as possible, and transmitted to the Contractor not later than 20 working days after receipt by the Engineer. Delays caused by the need for re- submittal shall not be a basis for an extension of contract time or delay damages. Shop drawings and submittals shall contain the following information for all items: A. Shop or equipment drawings, dimensions, and weights B. Catalog information. C. Manufacturer's specifications. D. Special handling instructions. E. Maintenance requirements. F. Wiring and control diagrams. G. List of contract exceptions. By approving and submitting shop drawings and samples, the Contractor warrants that they have determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and have checked and coordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the work and of the contract documents. The Owner will pay the costs and provide review services for a first and second review of each submittal item. Additional reviews shall be paid by Contractor by withholding the appropriate amounts from each payment estimate. The Contractor is responsible for identifying the shop drawings and submittals required for this project. Items that are installed but have not been approved through the submittal process may be rejected and must be removed and replaced with an approved product. Specific submittal requirements are listed in each section of these specifications. Contractor shall keep a complete and up to date copy of all submittals and review responses at the job site readily available to the Engineer and Owner for inspection. 1.33.2 Substitutions Any product or construction method that does not meet these specifications will be considered a substitution. Substitutions must be approved prior to their installation or use on this project. 1.33.2.1 Prior to Bid Opening Before opening bids, the Owner may consider written requests from product suppliers or prime bidders for substitutions. All requests for substitution must be received by Owner and the Engineer a minimum of 7 working days prior to bid opening. Requests shall be accompanied by drawings and specifications in sufficient detail to allow the Owner to determine whether or not the substitute proposed is equal to that specified. All requests shall include a listing of any significant variations in material or methods from those specified. If there are no variations, a statement to that fact shall be included in the request for approval. The determination as to whether or not a proposed substitute is acceptable shall rest solely with the Owner. Approval of substitutions will be only by addendum. The bidder shall include, in the proposal, all costs for any modifications required to adopt the substitute. 1 -5 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RI-12 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 1- General 1.33.2.2 After Contract Execution Within 10 working days after the date of the contract, the Owner shall consider formal requests from the Contractor for a substitution of products in place of those specified. Submit two copies of each request for a substitution. Data shall include the necessary change in construction methods, including a detailed description of the proposed method and related drawings illustrating the methods. An itemized comparison of each proposed substitution with product or method specified shall be provided. In making a request for a substitution, the Contractor represents that they have investigated the proposed product or method and has determined that it is equal or superior to the product specified. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of accepted substitutions into the work, making changes that may be required for the work to be completed. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to substitutions. 1.40 QUALITY CONTROL 1.42 Reference Specifications Work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with applicable sections of the current Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Washington State Chapter, American Public Works Association, and Washington State Department of Transportation, hereafter referred to as the Standard Specifications. Certain other referenced standards used in this specification.are from the latest-editions of- IBC International Building Code • IPC International Plumbing Code • IMC International Mechanical Code • NEC National Electrical Code • AWWA American Water Works Association • ANSI American National Standards Institute • ASA American Standards Association • ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1.50 CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT 1.51 Temporary Utilities Sanitary facilities adequate for all workers shall comply with all codes and regulations. Temporary electrical power may be available at the existing facilities. The Contractor may use existing receptacles, when available, at the existing facilities for powering tools and equipment. 1 -6 J:\ Data \REN \112 -022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 1- General Make all arrangements for the required construction power. Power is available at some locations on the construction site. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing what is available and providing what is required. Upon completion of the project, remove all temporary construction power equipment, material and wiring from the site that is the property of the Contractor. 1.52 Temporary Facilities The Contractor shall be responsible for construction and location of all field offices, all necessary gates and barricades, fences, handrails, guard rails, and securities required by this contract, or by laws and regulations. There shall be shelters and dry facilities for the workers as required. The Contractor shall insure that all guards, marks, shields, protective clothing, rain gear, and other equipment .required by law, ordinance, labor contracts, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations, and other regulations for the maintenance of health and safety be supplied. First aid kits and equipment as required by law shall also be supplied. 1.59 Site Control The Contractor shall not perform work activities, store materials or equipment, move equipment through, or disturb in any way the areas outside the project site fence limits unless approved by the Owner in writing. 1.70 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 1.75 Testing, Startup and Operation 1.75.1 Schedule The placing of all improvements in service shall consist of three parts: "testing ", "startup ", and "operation ". Not less than 10 working days before the anticipated time for beginning the testing, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, a complete plan for the following: • Schedules for tests • Detail schedule of procedures for startup • Complete schedule of events to be accomplished during testing • An outline of work remaining under the contract that will be carried out concurrently with the operation phases The Contractor shall conduct all testing and startup. Testing and startup shall not be a cause for claims for delay by the Contractor and all expenses for testing and startup shall be incidental to this contract. The Contractor shall make arrangements for all materials, supplies, and labor necessary to efficiently complete the testing, startup, and operation. 1.75.2 Testing The Contractor may periodically request preliminary testing for items that must be covered or tested before other work can proceed. In these cases, the work shall not be tested or 1 -7 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53. PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 1 - General covered up without timely notice to the Owner of its readiness for testing. Should any work be covered up without notice, approval, or consent, it must, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. Where work is to be tested, all necessary equipment shall be set up and the work given a preliminary test so that any and all defects may be discovered and repaired prior to calling.out the Owner for the test. Final testing shall consist of individual tests and checks made on equipment intended to provide proof of performance of unit and proper . operation of unit control together with necessary tests to show system operation. Assure proper alignment, size, condition, capability, strength, proper adjustment, lubrication, pressure, hydraulic test, leakage test, and all other tests deemed necessary by the Engineer to determine that all materials and equipment are of specified quality, properly situated, anchored, and in all respects, ready for use. Any certificates required by these specifications by the manufacturer's representatives shall be supplied to the Engineer prior to startup. All equipment shall be tested as required by specifications and applicable codes. During testing, the Contractor shall correct any defective work discovered. Startup shall not begin until all tests required by these specifications have been completed and approved by the Owner. 1.75.3 Scheduling of Owner /Engineer Review for Testing The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 2 complete working days prior notification to the Engineer where witnessed testing or startup is required. The Contractor shall provide further notification within 2 working hours of the scheduled test to the Engineer-confirming that the Contractor has successfully completed all preliminary testing and that .all equipment, tools, materials, labor, subcontractors, manufacturer's representatives, and all other items required for witnessed testing are available and fully functional. Failure to provide advance notification and confirmation, or meet any of the testing requirements shall constitute a failed test in accordance with the section In pection and Tests of the General Conditions. A detailed testing schedule shall be provided by the Contractor and updated as needed to be at least 48 hours ahead of actual testing at the project site. If testing requires downtime in order to perform repairs due to failed test, the Contractor shall pay the Owner in the amount of $150 per hour per Engineer or Owner Representative on site (minimum of $300 per scheduled visit) for downtime lasting longer than 1 hour required to complete repairs to verify the complete construction is ready for startup and operation. This amount will be deducted from the appropriate bid item that relates to the finished construction and documented by the Owner or Engineer at their discretion. The Contractor is required to have all systems pre- tested to their satisfaction prior to calling the Owner and Engineer for formal testing. 1.75.6 Electrical and Control Systems Testing See Division 16.95 for electrical system testing. See Division 17.90 for automatic control system testing 1 -8 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 1- General The following is a list of components that shall be tested prior to project completion. This list is intended as a general guide and is not necessarily complete: • Radio communication system • Radio and control panel hardware • Master telemetry panel both in factory and in field • Radio control panels both in factory and in field • Duplex lift station telemetry panels in the factory • All wiring and cable connections between equipment 1.75.30 Startup See Division 17.92 for control system startup. Startup shall consist of a simulated operation of all equipment and controls. The purpose of startup shall be to check that all equipment will function under operating conditions, that all interlocking controls and sequences are properly set, and that the facility will function as an operating unit. Technically qualified factory representatives shall be present for the startup phase. All Representatives shall be trained, qualified, and have experience in troubleshooting and fixing field issues. The startup shall continue until it is demonstrated that all functions, controls, .and machinery are functioning correctly. Authorized factory representatives shall be provided for the following items: Telemetry and radio equipment 1.77 Cleaning 1.77.2 Site and Facility Cleanup Clean up debris and unused material, and remove from the site and any buildings. Buildings shall be broom clean and all foreign damage or markings removed or repaired. Equipment shall be washed clean using appropriate methods. 1.79 Training and Documentation Failure to provide acceptable final documentation including O &M manuals and as -built drawings will result in non - payment of the appropriate bid item in the schedule of prices. The Contractor shall remove all tags and instructions that come packaged with or attached to equipment used on the project. Deliver all such documents to the Engineer bound in a three ring binder or with the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Insert documents in sleeves if they cannot be punched. 1.79.1 Training See Division 17.93 for automatic control systems training. 1 -9 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 1 - General At the time that the facility is ready to be put into operation, the Contractor is to conduct an operation and maintenance training meeting with the Owner to explain in detail the operation and maintenance requirements of each of the facility's components. The training meeting shall not occur on the same date(s) as a startup. Operation of the facility shall commence immediately after completion of testing, startup, and owner training and after satisfactory repairs and adjustments have been made. 1.79.2 Operation and Maintenance Manuals See also Division 17.94 for additional requirements for automatic control systems manuals. Prior to the receipt of payment for more than 90 percent of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer 3 sets of acceptable manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions covering telemetry, controls, and electrical equipment and systems installed on the Project requiring operational and /or maintenance procedures and for any additional items indicated by the Engineer. Each set of instructions shall be bound into multiple volumes; each volume to be complete with an index and bound in a suitable, hard - covered binder. Binders shall be of hard back construction with full length metal hinge. Capacity shall be 3" to 5" as appropriate for the quantity of O &M documentation. More than one binder may be required for large projects. Binders shall be equal to Wilson Jones WLJ344 series or WLJ369 series or Specialty Loose Leaf models 87784, 98085, 98086, or 98984. Manuals shall be assembled and indexed so that information on each piece of equipment can be readily found. The operating and maintenance instructions shall include, as a minimum, the following data for each item of electrical equipment: Products A. Equipment Identification including brand name, model number and serial numbers. B. Date of manufacture and date of installation on job site. C. Complete as -built elementary wiring and one -line diagrams. D. Complete parts list, by generic title and identification number, complete with exploded views of each assembly. Maintenance A. Recommended spare parts. B. Name, location, and telephone number of the nearest suppliers and spare parts warehouses. C. All manufacturers' warranties. Include name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer's representative to be contacted for warranty, parts, or service information, Operation A. Recommended trouble- shooting and startup procedures. B. Recommended step -by -step operating procedures. 1 -10 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 1- General C. Equipment specifications and guaranteed performance data. D. General manuals which describe several items not in the contract will not be accepted unless all references to irrelevant equipment are neatly eradicated or blocked out. All O &M manuals shall be provided in hard copy. A duplicate CD copy shall be provided but shall not substitute a hard copy unless approved by the Owner. Progress payments for the total contract work in excess of 90 percent completion may not be made until the operation and maintenance manual has been delivered and approved by the Engineer, at the discretion of the Owner. The Contractor shall secure and deliver to the Owner all equipment warranties and other warranties and guarantees required for all equipment and processes. Delivery shall be done at one time covering all major and minor equipment warranties. Copies of the warranties shall be included in each O & M Manual. See Division 1.15 for details regarding required warranties for specific components. 1.79.3 As -Built Drawings Prior to receiving final payment for the work, the Contractor shall deliver a complete set of acceptable "As- Constructed" records to the Owner. Plans shall be made on clean, unmarked prints for this project in accordance with the following standards: • yellow markings or highlights = deleted items • red markings = new or modified items The Contractor shall provide "as- built" information on all items and work shown on the plans showing details of the finished product including dimensions, locations, outlines, changes, manufacturers, etc. The information must be in sufficient detail to allow the Owner's personnel to locate, maintain, and operate the finished product and its various components. See also electrical plan requirements in Division 16.05. 1 -11 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical SpeciScations.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 2 Sitework Not Used 2 -1 J: \Data \REN \112 -022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specificadons.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RI-12 Engineering, Inc. Division 3 Concrete Not Used 3 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry- Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 4 Masonry Not Used 4 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 5 Fabricated Metalwork and Structural Plastics Not Used 5 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry- Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 6 Carpentry Not Used 6 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection Not Used 7 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemeuy - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH.2 Engineering, Inc. Division 8 Openings Not Used s -1 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specificadons.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 9 Finishes Not Used 9 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 10 Specialties Not Used 10 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 11 Equipment Not Used 11 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specificadons.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 12 Furnishings Not Used 12 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 13 Special Construction Not Used 13 -1 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical SpeciScations.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 14 Conveying Systems Not Used 14 -1 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 15 Mechanical Not Used 15 -1 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 16 Electrical 16.00 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing electrical equipment required for this project. Items not covered shall be suitable for their particular application. Sections in these specifications titled "Common Work for . .." shall apply to all following sections whether directly referenced or not. 16.05 Common Work for Electrical Part 1- General Summary Plans are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangements of systems and equipment, except when specifically dimensioned or detailed. The intention of the plans is to show size, capacity, approximated location, direction and general relationship of one work phase to another, but not exact detail or arrangement. Permits and Fees The Contractor shall coordinate and provide all permits, licenses, approvals, inspections by the authority having jurisdiction and other arrangements for work on this project and all fees shall be paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall include these fees in the bid price.. Related Sections See the following sections for items that may be provided and /or installed with other electrical equipment. • Division 17 References Provide all electrical work in accordance with latest edition of National Electrical Code, National Electrical Safety Code, Washington State Electrical Code, and local ordinances. If any conflict occurs between government adopted code rules and these specifications, the codes are to govern. All electrical products shall bear a label from a certified testing laboratory recognized by the State of Washington. Recognized labels in the State of Washington are UL, ETL, and CSA -US. Definitions • Dry Locations: All those indoor areas which do not fall within the definitions below for wet, damp, or corrosive locations and which are not otherwise designated on the Plans. • Wet Locations: All locations exposed to the weather, whether under a roof or not, unless otherwise designated on the Plans. • Damp Locations: All spaces wholly or partially underground, or having a wall or ceiling forming part of a channel or tank unless otherwise designated on the Plans. 16 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM. 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 16 - Electrical Submittals Provide submittals of each item specified in this division to engineer for approval in accordance with the submittals' sections of these specifications. Submittals for motor control centers, motor control panels, control panels, instrumentation panels, and pump control panels shall include as a minimum a wiring diagram or connection schematic and an interconnection diagram. Wiring Diagram or Connection Schematic This plan or plans shall include all of the devices in a system and show their physical relationship to each other including terminals and interconnecting wiring in assembly. This diagram shall be in a form showing interconnecting wiring only by terminal designations (wireless diagram). Interconnection Diagram This diagram shall show all external connections between terminals of equipment and outside points, such as motors and auxiliary devices. References shall be shown to all connection diagrams which interface to the interconnection diagrams. Interconnection diagrams shall be of the continuous line type. Bundled wires shall be shown on a single line with the direction of entry /exit of the individual wires clearly shown. All devices and equipment shall be identified. Terminal blocks shall be shown as actually installed and identified in the equipment complete with individual terminal identification. All jumpers, shielding and grounding termination details not shown on the equipment connection diagrams shall be .shown on the interconnection diagrams. Spare wires and cables shall be shown. Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Conduit and Fittings • Wire and Cables • Boxes and Enclosures • Other Electrical Components listed in this division and /or required by the Engineer. Project Conditions Contractor shall keep all power shutdown periods to a minimum. Carry out shutdowns only after a shutdown schedule has been submitted and approved by the Owner. Construction Power: See Division 1.51 Part 2 - Products Source Quality Control Do not use equipment exceeding dimensions indicated or equipment or arrangements that reduce required clearances or exceed specified maximum dimensions unless approved by the Engineer. Identification of Listed Products 16 -2 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical SpeciScations.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of, Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 16 - Electrical Electrical equipment and materials shall be listed for the purpose for which they are to be used, by an independent testing laboratory. When a product is not available with a testing laboratory listing for the purpose for which it is to serve, the inspection authority may require the product to undergo a special inspection at.the manufacturer's place of assembly. All costs and expenses incurred for such inspections shall be included in the original contract price. Materials Use equipment, materials and wiring methods suitable for the types of locations in which they will be located, as defined in Definitions above. Components Fasteners for securing equipment to walls, floors and the like shall be either hot -dip galvanized after fabrication or stainless steel. Provide stainless steel fasteners in Corrosive locations. When fastening to existing walls, floors, and the like, provide capsule anchors, not expansion shields. Size capsule anchors to meet load requirements. Minimum size capsule anchor bolt is 3/8 -inch. Unless otherwise noted, provide enclosures as follows: • Class 1, Division 1 &2 Locations: NEMA Type 7 • Indoors unclassified Locations: NEMA Type 12 • Outdoors and /or Wet Locations: NEMA Type 4X • Electrical rooms: NEMA Type 1 Accessories Wire Identification Identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pull box using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as approved by the Engineer. Identify each wire or cable in each pull box with plastic sleeves having permanent markings. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Finishes Refer to each electrical equipment section of these Specifications for painting requirements of equipment enclosures. Part 3 - Execution Installation 16 -3 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 16 - Electrical Install all materials in accordance with electrical code, UL listing requirements and manufacturer's instructions. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations. Perform any required work to correct improperly fit installations at no additional expense to the Owner. Provide the required inserts, bolts and anchors, and securely attach all equipment and materials to their supports. Install all floor - mounted equipment on 3-1/2-inch high reinforced concrete pads. Cutting, Drilling and Welding: Provide any cutting, drilling, and welding that is required for the electrical construction work. Structural members shall not be cut or drilled, except when approved by the Engineer. Use a core drill wherever it is necessary to drill through concrete or masonry. Perform patch work with the same materials as the surrounding area and finish to match. Metal Panels: Mount all metal panels, which are mounted on, or abutting concrete walls in damp locations or any outside walls '/a -inch from the wall, and paint the back side of the panels with a high build epoxy primer with the exception of stainless steel panels. Film thickness shall be 10 mils minimum. Maintenance: Install all equipment and junction boxes to permit easy access for normal maintenance. Interconnections: Provide all interconnection wiring between work provided in other divisions and work provided in this .division-. All equipment to be completely wired and fully operational upon completion of the project. Equipment Protection: Exercise care at all times after installation of equipment, motor control centers, control panels, etc., to keep out foreign matter, dust debris, and moisture. Use protective sheet metal covers, canvas, heat lamps, etc., as needed to ensure equipment protection. Field Quality Control Minor Deviations The electrical plans are diagrammatic in nature and the location of devices, fixtures and equipment is approximate unless dimensioned. On the basis of this, the right is reserved by the owner to provide for minor adjustments and deviations from the locations shown on the Plans without any extra cost. Deviations from the Plans and /or specifications required by code shall also be done, subsequent to Owner's approval, without extra cost. Plans indicate the general location and number of the electrical equipment items. When raceway, boxes, and ground connections are shown, they are shown diagrammatically only and indicate the general character and approximate location. Layout does not necessarily show the total number of raceways or boxes for the circuits required. Furnish, install, and place in satisfactory condition all raceways, boxes, conductors and connections, and all of the materials required for the electrical systems shown or noted in the contract documents complete, fully operational, and fully tested upon the completion of the project. Record Plans 16-4. J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 16 Electrical The Contractor shall maintain a complete and accurate record set of Plans for the electrical construction work. Continually record actual electrical system(s) installation on a set of prints kept readily available at the project during construction for this purpose alone. Accurately locate all raceways and circuit number of each equipment item. At the completion of the work, furnish a set of clean, neat, and accurate record plans on paper which shows raceway type, routing, and conductors for every outlet and every circuit. After testing and acceptance of the project the Contractor shall furnish in the O &M manuals an accurate connection schematic and interconnection diagram for every instrumentation panel provided this project. Cleanup Cleaning Equipment: Thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment and materials upon completion of the project. Clean out and vacuum all construction debris from the bottom of all equipment enclosures. Painting: Repaint any electrical equipment or materials scratched or marred in shipment or installation, using paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. Cleanup: Upon completion of the electrical work, remove all surplus materials, rubbish, and debris that accumulated during the construction work. Leave the entire area neat, clean and acceptable to the Engineer. 16.15 ELECTRICAL GROUNDING 16.15.1 Common Work for Electrical Grounding Part 1 - General References Service and equipment grounding shall be per Article 250 of the National Electrical Code. Performance Requirements Verify that a low- resistance ground path is provided for all circuits so an accidental contact to ground of any live conductor will instantly trip the circuit. 16.30 PANEL COMPONENTS 16.31.10 Indicating Pilot Lights Division 17.25.2 16.32 Panel Switches 16.32.2 Selector Switch Division 17.24.2 16.32.5 Pushbuttons Division 17.24.3 16 -5 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division. 16 - Electrical 16.33 Panel Relays Division 17.24.4 16.35 Other Panel Components 16.35.5 Terminal Blocks Part 2 — Products Manufactured Units Terminal blocks shall be one - piece, molded, plastic blocks with screw -type terminals and barriers rated for 600 volts. Terminals shall be double -sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the protection cover removed. Part 3 — Execution Installation All wires between panel- mounted equipment and other equipment shall be terminated at terminal blocks. Switches shall be terminated at the terminal blocks with crimp -type, pre - insulated, ring- tongue lugs. Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for their terminal block screws and for the number and size of the wires terminated. All wires shall be labeled with the circuit number and common function. 16.60 CONDUCTORS 16.61 Low Voltage Wire and Cable Part 1 - General Design Requirements This section is for power and control conductors for 600 volts or less. All conductors shall be copper. Wire or cable not shown on the Plans or specified, but required, shall be of the type and size required for the application and in conformance with the applicable code. Part 2 - Products Materials Conductors • Solid copper wires shall be 600 volt Type THWN, sizes #12 and #10 AWG only. • Stranded copper wire shall be 600 volt Type THWN, Class B stranding, sizes #14 AWG, #12 AWG, and #10 AWG only. • Stranded copper wire shall be 600 volt Type XHHW or RHW, Class B stranding, sizes #8 AWG and larger. 16 -6 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 16 - Electrical • Control cable (CC) shall be 90 °C, 600 volt, UL listed multiconductor tray cable, Type TC. Individual conductors shall be #14 AWG, unless otherwise noted. CC shall have 15 mils PVC insulation and 4 mils nylon over individual conductors; outer jacket shall be 45 mils thickness for up to 7 conductor cables and 60 mils for 9 through 19 conductor cables. Control cables shall be Dekoron Type IC99; Alpha Type TC or equal. Splices • For Lighting Systems and Power Outlets: Wire nuts shall be twist -on type insulated connectors utilizing an outer insulating cover and a means for connecting and holding the conductors firmly. • All Equipment: Crimp type connectors shall be insulated type, suitable for the size and material of the wires and the number of wires to be spliced and for use with either solid or stranded conductors. • Division 16 Equipment and Power Conductors: Bolted pressure connectors shall be suitable for the size and material of the conductors to be spliced. • All Equipment: Epoxy splice kits shall include epoxy resin, hardener, mold, and shall be suitable for use in wet and hazardous locations. Terminations • Crimp type terminals shall be self - insulating sleeve type, with ring or rectangular type tongue, suitable for the size and material of the wire to be terminated, and for use with either solid or stranded conductors. • Terminal lugs shall be split bolt or bolted split sleeve type in which the -bolt or -set screw does not bear directly on the conductor. • Wire Markers shall be plastic sleeve type. Wire numbers shall be permanently imprinted on the markers. Finishes Color Coding: Provide color coding for all circuit conductors. Insulation color shall be white for neutrals and green for grounding conductors. An isolated ground conductor shall be identified with an orange tracer in the green body. Ungrounded conductor colors shall be as follows: • 120/208 Volt, 3 Phase: Red, black and blue. • 277/480 Volt, 3 Phase: Yellow, brown and orange. • 120/240 Volt, 1 Phase: Red and black. Part 3 — Execution Installation Conductor Splices • Splices: Install all conductors without splices unless necessary for installation, as determined by the Engineer. Splices when permitted and terminations shall be in 16 -7 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 16 - Electrical accordance with the splice or termination kit manufacturer's instructions. Splice or terminate wire and cable as follows: • Watertight Splices: Splices in concrete pullboxes, for any type of cable or wire, shall be watertight. Make splices in low voltage cables using epoxy resin splicing kits rated for application up to 600 volts. Conductor Identification • Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule as favorably by the Engineer. • Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Testing Insulation Resistance Tests: For all circuits 150 volts to ground or more and for all motors circuits over '/2 horsepower, test cables per NETA Paragraph 7.3.1. The insulation resistance shall be 20 megohms or more. Submit results to Engineer for review. 16.70 CONDUIT, RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 16.71 Raceways Part 1— General Design Requirements Conduit sizes not noted on Plans shall be in accordance with N.E.C. requirements for the quantities and sizes of wire installed therein. Part 2 — Products Components Conduit and Fittings • Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS): Rigid conduit shall be steel, hot dipped galvanized inside and out. The GRS must meet USA Standards Institute C80 -1 Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL6, and carry a UL label. Use cast threaded hub fittings and junction boxes for all rigid conduit except in locations not permitted by the N.E.0 . Conduit & Cable Supports 16 -8 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 16 Electrical • Conduit Supports: Hot dipped galvanized framing channel shall be used to support groups of conduit. Individual conduit supports shall be one -hole galvanized malleable iron pipe straps used with galvanized clamp backs and nesting backs where required. • Ceiling Hangers: Ceiling hangers shall be adjustable galvanized carbon steel rod hangers. Unless otherwise specified, hanger rods shall be t/2 -inch all- thread rod and shall meet ASTM A193. Hanger rods in corrosive areas and those exposed to weather or moisture shall be stainless steel. • Racks: Racks shall be constructed from framing channel. Galvanized channels and hanger rods shall be steel, hot dipped galvanized. Channels attached directly to structural surfaces shall be 14 gauge minimum thickness, 1 -5/8 -inch deep. Channel section shall be sufficient to limit deflection to 1/360 of span. Framing channels on all exterior areas and in corrosive areas shall be aluminum, stainless steel, or fiberglass. All hardware shall be stainless steel. Channel section shall be sufficient to limit deflection to 1/360 of span. Framing channel shall be manufactured by Unistrut or equal. Conduit Sealants • Moisture Barrier Types: Sealant shall be a non - toxic, non - shrink, non - hardening, putty type hand applied material providing an effective barrier under submerged conditions. • Fire Retardant Types: Fire stop material shall be a reusable, non - toxic, asbestos -free, expanding, putty type material with a 3 -hour rating in accordance with UL 1479. Provide products indicated by the manufacturer to be suitable for the type and size of penetration. Part 3 - Installation Schedule • Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS) conduit shall be used in all locations unless noted otherwise below or on the Plans. Installation • All conduit shall be surface mounted to the walls. • Conduit routing is shown diagrammatic on the Plans. Contractor is responsible for routing the conduits in a neat manner, parallel and perpendicular to walls and ceilings. • Securely fasten raceways at intervals and locations required by N.E.C., or the type of raceway employed. • Location of conduit ends are shown approximately. Contractor is responsible for ending conduits in location that will not conflict with electrical equipment. Route conduit ends to facilitate ease of equipment maintenance. Conduits extending from the floor to a device shall be located as close as possible to avoid creating a hazard. • Do not install one (1) inch and larger raceways in or through structural members (beams, slabs, etc.) unless approved by Engineer. • All raceways shall contain a separate grounding conductor. 16 -9 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 16 - Electrical • Analog signal conduits shall. be separated from power or control conduits. The separation shall be a minimum of 1.2- inches for metallic conduits and 24- inches for nonmetallic conduits. 16.72 BoxEs AND ENCLOSURES 16.72.2 Outlet and Junction Boxes Part 1— General Design Requirements In corrosive areas, all junction boxes shall be NEMA 4X. Outlet boxes and switch boxes shall be designed for mounting flush wiring devices. Outlet boxes shall not be less than 4" square and 1 1/2" deep. Ceiling boxes shall withstand a vertical force of 200 pounds for 5 minutes. Wall boxes shall withstand a vertical downward force of 50 pounds for 5 minutes. Part 2 — Products Materials Use cast boxes with threaded hubs for all rigid and intermediate conduits. Steel boxes may be used with rigid and intermediate conduits where cast boxes are not allowed by the N.E.C. All boxes shall be of- proper size to accommodate devices, connectors, and number of wires present in -the -box. Boxes shall be readily accessible. Cast box bodies and cover shall be cast or malleable iron with a minimum wall thickness of 1/8" at every point, and not less than 1/4" at tapped holes for rigid conduit. Bosses are not acceptable. Mounting lugs shall be provided at the back or bottom corners of the body. Covers shall be secured to the box body with No. 6 or larger brass or bronze flathead screws. Boxes shall be provided with neoprene cover gaskets. Outlet boxes shall be of the FS types. Boxes shall conform to FS W- C -586C and UL 514. Sheet metal boxes shall conform to UL 50, with a hot - dipped galvanized finish conforming to ASTM A123. Boxes and box extension rings shall be provided with knockouts. Boxes shall be formed in one piece from carbon -steel sheets. Non - metallic boxes shall be hot - compressed fiberglass, one - piece, molded with reinforcing of polyester material, with a minimum wall thickness of 1/8 ". Finishes Where only cast aluminum is available for certain types of fixture boxes, an epoxy finish shall be provided. 16.72.3 Watertight Enclosures Part 2 — Products Manufacturers The watertight enclosure shall be equal to Hoffman. 16 -10 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 16 - Electrical Materials Watertight enclosures for vault electrical outlets shall be molded from fiberglass reinforced polyester material. A hinged cover shall be gasketed and• opened with quick release latches. The conduit penetrations shall be sealed watertight. Part 3 — Execution Installation An epoxy plug shall be installed in the conduit to prevent the migration of water into the conduit. The enclosure shall be NEMA rated and installed per all applicable codes. 16.95 TESTING 16.95.1 Common Work for Testing Part 1- General Submittals Test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final acceptance in accordance with Division 1.33 of these specifications. Scheduling and Coordination The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in advance of testing in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1 of these specifications. Prior to scheduling the testing, the Contractor shall have satisfied himself that the project area is properly cleaned up; all patching and painting deemed necessary properly completed; and all systems, equipment and controls are functioning as intended. Part 2 - Products Source Quality Control Submit reports of factory tests and adjustments performed by equipment manufacturers to the Engineer prior to field testing and adjustment of equipment. These reports shall identify the equipment and show dates, results of test, measured values and final adjustment settings. Provide factory tests and adjustments for equipment where factory tests are specified in the equipment specifications. The Engineer may inspect the fabricated equipment at the factory before shipment to job site. Provide the Engineer with sufficient prior notice so that an inspection can be arranged at the factory. Part 3 — Execution Site Testing • Test all circuits for continuity, freedom from ground, and proper operation during progress of the work. • Insulation Resistance, Continuity, and Rotation: Perform routine insulation resistance, continuity and rotation tests for all distribution and utilization equipment prior and in addition to tests performed by the testing laboratory specified herein. 16 -11 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 16 - Electrical Field Quality Control • General: Conduct final test in the presence of Owner and /or their authorized representative. Contractor shall provide all testing instrumentation, and labor required to demonstrate satisfactory operation of systems, equipment and controls. • Operational Tests: Operational test all circuits to demonstrate that the circuits and equipment have been properly installed, adjusted and are ready for full-time service. Demonstrate the proper functioning of circuits in all modes of operation, and including alarm conditions, and demonstrate satisfactory interfacing with the data acquisition and alarm systems. 16 -12 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 17 Automatic Control 17.00 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing radio and programmable logic controller based SCADA equipment and additions to a stand -alone computer -based telemetry, control, and data logging system. Computer -based telemetry system will provide remote control, alarm presentation, and data logging activities at the Owner's headquarters location. Sections in these specifications titled "Common ilork for ..." shall apply to all following related subsections whether directly referenced or not. These specifications are an integral part of the contract documents for the Instrumentation/ Control and Telemetry portion of this contract. The written descriptions of system performance contained herein are given to assist the Contractor in interpreting the contract plans but are not intended to be all- inclusive. The Contractor shall be aware that all automatic control systems do not require the same components and accessories for complete system operation. Therefore, these specifications do not include all accessories and appurtenances required for a complete system. The Contractor shall, however, provide all accessories and appurtenances to result in a completely operational system as required to meet the functional requirements of these documents. Where specific equipment specifications are given, they are used to represent the level of quality required by these documents. 17.05 Common Work for Automatic Control Part 1 - General Summary The work under this division covers construction specifically described in these specifications. Project plans will be provided for this project. All work incidental and necessary to the completion of the project described herein shall be completed under the bid item listed in the bid proposal, and no other compensation will be allowed. The work generally consists of the following: • Detailed system layout and design for the particular equipment bid in accordance with these functional specifications. • Furnishing of Instrumentation/ Control equipment including delivery, storage, software, programming, installation, testing, startup, and documentation. • Providing operator maintenance manuals for all equipment and devices provided this Contract. • Providing system training to the operators of the proposed equipment. Related Sections See Division 16 17 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry- Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control References The project plans are based on Instrument Society of America (ISA) standards numbers S5.1, S5.2, S5.3, and S5.3. The Contractor is encouraged to be familiar with these standards since the project plans do not contain wiring or ladder diagrams, but are based on the functional requirements of the ISA format. All equipment and materials shall conform to the latest revised editions of applicable standards published by the following organizations: • American National Standards Institute (ANSI). • Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). • National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). • Underwriters' Laboratories (U /L). • Instrument Society of America (ISA) All equipment and materials, and the design, construction, installation, and application thereof shall comply with all applicable provisions of the National Electrical Code (NEC), the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), and any applicable Federal, State, and local ordinances, rules and regulations. All materials and equipment specified herein shall be within the scope of UL examination services, be approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. All control panels shall bear a label by UL or by an approved testing authority for the completed assembled panel. Definitions Contractor: A single company who shall bear the overall responsibility for the provision and installation of all automatic control equipment and instrumentation and provide all the additional materials and work necessary and thereby, satisfy all requirements that are within the scope of this section. The Contractor shall either be the Electrical Contractor or the Panel Shop. Electrical Contractor: A single company who shall install the panels, and other materials furnished by the Panel Shop and provide all the additional materials and work necessary and thereby, satisfy all requirements that are within the scope of this section. Panes A single company, as distinct from the System Integrator, who shall design and furnish the system, provide the instrument panels; provide the PLC's, RTU's, installation assistance, startup, training services, and other instrument components. System Integrator /Programmer: A single firm, pre - selected and Contracted by the Owner, who shall furnish all programming, startup and training services related to the software development. The System Integrator shall be RH2 Engineering. Submittals All submittals shall be complete, neat, orderly and indexed. Partial submittals will not be accepted. Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Master Telemetry Control Panel 17 -2 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control • Radio Control Panels • Duplex Lift Station Telemetry Control Panels • Radio Antenna and Hardware • Radio Antenna Cables • Operation and Maintenance Manuals Per Div 17.94 • Full size nameplate wording schedules, in lettering style proposed for use. • Any components that are defined "as equal" shall require submittals to be provided and approved. In addition to the requirements of Division 1.33, the Contractor shall develop and submit the following information provided by the Panel Shop. Hardware Submittals Before any components are fabricated, and /or integrated into assemblies, or shipped to the site, the Contractor shall prepare a complete hardware submittal. The Engineer shall require five (5) sets, including fully detailed shop drawing, catalog cuts, wiring connections and such other descriptive matter and documentation as may be required to fully describe the equipment and to demonstrate its conformity to these Specifications. The decision of the Engineer, upon the acceptability of any submittal, shall be final. Catalog information shall be submitted for all components and equipment, regardless of whether or not it is of the same manufacture as that listed in the Specifications. System Plan Submittals Following approval of the hardware submittal, the Contractor shall prepare complete system interconnect wiring diagrams and panel layout plans for approval. As -built Plans A full set of as built plans shall be provided to the Owner upon competition of the project. Warranty In addition to any other warranties required by the specifications, the entire PLC system will be warranted against defects in materials, workmanship and software functions for a period of one calendar year following the successful completion of the Field Acceptance Test (FAT). The Contractor or designated service organization will be available on 24 -hour notice to correct any system problems without charge to the Owner during the warranty period. In addition, the Contractor will provide four 2 -day site visits during the warranty period to perform inspection and calibration of the equipment or other work at the request of the Owner. Extra Materials The Contractor shall supply sufficient spare parts, components and assemblies to replace any defective or malfunctioning control component provided in this system. Control components are considered any device or combination of devices without which normal automatic control as outlined in this specification cannot be accomplished, and includes: 17 -3 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control 1. One (1) box of each fuse type . provided on this project.. If ten (10) or more of a fuse type is provided for the project then two (2) spare boxes shall be provided. 2. One (1) spare circuit breaker of each rating type provided on this project. 3. One (1) spare relay of each type of relay provided on this project. 4. One (1) spare Compactlogix 5370 L1 PLC. 5. One (1) spare 8 -Pt Digital input module, 1734 -I138D. 6. One (1) spare 4 -Pt Analog input module, 1734 -IE4C. 7. One (1) spare 2 -Pt Analog input module, 1734 -IE2C. S. One (1) operator interface touchscreen 9. One (1) 24 VDC power supply, 24 VDC UPS, 12 VDC battery, and 24 VDC to 24 VDC converter. 10. One (1) spare radio. 11. One (1) spare Ethernet switch. 12. One (1) spare Digi One IAP protocol converter. Spare part components shall be packaged for at ease of field installation by non - trained personnel, so that no soldering or special skills are required for installation. All spare parts shall be delivered in a hinged plastic box that is purposefully made for this contract. The box shall have a parts list permanently attached to the inside lid which lists all parts and refers to them by numbered code visible on the outside of the package. Fragile components shall be adequately protected with cut foam. Electronic components shall be wrapped in ultra- violet inhibiting file. The exterior of the box shall be labeled "Telemetry Spare Parts - Sewer Department." Provide the box with lifting handles. Part 2 — Products Components These Specifications list major control components required to provide a complete automatic process control system. All instrument functions specified on this list shall be provided by the Contractor. Any additional instruments required to complete the instrument loops because of certain characteristics of the particular equipment selected by the Contractor shall be provided. Such additional instruments shall be provided and included in the original contract price even though not specified in the instrument index or on the plans. Accessories Provide all accessories required to furnish a complete control system that meets the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. Source Quality Control Material shall be new, free from defects, and of the quality specified. All equipment and materials utilized in the system shall be the products of manufacturers with at least five (5) years experience in the manufacture of similar equipment. Similar items in the system shall 17 -4 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control be the products of the same Manufacturer. All equipment shall be of industrial grade and of standard construction, shall be capable of long, reliable, trouble -free service, and shall be specifically intended for control and monitoring of operation of motor - driven pumps and equipment. All equipment shall be of modular design to facilitate interchangeability of parts and to assure ease of servicing. Part 3 - Execution Installers Installation shall be performed by the workers who are skilled and experienced in the installation of electrical instrumentation and control systems. Installation Installation and testing procedures shall be as specified in these and subsequent sections of this division. The control system shall be installed in accordance with the installation plans and instructions prepared by the Contractor. Installation shall include all elements and components of control system and all conduit and interconnecting wiring between all elements, components, and sensors. Equipment shall be located so that it is readily accessible for operation and maintenance. Field Equipment Equipment shall be provided as specified on the plans such that ports and adjustments are accessible for in -place testing and calibration. Where possible, equipment shall be located between 48 inches and 60 inches, unless specified otherwise on the Plans, above the floor or a permanent work platform. Instrumentation equipment shall be mounted for unobstructed access, but mounting shall not obstruct walkways. Equipment shall be mounted where shock or vibration will not impair its operation. Support systems shall not be attached to handrails, process piping or mechanical equipment except for measuring elements and valve positioners. Instruments and cabinets supported directly by concrete or concrete block walls shall be spaced out not less than 5/8 inch by framing channel between instrument and wall. Steel used for support of equipment shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Support systems including panels shall be designed to prevent deformation greater than 1/8 inch under the attached equipment load and an external load of 200 pounds in any direction. Electrical Power Connection Electric power wiring and equipment shall be in compliance with Division 16. Power disconnect switches shall be provided within sight of equipment and shall be labeled to indicate opened and closed positions and specific equipment served. "Within sight of 'is is defined as having a clear unobstructed view from the equipment served and within 50 feet of the equipment served. Disconnect switches shall be mounted between 36 inches and 72 inches above the floor or permanent work platform. Where equipment location 17 -5 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control is such that the above requirements cannot be met by a single disconnect switch, two switches, one at the equipment and one at the work platform, shall be provided. Signal Connection Electrical signal connections to equipment shall be made on terminal blocks or by locking plug and receptacle assemblies. Jacketed flexible conduit shall be used between equipment and rigid raceway systems except that flexible cable assemblies may be used where plug and receptacle assemblies are provided and the installation is not subject to mechanical damage in normal use. The length of flexible conduit or cord assemblies shall not exceed 2 feet. Flexible cable, receptacle and plug assemblies shall be used only where specified. 17.06 Contractor Part 1- General Division of Responsibility All instrumentation and industrial electronic systems shall be provided under the supervision of a single Contractor, which is regularly engaged in the design and installation of such systems of similar scope and complexity. The assignment of a Contractor that is an equipment supplier shall not be acceptable. Contractor's Responsibili ty The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the final design and assembly of the entire control system. Responsibilities include: • Provision of, and the detailed design of, custom control panels. The plans show general layout of the control panels. The Contractor shall provide detailed scaled design of all components on and in the control panels and determine specific requirements. • The design of all interconnecting wiring of control equipment including remote control panels, packaged equipment panels, mechanical equipment with control components, etc. • Testing of the control panels in the panel fabricators shop. • Coordinate with the Electrical Contractor for specific requirements and locations of raceway penetrations and field wiring in control panels. • The Contractor shall supply the Electrical Contractor with all necessary detailed installation plans and /or written instruction for installation of all control components and sensing devices for proper system operation. • Coordinate with the MTU and HMI program developers who have been selected by the Owner and are under separate contract with the Owner, to allow in -shop testing of the programming of all control devices and to execute the functions of the software. • Develop an assembly and testing schedule, with the program developers to allow for testing of all proposed MTU programs in the panel fabricators shop. 17 -6 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control • Provide installation assistance, startup and training services. Electrical Contractor's Responsibilities The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for the following equipment and services: • Review of the Panel Shops submittals and wiring diagrams for coordination with space requirements, raceway requirements of field- wiring, etc. • Supply the Panel Shop with submittals of equipment related to the control system that the Panel Shop must include in their submittals and integrate. Such as motors, packaged control panels that the Panel Shop does not build, etc. • Installation of the control panels provided by the Panel Shop. • Installation of the interconnecting wiring in accordance with these documents and the Panel Shop's wiring diagrams. • Installation of Instrumentation and Control System components in accordance with these documents and plans or instructions of the Panel Shop. Panel Shop Responsibilities The Panel Shop shall be responsible for the following equipment and services: • Design and fabrication of control equipment components. • Testing of control equipment components with Systems Integrator. • Provide field services to Electrical Subcontractor to help with the installation and testing of control equipment components. • Provide O &M documentation for provided control equipment components. Approval of Personnel and Alternatives The selected Panel Shop shall anticipate that the Owner may withhold approval of the selected Panel Shop if, in the opinion of the Owner, the Panel Shop does not have the experience, capability or an acceptable performance and execution record of similar projects in the past. Neither the Panel Shop nor employee of the Panel Shop not approved by the Owner shall be entitled to an extension of time or to any claim for damages because of extra and unanticipated costs, hindrances, delays or complications caused by or resulting from the Owner not approving any Panel Shop or employee for whatever reason. Currently Approved Panel Shop List (Alphabetical Listing) 1. L2 Systems LLC — Everett, Washington 2. Quality Controls Corporation (QCC) — Lynnwood, Washington 3. S &B Inc. (Stead & Associates) — Bellevue, Washington 4. Systems Interface Inc. — Bothell, Washington 5. Taurus Power and Controls Inc. — Kent, Washington 6. Technical Systems, Inc. — Lynnwood, Washington 17 -7 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specificadons.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control Any panel shops not listed above shall require prior approval by the Owner and System Integrator based on the qualifications listed below. Panel Shop Qualifications The Panel Shop shall be a company that conforms to the following requirements: 1. The Panel Shop's manufacturing and assembly facility shall be located within a 100 - mile drive from the Owner's area. 2. The Panel Shop shall be specialized in the design, assembly, testing, and service of municipal control and communication systems in the Pacific Northwest for at least five years. 3. The Panel Shop shall employ full time technicians with documented experience in the design, assembly, testing, operation, software development, calibration, trouble- shooting, service and repair of control and communication systems for municipal waterworks and sewerage facilities. Contract and subconsultant technicians will not be accepted. 4. Additional information that may assist the Owner in ascertaining the company's general ability to perform the work. The acceptability of the Panel Shop will be determined solely by the Owner. Electrical Contractor Qualifications 1. At least_ 5 years- of experience with installation of control system equipment and instrumentation of the -type, specified in these plans and specifications. Part 3 — Execution Panel Shop Personnel The Control System shall be designed, constructed and commissioned by full time employees with a minimum of 5 years of experience (minimum of one year with Panel Shop). 17.07 Owner and System Integrator's Responsibility (System Integrator Contracted Directly by Owner) Part 1— General Division of Responsibility The System Integrator shall be selected and contracted for the system programming by the Owner. The System Integrator contracted by the Owner is RH2 Engineering who may be contacted at (425) 951 -5386. It is the responsibility of the System Integrator to provide PLC programming that will accomplish control of the proposed and modified systems as described in the specifications and Plans. System Integrator's Responsibility The System Integrator responsibilities include: 17 -8 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control • Develop a testing schedule to allow for testing of all proposed MTU and RTU Programs. • Notify the Contractor of all components needed to test equipment panels. • Testing of the requested components in the Contractor's or Panel Shops facility. • Software development of the proposed Allen - Bradley PLC's. • Software development of the graphical touch screen operator interfaces (OI) on the control panels. • Human Machine Interface (HMI) Computer System software development. • Provide required software startup, troubleshooting, and commissioning services needed to complete implementation of programs. 17.08 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Part 1— General Summary The Instrumentation and Control (I &C) system functions required are specified on the plans and in subsequent sections of this Division. Design and Performance Requirements The system shall be designed to provide the control capabilities and functions indicated and implied by the Plans and these Specifications and to provide trouble -free operation with minimum maintenance. The system shall readily enable manual operation of any and all functions in the event of failure of any one component. The control system shall be designed and assembled by the Contractor to provide: • Control of motor driven pumps, equipment, and processes. • Monitoring of operation of motor driven pumps, equipment, and processes. • Indication of operating status of motor driven pumps, equipment, and processes. • Monitoring and indication of pressures, levels, and flows, as indicated and implied by the plans and specifications. • The capabilities indicated and implied by the plans and specifications. The instrumentation and control system shall be designed and assembled by the Contractor to be an integrated system composed completely of components which are specifically designed and used for and in conjunction with control and operation of motor - driven pumps and process control equipment. The Contractor shall supply all interfacing equipment, appurtenances and accessories and all such devices that may be required for proper interfacing as part of the control system. Submittals Plans 17 -9 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control The Contractor shall develop all shop drawings required for design, fabrication, assembly and installation of the control system. Shop drawings shall include all plans required in manufacture of specialized components and for assembly and installation of them. Plans shall be prepared utilizing AutoCAD and printed on 11 inch by 17 inch media. Plans shall have borders and title blocks identifying the project system, revisions to the plans, and type of plan. Each revision of a plan shall carry a date and brief description of the revisions. Diagrams shall carry a date and brief description of the revisions. Diagrams shall carry a uniform and coordinated set of wire numbers and terminal block numbers in compliance with panel work wiring. Additionally, one set of 22 inch by 34 inch as built plans shall be provided to the Owner on mylar media, as well as one set of the electronic dwg files. Elementary Diagrams The Contractor shall provide elementary diagrams for all discrete loops. Loop diagrams shall be prepared in compliance with ISA S5.4 and shall be provided for all analog loops. Elementary diagrams and loop diagrams shall show circuits and devices of a system. These diagrams shall be arranged to emphasize device elements and their functions as an aid to understanding the operation of a system and maintaining or troubleshooting that system. Elementary and loop diagrams shall also show wire numbers, wire color codes, signal polarities, and terminal block numbers. Panel Fabrication and Arrangements Plans The Contractor shall provide arrangement plans of all panel front -and internal- mounted instruments, switches, devices and equipment indicated. All panel mounting details shall be shown. Outer dimensions of all panels shall be included on the plan. Deviations from approved arrangements require approval prior to installation. Arrangement plans shall be drawn to scale using standard Architectural or Engineering scales. Project Conditions The control system for the this project shall consist of a proposed Master Telemetry Unit (MTU) and radio system linked to modified existing Remote Telemetry Units (RTU's) based system that consists of existing and proposed RTUs linked to the existing Master Telemetry Unit (MTU) via radio communications. The MTU is located at the City's maintenance shops with a computer based Human Machine Interface (HMI). Sites included in this project are: 1. City Maintenance Shops (MTU and Radio Control Panel Location) 2. Hazen Reservoir (Radio Control Panel Location) 3. West Hill Reservoir (Radio Control Panel Location) 4. Five Duplex RTU panels to be provided to the Owner for future installation at future and existing remote lift station facilities. Three shall be outdoor rated and two shall be indoor rated. 17 -10 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control 5. (23) remote lift station facilities within the City of Renton where field modifications are required to replace the existing power supplies and radio equipment. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers The telemetry components of the MTU and RTU's shall be manufactured by Allen - Bradley. Components The instrumentation and control system shall include the instruments, control devices, Master Telemetry Unit, Radio Control Panels, Remote Telemetry Units, Radio Antenna Hardware, input and output devices, sensors, interfacing devices, cabinets, enclosures and other components indicated and implied by the Plans and Specifications. The following is a list of the Control Panels and Equipment to be provided by the Contractor: • Master telemetry control panel (MTU) 0 (3) Radio control panels and associated radio hardware and cables • (5) Duplex remote telemetry control panels (BTU's) • Power supply and radio upgrades to (23) existing telemetry control panels • Spare parts • Electrical hardware required for installation of equipment. Part 3 — Execution Preparation The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination and integration of control system with the motor control and other related equipment. The Contractor shall communicate directly with the Manufacturer(s) and Supplier(s) of all related equipment to determine all details of the equipment, which may influence or affect the control system. The Contractor shall determine all requirements for and shall cause integration of the control system into a unified operating system. The Contractor shall define all requirements for all interfacing equipment and shall supply all appurtenances, accessories and all such devices, which may be required for proper interfacing as part of the control system. The Contractor shall be responsible to obtain submittal information on equipment supplied by other disciplines and to integrate them into the control system to form a complete working package as outlined by the contract documents. Installation The proposed system components shall be completely assembled in the shop by the Panel Shop. All components and equipment shall be prewired to the maximum extent possible. Modifications to existing panels shall be done in the field. All Process Control shall be done within the PLC unless specifically listed on the Plans as other. The pump control requires hard relays and devices as indicated on the Plans. 17 -11 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control 17.10 PANELS 17.11 Panel Certifications Part 1— General Design Requirements Panels provided for this project shall meet the requirements of UL -508. All panels shall bear the appropriate label. The provider of the panels shall be a UL -508A certified facility. All field modifications shall be in conformance with UL -508. 17.12 Equipment Panels Part 1— General References All panels shall be labeled. Design Requirements Control equipment panels shall be enclosures conforming to the requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) and shall be NEMA 12 for indoor use and NEMA 4X for outdoor use. Part 2 — Products Components • Enclosure shall be constructed of steel. • Outdoor enclosures shall be constructed of stainless steel. • Minimal metal thickness shall be 14- gauge. • All doors shall be rubber- gasketed with continuous hinge and key locking latch mechanism. • Wherever practical, enclosures shall be a manufactured item. • All doors shall be provided with quick - release latches to secure cover. • Panels shall be sized to adequately dissipate heat generated by equipment mounted in or on the panel. • Enclosure shall include a backpan. • Enclosure shall be finished in ANSI 61 gray polyester powder coating inside and out over phospatized surfaces. • The enclosure shall be oversized to accommodate future racks and auxiliary devices as required. • All outdoor enclosures shall be provided with a control panel heater with built -in thermostat to provide adequate climate control. Fabrication 17 -12 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control Panels should be completely fabricated, and instruments installed and wired in the manufacturer's factory (where possible). All wiring shall be completed and tested prior to shipment. All external connections shall be by way of numbered terminal blocks. Panel cutouts for instruments and devices shall be cut, punched or drilled and smoothly finished with rounded edges. 17.20 PANEL COMPONENTS 17.20.3 Terminal Blocks Part 1- General Design Requirements Terminal blocks shall be one -piece molded plastic blocks with screw -type terminals and barriers rated for 600 volts. Terminals shall be double -sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, and be clearly visible with the protective cover removed. Fusible terminal blocks shall be provided with a LED blown fuse indicator for each terminal. Part 3 - Execution Installation All wires between panel- mounted equipment and other equipment shall be terminated at terminal blocks. Switches shall be terminated at the terminal blocks with crimp -type, pre - insulated, ring - tongue lugs. Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for their terminal block screws and for the number and size of the wires terminated. 17.21 Power Supply and Protection 17.21.2 Normal Power Supply Part 1- General Design Requirements All equipment panels shall be provided with 120 -volt, 60 -Hz power. Make provisions for conduit entry and provide a terminal block for termination of the circuit wires. All electronic control panel components shall require a 120 VAC -24 VDC power supply. DC power supply shall be sized to provide at least 50% more current than the peak current demands of the control panel. DC power supply shall have UPS backup power capabilities as identified in Section 17.21.3. Protection equipment shall consist of circuit breakers and fuses to protect electrical circuits from short circuits and overloads. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers DC power supplies shall be Puls, Allen- Bradley, Sola or approved equal. 17 -13 J:\ Data \RI✓N \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control Fuses shall be Littlefuse or Bussman Manufacturing rated for Branch circuit, or approved equal. Fuses provided shall match the fuses installed on the Owner's existing telemetry system. Circuit Breakers shall be Allen - Bradley or equal rated for Branch circuit, or approved equal. Part 3 — Execution Construction Branch circuits shall be individually fused with an indication of fuse opening. All fuse holders for the panel shall be grouped on a single sub - panel. They shall be so situated that when the panel door is opened there is a clear view of the indicators and clear access for replacement of the fuses. Provide DC power supplies as required to power instruments requiring external DC power of the appropriate voltages, with sufficient voltage regulation and ripple control to assure that the instruments being supplied can operate within their required tolerances. The power supplies at all RTUs shall include batteries for a backup power supply and charging equipment. 17.21.3 Backup Power Supply Part 1 - General Design Requirements All equipment shall have uninterruptable DC power for a period of not less than .24 hours after normal power failure. Transfer shall be a non - mechanical, non - interruptible, smooth transfer to battery backup. Remote equipment batteries shall be sealed lead -acid batteries of sufficient ampere hour capacity to meet the above requirements. Performance Requirements The master console shall display power failure, and also a low battery condition alarm for the proposed equipment. A power failure alarm shall occur in the format currently used by the system. A low battery condition alarm shall cause the alarm indicator to flash but will not sound the audible alarm. The indicating light shall go off when the alarm condition is clear. Part 3 — Execution Installation Batteries, battery chargers, and necessary wiring shall be installed to meet the above specifications. 17.21.5 Line Protection Units — Low Current Part 1- General Design Requirements 17 -14 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 - Automatic Control The line protection unit shall isolate and protect the telemetry electronics from current and voltage surges in the transmission lines. Each protection unit shall have: 1. An isolation transformer with a minimum of 1,500 volts AC isolation, primary to secondary, and a minimum saturation current of 100 milliamps (ma) S.C. or as required to protect the telemetry equipment from damage. 2. Separate line -side and equipment -side terminal. blocks. 3. Two clip- mounted, replaceable gas discharge tubes rated at 90 volts striking voltage and 5,000 ampere peak pulse current capacity and suitable ground strap. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units The line protection unit shall be a complete unit, mounted on a separate chassis, and be field replaceable without soldering. The chassis shall be a ' /a" thick plate. 17.21.6 Line Protection Units — High Current Part 1 - General Design Requirements The line protection unit shall isolate and protect the telemetry electronics from current and voltage surges in the transmission lines. Each protection unit shall have: 1. A minimum continuous operating current rating of 30 amps or larger as required to protect the telemetry equipment from damage. 2. A minimum peak surge current rating of 80 KA. 3. Separate line -side and equipment -side terminal blocks. 4. LED indicator for circuit diagnostics. 5. A response time less than or equal to 1 nanosecond. The line protection unit shall be a complete unit available as a surface mount or DIN rail. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers The line protector shall be an Innovative Technology Model HT- 120 -30A or equal. 17.21.7 Voltage Transducer Part 1- General Design Requirements All components shall be suitable for installation inside the MTU panel enclosure. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers 17 -15 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer.Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — .Automatic Control The voltage transducer shall be a CR Magnetics, Model No. CR5320.24, or equal. Materials The voltage transducer shall measure a DC input voltage on a scale of 0 -24 Volts and shall have a 4 -20 mA output. 17.22 Wire and Cable 17.22.2 Wiring Part 1- General References All electrical wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC). Design Requirements Wires shall be 600 volt class, PVC insulated, stranded copper and shall be the sizes required for the current to be carried but not less than No. 14 AWG conductor size. Wires for signal circuits shall be twisted shielded pairs not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Part 3 — Execution Installation All power: wiring. shall. be supported on a sheet metal raceway or enclosed in a plastic wiring duct. Wiring for signal circuits shall be separated at least 6" from any power wiring. 17.22.3 Cables Part 2 - Products Materials Twisted Shielded Pairs (TSP). Cable shall conform to IEEE 383, UL 13, and UL 83 and shall be type PLTC cable suitable for direct burial. Each TSP shall consist of two #16 AWG, 7- strand copper conductors per ASTM B8 with 15 mils PVC insulation and individual conductor jacket of nylon. Conductors shall be twisted with 2 -inch or shorter lay, with 100 percent foil shielding and tinned copper drain wires. The cable shall have an overall PVC jacket with a thickness of 35 mils. The insulation system shall be rated at 90 °C and for operation at 600 volts. Multiple (,Twisted) Shielded Pair (MSP) Cables Each MSP cable shall conform to IEEE 383, UL 13, and UL 83 and shall consist of the number of pairs shown on the Plans of #20 AWG, 7- strand copper conductors per ASTM B8 with 15 mils PVC insulation and individual conductor jacket of nylon. Conductors shall be twisted with 2 -inch or shorter lay, with 100 percent foil shielding and tinned copper drain wires. The MSP cable itself shall have, in addition, an overall foil shield, tinned copper drain wire, and an outer PVC jacket. Thickness of the jacket shall be 50 mils for 8 or fewer pairs, 17 -16 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control 60 mils for 10 to 16 pairs, and 70 mils for 18 or more pairs. The insulation system shall be rated at 90° C and for operation at 600 volts. CAT 5E and CAT6 Ethernet Cable General Requirements: The Ethernet cable shall be shielded 600V UL PLTC rated. The use of a 300V rated cable is not acceptable. All Ethernet cable terminating outside of a telemetry panel shall be grounded at the telemetry panel only. Category 6 Cabling Non- Plenum: Horizontal cabling shall be 23 AWG, 4 -pair UTP, UL /NEC CMR rated, with a blue flame retardant PVC jacket and polyolefin insulation. Cable jacketing shall be lead -free. Cable shall meet the performance requirements of standard Category 6 cables. Cable shall be UL listed and comply with NEC /CEC Type CMR (UL 1660) for non - plenum. Category 6 Cabling — Plenum: Horizontal cabling shall be 23 AWG, 4 -pair UTP, UL /NEC CMP rated, with a white, low- smoke, flame retardant PVC jacket and fluoropolymer insulation. Cable jacketing shall be lead -free. Cable shall meet the performance requirements of standard Category 6 cables. Cable shall be UL listed and comply with NEC /CEC Type CMP (NFPA 262) for plenum. Part 3 - Execution Installation Cable Installation Cables shall be continuous from initiation to termination without splices except where specifically indicated. Cable shielding shall be grounded at one end of the cable only. Bonding shall be to a single ground point only. Bonding from cable to cable in multiple run installations shall not be permitted. Install instrumentation cables in separate raceway systems with voltages not to exceed 30 volts DC. Conductor Splices Splices: Install all conductors without splices unless necessary for installation, as determined by the Engineer. Splices when permitted and terminations shall be in accordance with the splice or termination kit manufacturer's instructions. Conductor Identification Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule as determined by the Engineer. 17 -17 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Testing Insulation Resistance Tests: Perform insulation resistance on all circuits. Make these tests before any equipment has been connected. Test the insulation with a 500 Vdc insulation resistance tester with a scale reading 100 mega ohms. The insulation resistance shall be 20 mega ohms or more. Submit results to Engineer for review. 17.24 Switches and Relays 17.24.2 Selector Switch Part 2 — Products Manufactured Units Units shall be 30.5 mm NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion - resistant /watertight /oil- tight, type selector switches with contacts rated for 10 amperes continuous at proper operating voltage. Units shall have standard size, black field, legend plated with white markings as indicated. Operators shall be black knob type. Units shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements and spring return function (if any) as shown. Units shall be single -hole mounting, accommodating panel thicknesses from 1/16-inch minimums to 1/4-inch maximum. 17.24.3 Pushbuttons Part 2 — Products Manufactured Units Units shall be 30.5 mm NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion - resistant /watertight /oil- tight, type push buttons with momentary contacts rated for 10- ampere continuous at proper operating voltage. Button color shall be as specified in control panels and shall have a full guard. Unit shall have standard size legend plated with black field and white marking as indicated, contact arrangements shall be as shown. 17.24.4 Relays Part 1— General Design Criteria Contacts and relays shall be NEMA rated and UL recognized. The electrical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 500,000 operations at 120V AC, 10 amp; (over 200,000 operations at 120V AC, 10 amp for SPDT, 3PDT, and 4PDT). The mechanical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 50,000,000 operations. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers 17 -18 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. I� City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control Relays shall be Idec RH Series — General Purpose Midget Relays with DIN rail mounted socket or equal. Single Function Timing Relays shall be Idec GE1A Series — Single Function ON Delay Timers with DIN rail mounted socket or equal. Multi- Function Timing Relays shall be Idec RTE or GT3 series depending on intended functions with DIN rail mounted socket or equal. Manufactured Units Relays for control, alarm and report -back functions shall be supplied as required to provide external keying and control switching. Relays shall be 120 -volt A.C., or 12 -or 24 -volt D.C. Relays and shall be plug -in type with dust covers and shall be interchangeable with one another. All relays shall have LED indicators to signal when the coil is energized. Contacts shall have amperage rating higher than their intended use. Signal circuit switching shall be accomplished with analog signal switching relays and shall be provided to switch either 4 to 20 MA D.C. or 1 to 5V D.C. signals. Units shall have double - throw dry circuit contacts in a break - before -make configuration rated for 15VA minimum. The number of -poles and coil energization voltage shall be as shown on plans. Signal switching relays shall be sealed to prevent entry of contamination in the form of dust, dirt, or moisture. Part 3 — Execution Installation Provide adjustable time relays on all alarm and shut down circuits to prevent nuisance tripping of other alarm points. Time delay relays for these functions may not be shown on the plans; however, provide as required on all circuits. 17.25 Indicating Lights and Readouts 17.25.2 Pilot Lights Part 2 Products Manufactured Units Indicating pilot lights shall be 30.5 mm NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion resistant, water- tight, oil- tight, full voltage, push -to -set, high visibility 28 chips LED type. Pilot lights shall be rated for the proper operating voltage. Appropriate lens caps shall be provided as shown on plans. 17.30 INTELLIGENT CONTROL UNITS 17.31 Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) 17.31.2 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System Part 1 - General Summary 17 -19 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control Work involved in this contract includes providing proposed PLC equipment to provide the . functions shown on the Plans and described herein. Performance and Design Requirements • The PLC system modifications shall accomplish the control requirements of the loop descriptions, Plans and Specifications. • The design application and installation of the PLCs shall conform to NEMA ICS 1.1. • All PLC control system components shall be capable of meeting or exceeding electromagnetic interference tests per ANSI /IEEE C37.90.2. Part 2 — Products Manufacturers PLC components added to this Contract shall be based the following brands: 1. Allen - Bradley, CompactLogix 5370 L1 Controller. No substitutions. Components Input /output (1/0) Modules a) Provide plug -in modular -type I/O racks with cables to connect to all other required PLC system components. b) Provide I/O system with: 1. I/O solid state boards with status lights indicating I/O status and board failure. 2. Electric isolation between logic and field device. 3. Interchangeable boards for similar I/O type to allow substitution of operating boards for failed units by the operator. 4. Capability of withstanding low energy common mode transient to 1500 V without failure. 5. Incorporate noise. suppression design. 6. Capable of meeting or exceeding surge - withstand capability tests, per ANSI /IEEE C37.90.1. 7. Capable of meeting or exceeding electrical noise tests, NEMA ICS1- 109.60- 109.66. c) Discrete I/O modules: 1. Interface to ON /OFF devices. 2. I/O status indicator on module front. . 3. Voltage rating to match circuit voltage. 4. Output module current rating: a. Match maximum circuit current draw. 17 -20 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control b. Minimum 1.5 A /point for 120 V AC applications. 5. Isolated modules for applications where one module interfaces with devices utilizing different sources of power. 6. Individually fused outputs with blown fuse indication. d) Analog I/O modules: 1. Input modules to accept signals indicated on Plans or Specifications. 2. 12 bit minimum resolution. 3. I/O chassis supplied power for powering connected field devices. 4. Isolated (differential) inputs and outputs. 5. User configurable for desired fault- response state. 6. Provide output signals as indicated on Plans and Specifications. 7. Individual D/A converter for each output module. 8. Individual A/D converter for each input module. Data Highway Communications 1. All PLC controllers shall be capable of RS -232 DF1 and 10 -BaseT Ethernet /IP communications. PLC Peripheral Devices 1. Keypad /Readout a) The data entry and display module shall consist of a 6 -inch color screen display with built -in soft keypad for numeric and alphanumeric entry. b) The unit shall be capable of reading PLC data table register values and pre- defined messages and writing into PLC memory to modify register values. c) The keypad /readout module will be used as a local operator interface device for entering operational parameters and reading out process data including display of all alarms by tag number. d) A complete index of parameters and corresponding memory locations and a complete cross reference of alarms will be permanently attached to each PLC enclosure. e) The unit will be self - contained, 24 VDC powered and rated minimum NEMA 12 suitable for panel mounting. fl Communications will be direct with the Ethernet Switch via shielded CAT 5E Ethernet Cable. g) The touch screen panel shall be an Allen- Bradley Panelview Plus Compact Terminal, 5.5 inch Greyscale Display, Part Number 2711PC- T6M20D, No Substitutions. 17 -21 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control Part 3 - Execution Installation Provide a completely integrated distributed programmable controller system capable of analog and sequential control, data acquisition and display, alarm annunciation and communications using the PLC system. I/O cards and memory shall be added as necessary to complete work shown on the plans and described in the specifications. . The system shall provide true distributed control wherein each PLC is an intelligent stand alone controller programmed for the specific functions required at its respective location. Certain information in the form of control commands, interlocks and data will be passed directly between the PLCs for use in executing the local control programs. Input /Output Connection Requirements a) Make connections to I/O subsystem by terminating all field wiring on terminal blocks within the I/O enclosure. b) Prewire I/O modules to terminal blocks. c) Provide terminal blocks with continuous marking strip. d) Size terminals to accommodate all active data base points and spares. e) Provide terminals for individual termination of each signal shield. 0 Field wiring shall not be disturbed when removing or replacing an -I /O module. PLC Installment a) Component placement: 1. Mount all components according to manufacturer's instructions. 2. Locate incoming line devices (isolation or constant voltage transformers, local power disconnects, surge suppressors, etc.) so as to keep power wire runs within an enclosure as short as possible. b) Provide enclosure with a single quick disconnect of incoming power. Mount disconnect switch or breaker on enclosure exterior and label. c) Enclosures shall comply with Section 17.12. d) Enclosures shall be equipped with H2S inhibitor(s) suitable for the enclosed volume. 17.40 REMOTE COMMUNICATION DEVICES 17.40.1 Common Work for Communications Equipment Part 1— General Design Requirements All communications equipment shall comply with the following minimum specifications: a) Rated for a 5 -30VDC power supply. 17 -22 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control b) UL listed. c) Designed for an industrial environment. d) Operating temperature of 32° F to 140° F. Part 3 — Execution Installation All components shall be suitable for installation in the environment where installed. All devices shall be installed as specified by the manufacturer. All devices shall be installed to be field serviceable without taking the facility out of service. Device displays shall be positioned to be easily read when viewing directly into control panels. 17.40.2 SCADA Radio Equipment Part 1— General Design Requirements Communications between the RTU's and the MTU located at the City's maintenance shops shall be implemented using an Ethernet data radio. Radio Control Panels are required at the City's maintenance shops, West Hill Reservoir Radio Repeater, and the Hazen Reservoir Radio Repeater. The radio control panels shall .contain all required hardware, cables, and connections required for a completely functional radio telemetry system. Radio hardware components -shall be as specified in these specifications. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers All radio equipment shall be supplied and fabricated by the City's radio system integrator ACCU -COMM, Inc. The radio system integrator shall be enjoined with the Contractor as a subcontractor. In addition to equipment provision and fabrication the radio system integrator shall provide all field installation, programming, and startup and testing services for the radio equipment. Contact information for the radio system integrator is as follows: ACCU -COMM, Inc. Attn: Michael Bingaman 9504 180"' St. S.E. Snohomish, WA 98296 (360)668 -6760, r�.3kel��ct,riecu- coan.n..con�. Components Lift Station Duplex Telemetry Control Panels a) The Ethernet radio shall be a Calamp VIPER SC 12.5KHz model for 450MHz UHF licensed networks. No Substitutions. b) The PolyPhaser used for lightning arresting shall be a Calamp VHF50HN unit designed for 100MHz- 512MHz frequencies. 17 -23 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control c) A pigtail cable between the Calamp VIPER SC radio and the PolyPhaser shall be provided by the Contractor. Radio Control Panels a) The Ethernet radio shall be a Calamp VIPER SC -400 UHF RF Modem, dual port, UHF 450 -512 MHz. Programmable to 25, 12.5 and 6.25 KHz bandwidth operation. No Substitutions. b) The PolyPhaser used for lightning arresting shall be a Calamp VHF50HN unit designed for 100MHz- 512MHz frequencies. c) RF interconnection cables as required. d) Solid state antenna switch, TTL switching levels. e) RX low noise preamp. f 10 dB attenuator, TNC male /female. g) Antenna switch TTL control board h) 13.8 VDC power supply with battery backup i) Telewave dual isolator j) Telewave 5" 3/4 wave bandpass cavity filter k) LMR400 antenna cable with terminate N -Male for all three locations. Cables shall be of length as required for connection between the antenna and the radio control panels. 1) Omnidirectional antenna's and required antenna mounting and termination hardware for all three locations. m) Sealed lead -acid battery, 26 AH, 12 VDC. n) 24" Wide by 30" Height by 20" Deep enclosure. o) Enclosure backpanel. p) Enclosure interior swing door. q) 400 Watt enclosure heater. r) Normally open thermostat for heater. s) Locking door handles. t) Fan kit with stainless steel screen grill. u) Exhaust kit with stainless steel screen grill. v) Any other hardware, cables, or components necessary to provide a completely functional system. 17.40.3 Facility Network Equipment An industrial Ethernet Switch shall be located in each MTU and RTU for routing data. Facility switch shall consist of the following devices or eauivalent unless otherwise stated. . 17 -24 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control a) N -Tron 105TX Ethernet Switch A protocol converter is required for each existing lift station control panel that will be modified with proposed power supply and communication equipment. Facility protocol converter shall consist of the following devices. No substitutions. a) Digi One IAP Protocol Converter 17.80.1 General Implementation Process Part 1— General The Contractor shall work with Owner and System Integrator on the implementation schedule at each facility. The contractor shall coordinate with the Owner and the System Integrator for submittal, fabrication and equipment test scheduling. Part 3 — Execution Installation Project Schedule Contractor shall provide the Owner a preliminary schedule of installation as a PDF file within 30 days of the notice to proceed. This schedule shall require the approval of the Owner and the System Integrator before installation can proceed. This schedule will be used by the Owner and the System Integrator to identify: a) When Owner and System Integrator staff resources will be required in the field. b) Coordinating the transition from the existing SCADA radio system to the proposed SCADA radio system. The Contractor shall provide the Owner and the System Integrator an updated schedule as a PDF file on a bi- weekly basis or when project conditions require changes to installation dates. Changes to the schedule will require at least ten (10) working days' notice to the Owner. Shorter changes to the schedule will require approval by the Owner. Installations should not occur during holidays or weekends unless approved by Owner. Individual Facility Installation Process a) Control panels shall be built at the Panel Shop. b) Contractor shall schedule with Owner and System Integrator on the time for equipment testing at the Panel Shop. Control equipment testing shall occur within 3 weeks of the installation of the equipment. Control equipment testing for multiple facilities shall not occur unless scheduled in advance. c) The Owner and the System Integrator will test the MTU control panel, Radio control panels and Lift Station control panels at the Panel Shop. (Refer to Division 17.91) d) Electrical installation of proposed conduits, wiring and instrumentation shall be implemented by the Contractor before the existing MTU control panel is relocated and the proposed MTU and radio control panel is installed. (Refer to Division 17.80.2) 17 -25 J: \Data \REN\112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall /Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control e) The Radio repeater control panels shall be installed by the Contractor during or after the installation of the proposed MTU control panel. (Refer to Division 17.80.3 and 17.80.4) The System Integrator will test the MTU and repeater system before the Existing Control Panel Upgrades. g) The Contractor shall upgrade_ the facility control equipment with the proposed control equipment. (Refer to Division 17.80.5) h) Contractor shall coordinate with Owner and System Integrator on the installation of the control equipment. The Owner has the right to postpone the upgrade of the control system equipment due to conditions such as weather or lack of staff resources. i) The Owner and the System Integrator shall meet with the Contractor at the facility for setting up communications, testing, startup and training. (Refer to Division 17.90) 17.80.2 MTU (City Maintenance Shops) - Implementation Process Part 1 - General Summary The existing MTU at the City shops shall be relocated to below its current location to make room for the installation of the proposed MTU control panel. Installation shall proceed in accordance with the provided plans and specifications. The existing control panel shall remain in operation both during and after the proposed control panel is installed as all remote RTU's will still need to communicate with this panel until the power supply and radio communications upgrades are completed at all of the existing remote RTU's. Space is limited in this area. The proposed radio control panel shall be temporarily installed in close proximity to the proposed MTU control panel until all remote control panels are transitioned over to the proposed radio system. After the radio transition is complete, the existing MTU shall be removed and the radio control panel shall be permanently installed in its place. The installation at the City shops shall be completed first. Part 3 — Execution Installation a) The City shops shall have a proposed MTU control panel installed in the location of the existing MTU control panel. b) Existing and proposed power, instrumentation and communications wiring shall be connected to this proposed control panel. c) The existing MTU shall be relocated below the proposed panel. d) The radio control panel shall be temporarily installed in the vicinity of the existing and proposed MTU control panels. After the complete radio transition from the old radio network to the proposed radio network is complete, the existing MTU control 17 -26 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical SpeciScations.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control panel shall be removed and the radio control panel shall be permanently installed in its place. e) Radio antenna, mounting hardware, and antenna cables shall be installed at the City shops. f) The antenna cable from the MTU control panel to the outside antenna mounting location will be installed by Owner personnel. g) The Contractor shall be responsible for removing the existing MTU and placing it at a location of the Owner's choosing at the end of the project. 17.80.3 Radio Repeater (West Hill Reservoir) - Implementation Process Part 1- General Summary The proposed radio control panel and radio antenna shall be installed at the top of the reservoir as shown on the Plans. Equipment shall be mounted to the existing guardrail. The radio control panel shall be powered from a panelboard located at the base of the reservoir. Existing spare conduits shall be used for installing power conductors between the bottom and top of the reservoir. Minimal relocation of some equipment at the top of the reservoir may be required for installation of the proposed radio control panel and antenna. Part 3 — Execution Installation a) The existing radio repeater equipment shall not be offline except for short periods of time. These periods of time shall not exceed 30 minutes. b) The Contractor shall only perform work while Owner personnel are on site. c) The Contractor shall be responsible for removing the existing radio repeater equipment and placing it in a location of the Owner's choosing at the end of the project. The existing radio repeater enclosures and conduit on the reservoirs shall remain in their current location. The existing radio repeater PLC control panels shall be removed and placed at a location of the Owner's choosing at the end of the project. 17.80.4 Radio Repeater (Hazen Reservoir) - Implementation Process Part 1 - General Summary The proposed radio control panel and radio antenna shall be installed at the top of the reservoir as shown on the Plans. The radio control panel shall be mounted to the existing guardrail. The proposed antenna shall be offset from the existing antenna and installed on 17 -27 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 — Automatic Control the same mast. The radio control panel shall be powered from the power supply at the existing radio control panel. Part 3 — Execution Installation a) The existing radio repeater equipment shall not be offline except for short periods of time. These periods of time shall not exceed 30 minutes. b) The Contractor shall only perform work while Owner personnel are on site. c) The Contractor shall be responsible for removing the existing radio repeater equipment and placing it in a location of the Owner's choosing at the end of the project. The existing radio repeater enclosures and conduit on the reservoirs shall remain in their current location. The existing radio repeater PLC control panels shall be removed and placed at a location of the Owner's choosing at the end of the project. 17.80.5 Existing Control Panel Upgrades - Implementation Process Part 1- General Summary After the proposed MTU and radio system at the. City Shops and both radio repeaters are operational, the Owner's existing (23) lift station control panels shall be modified as shown on the Plans with a proposed power supply similar to the power supply for the proposed panels and proposed communication equipment that will be used for communicating with the proposed radio network. All control panel modifications shall be completed in the field with minimal downtime. Part 3 — Execution Installation a) Lift Station upgrades shall not begin on a Friday to minimize the possibility of Lift Station automatic control being disabled over a weekend. b) No more than two (2) facilities shall be offline at any given time for electrical upgrades. c) No more than three (3) facilities shall be upgraded per week unless the Owner agrees on an accelerated schedule. This upgrade schedule may increase as those involved with the upgrade process become more proficient over time. d) Owner personnel will be on site during electrical upgrades to manually operate Lift Stations when automatic control is disabled. e) The Contractor is required to ensure that a Lift Station control system is capable of communications and running in automatic mode before leaving the site at the end of the day. 17 -28 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control fl Upgrades to PLC equipment will require System Integrator to be on -site. The Contractor shall not perform work without the System Integrator on -site. The, System Integrator will also be available for helping the Contractor with the Lift Station upgrade process. g) A single Lift Station chosen by the Owner shall be upgraded first. Preliminary testing with the System Integrator will be confirmed before upgrading any remaining facilities. h) It is recommended that preliminary upgrades be implemented at Lift Station Facilities before the System Integrator is brought on -site. These upgrades shall include the installation of the proposed power supply and radio equipment. Existing radio equipment shall remain operating temporarily until the System Integrator is brought on site to complete the radio and PLC configuration setup. i) Contractor shall coordinate with Owner and System Integrator on the upgrades of the Lift Station control equipment. The Owner has the right to postpone the upgrade of the Lift Station control system equipment due to conditions such as weather or lack of staff resources. 17.80.6 Fabrication of Duplex Lift Station Control Panels - Implementation Process Part 1 - General Summary (5) Duplex Lift Station Control Panels shall be constructed as shown on the Plans for future installation by the Owner. (3) Of the control panels shall be constructed as outdoor rated control panels and (2) of the control panels shall be constructed as indoor rated control panels. The Contractor shall deliver the control panels to the City shops after the completion of factory testing. 17.90 TESTING, STARTUP AND TRAINING 17.90.1 Common Work for Testing, Startup and Training Part 1 - General Summary The System Start -up responsibility shall be shared by the System Integrator and the Contractor. The System Integrator will be responsible for scheduling and executing the testing and start -up. The Contractor shall be fully available during testing and start -up to facilitate all changes and corrections that may be required. Maintenance The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for all hardware maintenance of the system from time of start -up to the date of acceptance, by formal action of the Owner, of all work under the contract. The Contractor shall perform all such work required or 17 -29 J: \Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control considered to be required by the Owner to cause and maintain proper operation of the system and to properly maintain the system. Part 3 — Execution Field Quality Control Equipment Manufacturer's Support: The Contractor shall pay for services of equipment manufacturer's field service representative (s) to: • Inspect equipment covered by these Specifications. • Supervise adjustments and installation checks. • Conduct start -up of equipment and perform operational checks. Provide Owner with a written statement that manufacturer's equipment has been installed properly, started up and is ready for operation by Owner's personnel. Repairs The Contractor shall correct all deficiencies and defects and make any and all repairs, replacements, modifications, and adjustments as malfunctions or failures occur. The Contractor shall anticipate that the Owner may delay acceptance of all work under the contract if, in the judgment of the Owner, malfunctions or failures in operation of the control system repeatedly occur after start -up. The Contractor shall- not be entitled to -an extension of time or to any claim for damages because of hindrances, delays or complications caused by or resulting from delay by the Owner in accepting the work because of malfunctions or failures in operation of the control system. 17.91 Tests and Inspections Part 1 - General Summary Materials, equipment, and construction included under this specification shall be inspected in accordance with the specifications. Testing shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with Division 16, and this and subsequent sections of this division. Testing shall be required to determine if installed equipment and system(s) will operate in the manner in which they are intended to operate. The decision of the Owner upon the acceptability of the test procedures and conformance shall be final. The work will not be accepted until all testing has been satisfactorily performed. Scheduling The Contractor shall prepare test procedures to demonstrate conformance of the complete system to this specification. The Contractor shall submit a detailed test schedule within four weeks after the notice to proceed for the Owner's review and approval. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, instruments and services necessary to perform all specific functional testing of all installed equipment and systems at no additional cost. 17 -30 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control Part 2 - Products Factory Testing The completed control system shall be tested in the shop by the Contractor and the Systems Integrator. Testing shall be conducted in two phases. The initial testing shall include, but not be limited to, operation of all input and output (I /O) points and control devices. The subsequent testing shall include, but not be limited to, testing of RTU and Operator Interface programming provided by others. The initial testing of the control system shall include energizing each discrete input and output and simulating each analog input and output using a loop simulator and calibrator. Circuits not energized shall be tested for continuity. Upon completion of the initial testing, the Contractor shall conduct testing for inspection by the Owner. The Contractor shall notify the Owner at least two weeks prior to the date of the factory demonstration test. The Contractor shall provide for time, equipment and support in their shop for the System Integrator to completely demonstrate the functions of the software. All control functions and all status and alarm monitoring and indication shall be demonstrated under simulated operating conditions. Simulating equipment shall be provided and wired into the control system for this testing. Testing shall be continued for the time period required by the Owner to observe and verify any revisions. Part 3 — Execution Tield= Quality Control Following installation, the Contractor will verify the correctness of the interconnecting wiring and energize all control equipment. Each point at the controller(s) shall be checked for proper functional operation through communication with the central computer. Field Tests The control system shall be tested at the job site to determine if damage has occurred during transit and installation. After the initial testing is complete, commissioning shall be accomplished by the Contractor, with the Owner and Engineer present. Commissioning shall include operation and verification of all control components and features of the entire control system. Each function shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Owner. The Contractor shall allow and include in their schedule 5 working days for testing at the site by the System Integrator prior to startup. The Contractor shall inform the Owner of the commissioning schedule at least 10 working days prior to the commencement of testing. Commissioning shall be considered complete when the Owner and Engineer have determined that all of the original system requirements have been met. Repairs Should any part of the system fail during the test, the test shall be rescheduled and repeated to the satisfaction of the Owner after repairs. 17 -31 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. - City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control 17.92 Startup Part 1— General Summary All testing, startup and operation shall not be cause for claims for delay by the Contractor, and all expenses accruing therefrom shall be deemed to be incidental to this contract. The Contractor shall make arrangement for all materials, supplies and labor necessary to efficiently complete the testing, startup and operation. Startup shall consist of testing, by a simulated operation, all operational equipment and controls. The purpose of these tests shall be to check that all equipment will function under operating conditions, that all interlocking controls and sequences are properly set, and that the facility will function as an operating unit. Scheduling Factory representatives of all major units shall be present for the startup phase. The test shall continue until it is demonstrated that all functions of controls and machinery are correct. Operation of the equipment shall be immediately started after completion of testing and startup, and after satisfactory repairs and adjustments have been made. Part 3 - Execution Field Quality Control When the installation of the Control System is substantially complete, the Contractor shall commence with calibration and initial testing. Testing shall determine that all system components connect up correctly to each other so that the system works as designed. All components of the control system shall be calibrated by the Contractor after completion of installation. Each component shall be adjusted to be within the manufacturer's required range and for the specific application. Components that cannot be properly calibrated or that are found to exceed the Manufacturer's specified range or accuracy shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. The control system shall be placed into operation by the Contractor and System Integrator. The Contractor shall calibrate all instruments, indicators, recorders, loops, etc. and shall provide a five point calibration test results sheet for each calibrated instrument supplied by the Contractor. The five point calibration shall include one point at: Minimum input range value, Maximum input range value, Midrange input value, no other point less than 25% of span to any other point. Test forms shall identify each instrument tested, input conditions vs. output signal results in tabulated form, and shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final commissioning. Repairs All deficiencies observed during the start -up will be corrected by the Contractor. 17 -32 ]:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry -Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM 0 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control Startup shall not begin until all tests required by the specifications have been completed and approved by the Owner. 17.93 Training Part 1 - General Submit index of all training offered by PLC system equipment manufacturers .including operation and maintenance. The Contractor shall prepare and assemble specific instruction materials for each training session and shall supply such materials to the Owner at least 2 weeks prior to the time of the training. Part 3 — Execution Hands -On Training The Contractor shall conduct specifically organized training sessions in operation and maintenance of the control system for personnel employed by the Owner. The training sessions shall be conducted to educate and train the personnel in maintenance and operation of all components of the control system. Training shall include, but not be limited to, the following: • Preventative maintenance procedures • Trouble- .shooting • - Calibration- • Testing • Replacement of components At least 2 separate training sessions, each at least 4 hours in duration, shall be conducted at the facility after start -up of the system. The System Integrator will provide training for the software. 17.94 Documentation 17.94.2 Operations and Maintenance Manuals Part 1- General Summary The final shop drawings and O &M manuals will be broken out into four individual O &M manuals depending on the type of site which include the following: MTU, Radio Repeaters, Existing Panel Modifications, and Duplex Lift Station Control Panels. The O &M manuals shall be reviewed on a site -by- site basis to familiarize the Owner with the function of the major components and the maintenance and calibration of the instrumentation. Submittals 17 -33 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 17 —Automatic Control Prior to the receipt of payment for more than 50 percent of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner five sets of acceptable manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions covering each piece of mechanical and electrical equipment, or equipment assembly, furnished under this contract. Each set of instructions shall be bound into multiple volumes; each volume to be complete with and index and bound in a suitable hard- cover binder. Manuals shall be assembled and indexed so that information on each piece of equipment can be readily found. Quality Assurance Manuals shall be purposefully made for this installation, and general manuals which are vague or have limited applicability will not be accepted. The manuals shall be written in a non - technical format suitable for reading by water system operators with no previous automatic control equipment experience. The decision of the Owner on the acceptability of the manual shall be final. Part 2 — Products Materials The Contractor shall prepare and assemble detailed operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with the project general requirements. The manuals shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Name, location and phone number of nearest supplier and spare part warehouse. 2. Step by step operating procedures. 3. Listing of all equipment setpoints. 4. Preventative maintenance procedures 5. Trouble - shooting of master and remote equipment. 6. Calibration 7. Testing 8. Replacement of components 9. System schematics / shop drawings 10. As -built elementary and one -line diagrams 11. Catalog data and complete parts list for all equipment and control devices 12. Listing of recommended-spare parts. 13. Listing of recommended maintenance tools and equipment. 14. Warranties. 15. Disassembly and reassembly instructions. All plans shall be provided on hard copy and in electronic form on disk. Electronic drawing files shall be provided in Auto CAD .dwg format with all "xrefs" bound. If "xrefs" are not bound, all "xref '.dwg files shall be provided unlinked with instructions to reestablish the links. Files shall be in Auto CAD 2010 or later format. 17 -34 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 18 Measurement and Payment 18.0 GENERAL It is the intention of these specifications that performance of work under bid items shall result in complete construction, in proper operating condition, of improvements identified in these written specifications and accompanying plans. Work and material not specifically listed in the proposal, but required according to the plans and specifications and general practice, shall be included in Contractor's bid price. BID ITEM No. 1- MOBILIZATION, DEMOBILIZATION, SITE PREPARATION AND CLEAN -UP Lump sum price covers complete cost of furnishing, installing and testing, complete and in- place, all work and materials necessary to: move and organize equipment and personnel onto the job site; secure job site; provide and maintain necessary support facilities; obtain all necessary permits and licenses; prepare site for construction operations; maintain site and surrounding areas during construction; provide system testing, move all personnel and equipment off site after contract completion, and provide as -built data; clean -up site prior to final acceptance; and accomplish all other items of work not specifically listed in other divisions. Payment shall be lump sum. No more than 50 percent of bid amount for this item will be paid before final payment request, and this bid amount may not be more than 10 percent of value of total contract. BID ITEM NO.2 - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AT CITY SHOPS The lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the electrical work shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications for the MTU and radio equipment installation at the City shops. Payment shall be lump sum. BID ITEM NO.3 - MTU CONTROL PANEL AND RADIO CONTROL PANEL EQUIPMENT AT CITY SHOPS Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the MTU and radio control panel equipment shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. Payment shall be lump sum. BID ITEM NO.4 - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AT WEST HILL RESERVOIR RADIO REPEATER The lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the electrical work shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications for the West Hill Reservoir Repeater installation. Payment shall be lump sum. 18 -1 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Fall/Winter 2012 Sewer'Telemetry Upgrades 2012 Division 18 — Measurement & Payment BID ITEM NO.5 - WEST HILL RESERVOIR RADIO REPEATER EQUIPMENT Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the West Hill Reservoir radio repeater equipment shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. Payment shall be lump sum. BID ITEM NO.6 - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AT HAZEN RESERVOIR RADIO REPEATER The lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials, and .equipment necessary for the electrical work shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications for the Hazen Reservoir Repeater installation. Payment shall be lump sum. BID ITEM NO.7 - HAZEN RESERVOIR RADIO REPEATER EQUIPMENT Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the Hazen Reservoir radio repeater equipment shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. Payment shall be lump sum. BID ITEM NO.8 - EXISTING - -LIFT STATION CONTROL PANEL MODIFICATIONS Unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for modifying the power supply and radio communications equipment for a lift station control panel as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. A total of (23) lift station control panels shall be modified. Payment shall be per each unit. BID ITEM NO.9 - INDOOR DUPLEX LIFT STATION TELEMETRY CONTROL PANEL EQUIPMENT Unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the fabrication and delivery of an indoor duplex lift station telemetry control panel as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. Payment shall be per each unit. BID ITEM NO. 10 - OUTDOOR DUPLEX LIFT STATION TELEMETRY CONTROL PANEL EQUIPMENT Unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the fabrication and delivery of an outdoor duplex lift station telemetry control panel as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. Payment shall be per each unit. 18 -2 J:\ Data \REN \112- 022 \Design \Specs \REN Sewer Telemetry - Technical Specifications.doc 10/19/2012 2:53 PM © 2012 RH2 Engineering, Inc.